Class Book - Copyrights COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. JULIUS CAESAR. Naples. A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE BY JAMES B^lvlILEY, A.M. PRINCIPAL, LINCOLN HIGH SCHOOL, CLEVELAND, OHIO AND HELEN L/STORKE,.A.B. ASST. PRINCIPAL, WEST HIGH SCHOOL, CLEVELAND, OHIO AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO « (\ ^//* w * ■* Copyright, 1914, by JAMES B. SMILEY and HELEN L. STORKE. Copyright, 1914, in Great Britain. FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE. E. P. I JUL 17 1914 ©CI.A374829 PREFACE The aim of this book is to furnish to the pupil an ade- quate preparation for the intelligent reading of Caesar. Its vocabulary consists almost entirely of words used at least five times in the Gallic War or the Civil War. Many of them are common to Caesar, Nepos, and the Viri Romae, and many are found also in Cicero and Vergil. They are mostly of concrete signification and include a number of compound verbs whose meanings are easily derived from those of the primitive verb and the prepositional prefix. Their conquest will afford an efficient help in the sight reading of the second year, as well as in the translation of Caesar. The selection of words has been made by the authors from the texts themselves, and these words have been veri- fied by reference to Lodge's Vocabulary of High School Latin, and Browne's Latin Word-List. The special vocab- ularies have been gathered into lists which appear at inter- vals throughout the book, giving opportunity for the study of English derivatives and for almost unlimited exercises in form and construction. The noun and the verb have been treated in alternating series of lessons in such a way as to give variety and scope to the work. The passive voice appears in the twelfth lesson and is used constantly in connection with the active voice to the end of the book. The subjunctive mood has been introduced quite early, and repeated practice in its use pro- vided. The infinitive and the participle have been devel- 3 4 PREFACE oped gradually and their uses clearly defined. The bases of nouns and the several verb stems are so clearly presented that the learning of forms is greatly simplified. The constructions introduced are, with few exceptions, those most frequently used by Caesar. We have not hesi- tated, however, to include in these exceptions the condi- tional sentence, the active periphrastic conjugation, and the former and latter supine; but we have so placed and treated these that any teacher who desires to omit them can do so without detriment to the rest of the work. Special attention has been given to the explanation of the Ablative Absolute and Indirect Discourse. Repeated examples and exercises illustrate and clinch these difficult subjects, and clear directions emphasize the difference be- tween the English and the Latin idioms. The personal, demonstrative, reflexive, and possessive pronouns have been discussed carefully and thoroughly and the distinctions in their use made very evident. Reading lessons, forty-six in number, occur at intervals at first, and later in successive lessons throughout the book. They increase in difficulty by easy stages and are gradually led up to by vocabulary, forms, and constructions found in preceding lessons. They are, with two exceptions, either adapted from Caesar or taken directly from the easier por- tions of his text. The Latin syntax has been presented from the English point of view. It has not been thought best to assume the pupil's previous knowledge of even the simplest facts of English grammar. The space occupied by this feature of the book is fully offset by the greater ease with which the student will grasp the subject. Word formation and derivation, suggested and carried PREFACE 5 forward by the use of the word lists, are systematically treated in Lessons 45 and 46 and illustrated in brief exer- cises in the succeeding lessons. Attention to these subjects will greatly aid the pupil in acquiring a Latin vocabulary and will keep constantly before his mind the debt our lan- guage owes to the Latin. Every lesson not only contains new material, but is in itself a review of preceding lessons. In addition special reviews occur from time to time, and a general review of forms and constructions is found in the concluding lessons of the book. The appendix contains J J pages of supplementary mat- ter, including tables of forms, a classified statement of rules of syntax, a list of abbreviations, the general vocabularies, and a carefully prepared and complete index. Numerous illustrations bring before the eyes of the pupil the arms and utensils which the Romans used, their homes and camps, the way they lived, the country they inhabited, the things they did, the wars they fought, the conquests they won, the triumphs they celebrated. The historical and cultural value of such illustrations is self-evident. We send forth this book in the belief that, by preparing the student gradually and surely for the work of the later years of his school life, it will accomplish the purpose for which it was written. JAMES B. SMILEY, HELEN L. STORKE. CONTENTS Suggestions to Teachers Hints to Pupils PAGE II . . . 13 LESSON 1. The Alphabet — Pronunciation . . „ . . 15 2. Syllables — Quantity — Accent . . . . . .16 3. The Sentence — Parts of Speech ...... 19 4. Inflection — Case; Nominative, Accusative, Genitive . . 21 5. Case {Continued) — Direct and Indirect Object — Number — Verb Agreement ....... 27 6. Case {Continued') — The Ablative and the Vocative . . 30 7. Gender — Adjective Agreement -33 8. The First Declension . . . . . . . 37 9. Verb Inflection — Present Tense of voco, Active Voice, In- dicative Mood ........ 39 10. Principal Parts — The First Conjugation — Active Voice, In- dicative Mood, Imperfect and Future Tenses — Review 59-63, 65-69 43 n. The Second Conjugation — Active Voice, Indicative Mood, Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — Order of Words 48 12. First and Second Conjugations — Passive Indicative, Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — Predicate Nominative and Appositive ........ 52 13. Use of Word Lists — Word List I — How to Translate — Reading Lesson ........ 57 14. The Second Declension, Nouns in -us and -um ... 59 15. The Second Declension (Continued), Nouns in -ius and -ium 62 16. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions in -us, -a, -um — Reading Lesson . . . . . • .64 17. The Third Conjugation — Active Indicative, Present, Imper- fect, and Future Tenses — The Ablative of Separation . 68 6 CONTENTS 1 8. The Second Declension (Continued), Nouns in -er and -ir — The Complementary Infinitive — The Infinitive as Subject and Object — Reading Lesson . . . . 73 19. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions in -er, -a, -um — The Ablative of Means or Instrument — Word List II 77 20. The Third Declension, Consonant Stems — Reading Lesson 81 21. The Third Declension, Consonant Stems (Continued) . . 85 22. The Fourth Conjugation — Active Indicative, Present, Imper- fect, and Future Tenses — The Ablative of Specification 88 23 The Third Conjugation — Verbs in -io — Active Indicative, Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — sum — The Dative of the Possessor — Reading Lesson — Word List III 91 24. The Third and Fourth Conjugations — Passive Indicative, Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — The Ablative of the Personal Agent — Review of Forms in Lesson 12 96 25. The Third Conjugation — Verbs in -io — Passive Indicative, Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — Synopses . 100 26. The Third Declension, I-Stems — The Ablative of Accom- paniment — Reading Lesson 103 27. Review of the Third Declension — Two Accusatives — Adjec- tives used as Nouns — Classes of Sentences . . .108 28. Adjectives of the Third Declension — The Present Participle — Reading Lesson — Word List IV . . . .111 29. The First Conjugation — Active Indicative, Perfect, Pluper- fect, and Future Perfect Tenses — The Ablative and Genitive of Description . . . . . . .116 30. The Second, Third, and Fourth Conjugations — Active In- dicative, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Tenses — The Ablative of Manner — Reading Lesson . .122 31. Simple Examples of Indirect Discourse .... 127 32. The Participle — The Ablative Absolute .... 130 33. The Demonstrative Pronoun is — The Possessive Pronouns — Reading Lesson ....... 136 34. The Fourth Declension — The Relative Pronoun — Reading Lesson . . . . . . . . . .142 CONTENTS 35. The Passive Voice, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Tenses — The Ablative of Cause ..... 147 36. The Subjunctive Mood — sum — Independent Uses of the Subjunctive — Reading Lesson — Word List V . . 152 37. The Subjunctive Mood, First Conjugation — Sequence of Tenses — Reading Lesson . . . . . .158 38. The Subjunctive Mood, Second Conjugation — Adverbial and Adjectival Clauses of Purpose . . . . .162 39. The Cardinal Numerals — The Accusative of Time and Space — Reading Lesson . . . . . .165 40. The Subjunctive Mood, Third Conjugation — Substantive Clauses of Purpose with ut and ne — The Double Da- tive — Reading Lesson ....... 169 41. The Subjunctive Mood, Fourth Conjugation and -io Verbs of the Third — Review of Purpose Clauses — Verbs of Fearing. . . . . . . . . .174 42. The Third Declension, General Rules for Gender — Irregular Nouns — Reading Lesson 177 43. The Ordinal Numerals — The Fifth Declension — The Abla- tive of Time — Reading Lesson — Word List VI . . 181 44. The Classes of Pronouns — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns 186 45. Word Formation . . . . . . . . .191 46. Word Formation {Continued) — Root due- .... 193 47. Comparison of Adjectives, Regular — Constructions with Comparatives — Reading Lesson — Root spec- . 197 48. Tenses of the Infinitive — Indirect Discourse (Continued) — possum — Reading Lesson — Root mit- . . . 202 49. The Comparison of Adjectives, Irregular — The Dative with Adjectives — Reading Lesson — Root fac- . . . 208 50. Adverbial and Substantive Clauses of Result — Review of the Subjunctive Mood — Reading Lesson — Word List VII — Root leg- 213 5 1 . Irregular Adjectives — Review of Comparison — Subjunctive of Characteristic — Reading Lesson — Root ac- . .218 52. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs — Review of Com- parison of Adjectives — Reading Lesson — Root sta- . 223 CONTENTS 53. The Interrogative Pronoun — Direct and Indirect Questions — Reading Lesson — Root fa- ..... 226 54. Review of the Passive Voice — Questions with nonne, num and -ne — Reading Lesson — Root die- .... 230 55. Deponent Verbs — The Ablative with Certain Deponents — Reading Lesson — Root es Word List VIII . . 233 56. Semi-Deponents — Dative with Special Verbs — Reading Lesson — Root da- ....... 238 57. The Demonstrative and Intensive Pronouns — Reading Les- son — Root ag- ........ 241 58. The Gerund — Reading Lesson — Root ten- . . . 246 59. The Gerund and Gerundive — Some Ways of Expressing Purpose — Reading Lesson — Root cap- . . . 250 60. Prepositions — Review of Means and Agency — Reading Lesson — Root reg Word List IX .... 255 61 . Constructions of Place — Root man-, ma- .... 260 62. Review of Cardinals and Ordinals — Ablative of Degree of Difference — cum Causal and Concessive — Reading Lesson — Root luc- ....... 264 63. Compounds of sum — Review of Purpose and Result Clauses — Reading Lesson — Root mu-, mov- . . . . 267 64. The Irregular Verb fero and its Compounds — The Dative with Compounds — Reading Lesson — Root fer- . .271 65. The Indefinite Pronoun — The Genitive of the Whole — Reading Lesson — Root iug- ..... 277 66. The Irregular Verb volo and its Compounds — Temporal Clauses — Reading Lesson — Root ped- . . . 282 67. The Irregular Verbs eo and fio — Review of the Irregular Verbs — Reading Lesson — Root i Word List X . 288 68. Noun and Adjective Review — The Conditional Sentences — Conditions of Fact — Reading Lesson — Root cla- . 293 69. Noun and Adjective Review (Continued) — Conditions Con- trary to Fact — Reading Lesson — Root voc- . . 297 70. Noun Review — Review of Conditions of Fact and Contrary to Fact — Conditions of Possibility — Reading Lesson — Root flu- 301 IO CONTENTS LESSON 71. The Imperative Mood — Review of Nouns Completed — Reading Lesson — Root cad Word List XI 72. Pronoun Review — The Imperative Mood, Irregular Verbs — Reading Lesson — Root col- ..... 72>- General Verb Review — The Supine — Expressions of Pur pose — Reading Lesson — Root hab- . 74. Review of Agreement — The Periphrastic Conjugations — Reading Lesson ....... 75. Review of Case Constructions —Complex Sentences in In direct Discourse — Reading Lesson 76. Review of Case Constructions (Continued) — Reading Lesson 7J. Review of Clause Constructions, Gerund, Gerundive, Supine — Reading Lesson — Word List XII Tables of Declensions . Tables of Conjugations Rules of Syntax List of Abbreviations . Latin-English Vocabulary English-Latin Vocabulary Index .... 304 309 3*3 3i7 322 3 2 7 329 333 342 358 368 369 392 405 SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS i. Every Latin exercise should be carefully pro- nounced by the pupils. 2. Groups of words in common phrases should be committed to memory and frequently recited, and brief passages in Latin prose should be learned by the pupils. 3. No word should be accepted as correctly written unless every syllable long by nature has its mark of quantity. 4. Constant attention should be called to related words. 5. The word lists should be made in each case a sepa- rate lesson and used for emphasizing suggestion 4, as well as for drill in remembering words. 6. "Vocabulary and form" should be made a daily watchword, and frequent attention should be called to the terminal parts of inflected words as showing their relation to others. 7. Rapid oral work should be demanded in translating from Latin into English and from English into Latin. 8. Easy sight sentences and dictation exercises in Latin may very profitably be given to the pupil. 9. No pupil should be allowed in translating to violate in the slightest degree the purity of the English idiom. 10. Stories of Roman life should be told in the class and the pupils encouraged in every way to learn more of the people whose language they are studying ; Caesar, 12 SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS Cicero, Pompey, and other eminent Romans should be made living personalities to them. ii. Some ideas of the house and of the home life of the Romans should be given to the pupils. 12. The Roman arms, armor, and utensils should be described and, as far as possible, shown in pictures and models. The illustrations in this book could be made the basis of profitable study along these lines. Arch of Constantine. A Roman School. HINTS TO PUPILS i. Observe closely every word, form, and construction as you meet it in your work. In your written work mark the quantity of all vowels long by nature. 2. Study every note and follow up every reference, grasping and remembering each point discussed. 3. Learn each lesson with absolute thoroughness. 4. Connect each lesson with the preceding one by a systematic review in thought of its prominent points. No teacher's assigned review can benefit you so much. 5. Compare words with one another and note care- fully those that are related in form and meaning. 6. Observe the turn in meaning given to the body or root of a word by the various prefixes and suffixes. 7. Try to gain an idea of a new sentence or paragraph by seeing the words in the Latin order. Think your way into the meaning. Use your imagination to guide you in deciding what a person would be likely to say under the circumstances. 13 14 HINTS TO PUPILS 8. Consult the general vocabulary sparingly, and never until you have used your utmost endeavor to discern the meaning of a word through association or connection. 9. Observe sharply and pronounce accurately such words as you must look up, and make them thoroughly your own. Then turn to the vocabulary for their meaning. 10. Learn to use all helps in the most effective way. Look up all references and learn them. Never shirk the effort to understand and use every suggestion made in note and example. 11. Read these hints frequently and follow the instruc- tions here given. A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 1 THE ALPHABET 1. The Latin alphabet has twenty-four letters, and is the same as the English, except that it lacks j and w. The character i has the force of both a vowel and a consonant ; k is seldom used ; y and z occur chiefly in words borrowed from the Greek. 2. Vowels. — The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y; the other letters are consonants. 3. Vowels may be either long or short. In this book long vowels are marked (~); all others are to be regarded as short. Pronunciation 4. The vowels are pronounced as follows : — a like the second a in aha' a like the first a in aha 1 e like e, in prey e like e in met I like i in machine i like i in pin 6 like o in tone like in obey u like 00 in tool u like 00 in took y is pronounced like the German ii, a sound intermediate between u and i. 15 16 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 5. The diphthongs are pronounced as follows : — ae like ai in aisle oe like oi in toil au like on in our eu nearly like eu in feud 1 ei like ei in eight ui nearly like ui in quit 1 6. Most of the consonants are pronounced as in English. The following points are to be emphasized : — c is like c in can ch, ph, and th are like k, />, g is like g in go and /, followed by a faint i consonant 2 is like/ in yes h sound ; cf. Eng. uphill s is like s in so n before c, g, gu, is like ng t is like / in tin in bringing v is like w in wine gu and qu, sometimes su be- x is like x in extra fore a vowel, are like gw, bs is like ps in lips qw, and sw ; here u is not bt is like pt in apt a vowel h is a mere breathing Note. — Doubled consonants stand for distinct sounds and should be pronounced separately with a slight pause between them ; ges'-sus. In all consonant combinations each letter should have its distinct sound. LESSON 2 SYLLABLES — QUANTITY — ACCENT 7. Syllables. — Each Latin word has as many syllables as it has separate vowels and diphthongs. 1 But with both vowels pronounced. 2 i is usually a consonant when it stands between two vowels, or before a vowel at the beginning of a word ; cuius, pronounced coo'-ytis ; iam, pronounced yam. SYLLABLES, QUANTITY 17 8. A single consonant between two vowels is joined with the following vowel : a'-ni-mus, mind. 9. Doubled consonants are always separated : pu-el'-la, girl. 10. When two or more consonants stand between two vowels, the division is made after the first ; but a consonant is never separated from 1 or r immediately following : e-pis'-tu-la, letter; mag'-nus, great ; but tri'-plex, triple ; ma-gis'-tri, masters. In compounds the component parts are separated : sub'-levo, / lift up. 11. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima ; the next to the last, the penult ; the one before that, the ante- penult. 12. Quantity of Vowels. — The quantity of a vowel or a syllable is determined by the time used in pronouncing it. A long syllable requires twice the time of a short syllable. Difference in the quantity of a vowel represents also an actual difference in sound. Note. — A few general rules for determining the lengths of vowels are here given, but in many cases the quantity can be learned from ob- servation only. The pupil should carefully observe and learn the length of each vowel in every Latin word as it first occurs in this book. Too much stress cannot be laid upon this point. 1. A vowel before another vowel or h is short : co'-pi-a, abundance ; mi' -hi, to me. 2. A vowel before nd and nt is short, also before final m and t ; and before final 1 and r, except in words of one syllable: sum, I am ; vo'-cat, he calls ; a'-ni-mal, animal ; a'-mor, love ; but sol, sun ; par, equal. 3. A vowel formed by contraction is long : nil, con- tracted from ni' nil, nothing. 1 8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 4. A vowel before nf, ns, nx, net, is long : In'-fe-ro, / bring in; in'-su-la, island; iun'-xi, I joined ; iunc'-tus, joined. 5. Diphthongs are long : cau'-sa, cause. 13. Quantity of Syllables. — 1. A syllable is short if it ends in a short vowel. In the case of final syllables, the short vowel may be followed by a single consonant; as, in a-ma'-bam the first and last syllables are short. 2. A syllable containing a long vowel or a diphthong is long by nature : aV-des, temple. 3. A syllable containing a short vowel followed by a double consonant, or by two or more consonants, is long by position, but the vowel retains its short sound : mit'-to, / send ; vo'-cant, they call. In these words i and a are short, as marked ; but the syllables in which they stand are long. 14. Accent. — 1. Words of two syllables are accented on the penult : ma'-ter, mother; pa 1 '".-tar, father. 2. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult if it is long, otherwise on the antepenult : a.-mi' -cus, friend ; vo-can'-tur, they are called; but do'-mi- nus, master. 3. The ultima is never accented. 4. Certain words, like -ne, sign of a question, -que, and, and -ve, or, called enclitics and always attached to some other word, draw the accent to the syllable next preceding, whether this is long or short: vo-caV-ne, do you call? vo-cat'-ne, does he call? re-gl-na'-que, and the queen. 15. The following list of words should be divided into syllables, accented, and properly pronounced : — PARTS OF SPEECH 19 bene, well cotldie, daily debeo, / owe enim, for etiam, also fere, almost fllius, son Idem (masc.), the same idem (neut.), the same Inf ero, / bring in insula, island ita, thus Italia, Italy item, likewise magistrl, masters mater, mother mihi, to me modo, only pater, father quia, because quid am, a certain one regina, queen regno, / rule sagitta, arrow LESSON 3 THE SENTENCE — PARTS OF SPEECH 16. The Sentence. — A thought expressed in words is called a sentence : agricola arat, the farmer plows. The words which make up sentences are grouped in classes called Parts of Speech. 17. Parts of Speech. — 1. A noun is the name of a person, place, or thing : puella, girl; Roma, Rome ; rosa, rose. 2. A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun to avoid repetition. John studies Latin, he is an able boy ; ego, I ; quis ? who ? 3. An adjective is used to describe a noun or pronoun, or to limit its meaning : puella bona, a good girl ; ille puer, that boy ; fossa est alta, the ditch is deep. 4. A verb is a word used to express an act or state (of some person, place, or thing) : nauta nat, the sailor swims ; musa est dea, the muse is a goddess. 5. An adverb is a word used to modify a verb, adjective, 20 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE or other adverb : agricola saepe nat, the farmer often swims ; nimis acer, too keen ; nimis acriter, too keenly. 6. A preposition is a word used to show the relation of a word to some noun or pronoun : nauta a rlpa properat, the sailor hastens from the river bank. 7. A conjunction is a word used to connect words or groups of words : nauta et agricola nant, the sailor and the fanner swim. The English words when, where, etc., and their Latin equivalents, are often used as conjunctions. 8. An interjection is a word used to show some sudden emotion : heu ! alas ! 18. Subject and Predicate. — Every sentence has two parts, the subject and the predicate. The subject is that of which something is asserted, and is therefore a noun, or some word or group of words which can fill the same office. The predicate is that which is asserted of the subject, and is a verb with or without modifying or con- nected words. Subject Predicate agricola 2 arat the fa rm er plo ws musa est dea a muse is a goddess 19. In the sentence, The queen loves her* daughter, Regina filiam amat, the act expressed by loves, amat, passes over from the subject, queen, regina, to another word daughter, filiam, called the object. Such verbs are said to 1 The words a or an, and the, called articles in English, do not occur in Latin; agricola means farmer, a farmer, or the farmer. 2 Such words as my, his, her, etc., called possessive adjectives, are not translated into Latin except for emphasis or clearness. INFLECTION 21 be transitive. When the act does not pass over to an object, the verb is intransitive. Certain verbs, like est, is, videtur, seems, are used to join the subject with some other word. Such verbs are called copulative : musa est dea, a muse is a goddess. In the following sentences, name the parts of speech ; subjects, predicates, transitive, intransitive, and copulative verbs : — i. We learn Latin most easily when we learn our daily lessons perfectly. 2. " That life is long which answers life's great end." 3. " O Rome ! my country, city of the soul ! " 4. He came on the following day from the forest into the camp by the side of the river. LESSON 4 INFLECTION— CASE; NOMINATIVE, ACCUSATIVE, GENITIVE 20. Inflection. — Certain words change their form to show some change in meaning or use. This change is called inflection. The inflection of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives is called declension. The inflection of verbs is called conjugation: girl, puella; girl's, puellae ; star, Stella ; stars, stellae ; who ? quis ? whose ? cuius ? was, erat ; will be, erit. 21. Stem. — That part of a word to which terminations are attached is called the stem. These terminations cannot in all instances be separated from their combina- tion with the final vowel of the stem, which is frequently 22 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE lost or changed before them. In this book the term " case ending," or simply "ending," is used to represent this combination of the final vowel of the stem with the termination. 22. Base. — That part of a word which remains un- changed in inflection is called the base. A noun is declined by joining to the base the proper case endings. 23. Case. — The form of a noun, pronoun, or adjective used to show its relation to other words gives what we call case. In the sentence, The farmer plows, farmer is the subject; in its Latin translation, Agricola arat, agricola is the subject (18). Words so used are said to be in the nominative case. This relation is indicated in such words as agricola by the case ending -a. Agricol-, the part to which the case ending is added, is the base. 24. Rule Case of the Subject. — The subject of a finite 1 verb is in tJie nominative case. 25. The Genitive Case. — In the expression, the sailor s anchor, the word sailor's limits the word anchor, shows the possessor of the anchor, and is in the possessive case. The sign of the possessive case is 's or the simple apostrophe. In the Latin translation, ancora nautae, the relation of nautae, the possessor, to ancora, the thing pos- sessed, is shown by the ending -ae. The case used is called the genitive and corresponds in many of its uses to the English possessive, or to the objective with of. 1 A finite verb is one used in the Indicative, Subjunctive, or Imperative Mood. These terms will be defined later. CASE 23 26. Rule The Possessive Genitive. — A noun denoting the owner or possessor of a tiling limits the word denoting tJie thing possessed, and is in the genitive case. 27. The Accusative Case. — In the sentence, The queen gives money, the word money is the direct object of gives and is in the objec- tive case. In the Latin translation, Reglna pecuniam dat, pecuniam is the direct object of dat and is in the accusa- tive case, which in many of its uses cor- responds to the Eng- lish objective. This relation is shown, in words having the nominative in -a and the genitive in -ae, by the case ending -am. Roman War Galley and Anchor. 28. The object in English has the same form as the subject, except in the case of a few pronouns, as: whom, him, me. The order of the words shows their relation. In Latin the order of words does not in general affect the meaning in this way, as is shown by the following sen- tences, each of which means, The queen loves the girl, a. 1. Regina puellam amat. 2. Reglna amat puellam. 3. Puellam reglna amat. 24 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE In the following, however, each means, The girl loves the queen. b. i . Puella regmam amat. 2. Puella amat regmam. 3. Reginam puella amat. Note carefully the endings of the subjects and objects in the above sentences. 29. Rules Case of Direct Object. — The direct object of a transitive verb represents that to which something is done, and is in the accusative case. Case Relations. — Case relations in Latin are shown by case e 71 dings, not by tJie order of words, 30. Learn the following list of words, being careful to give the correct pronunciation and accent. Divide the words into syllables. NOM. Gen. Meaning NOM. Gen. Meaning agricola agricolae farmer fuga fugae flight ancora ancorae anchor nauta nautae sailor Diana Dianae Diana puella puellae girl filia filiae daughter regina reginae queen rosa rosae rose sagitta sagittae arrow amat, 1 lie loves laudat, lie praises arat, he plows portat, he carries 31. We have already seen that the base of a noun is the part which remains unchanged in inflection. It is found by dropping any case ending. What is the base of each of the above nouns ? What are the endings of the nom- 1 amat means : he loves, she loves, it loves, or, with a noun as subject, simply loves. So, also, of other verbs. CASE 25 inative, genitive, and accusative cases ? The accusative forms of these nouns ? 32. EXERCISES I. I. Sagitta Dianae, ancora nautae, rosa puellae, filia reginae, fuga agricolae. 2. Puella sagittam portat. Roman Plow. 3. Puella sagittam Dianae portat. 4. Regina puellam laudat. 5. Regina sagittam portat. 6. Puella reglnam laudat. II. 1. The girl's rose, the sailor's flight, Diana's arrow. 2. The farmer praises the sailor. 3. The girl carries an arrow. 4. The sailor praises the farmer. 5. The queen loves the girl. Write 2 and 4, using three different arrangements of the words and paying careful attention to the case endings. Diana of the Louvre. (26) DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT 2J LESSON 5 CASE {Continued) — DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT — NUMBER — VERB AGREEMENT 33. The Dative Case. — In the sentence, The queen gives her daughter money, daughter is the indirect object of gives, and money the direct object. This sentence may also be written, The queen gives money to her daughter. In Latin one form only is used: Regina filiae pecuniam dat. Here filiae is the indirect object of dat and is in a case called the dative. The relation of indirect objects, in words having the nominative in -a and the genitive in -ae, is expressed by the ending -ae. Observe that pecuniam, the direct object, is used to denote the thing given, in con- nection with the indirect object denoting the person to whom it is given. The indirect object usually precedes the direct. 34. Rules 1. The Indirect Object. — The indirect object is in the dative case with verbs of giving, telling, and announcing, and others of similar meaning, to denote the person to whom anything is given, told, announced, etc. 2. The Direct and Indirect Object. — A direct object may be used in connection with an indirect object of the same verb. Caution. — Do not use the dative case to express motion to a person, place, or thing. Prepositions with the accusa- tive case show this relation. 35. Number. — In English when we mention one person, place, or thing, we use a word in a certain form. When 28 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE we mention more than one we change this form, generally by adding -s or -es to the word: boy, pi. boys ; box, pi. boxes. In Latin for the same purpose we change the form by adding certain case endings to the base. This distinction in form is called number. In Latin, as in English, there are two numbers, the singular and the plural. 36. In the following table name base and case end- ings : — Plural Nom. puellae, the girls (as subject) Gen. puellarum, of the girls, the girls' Dat. puellis, to or for the girls Ace. puellas, the girls (as object) What case endings already given are like that of the nominative plural? Does this ending always show the same relation ? Prove your answer. Silver Coins of Caesar, showing Gallic Trophies. copia, abundance dat, gives musa, muse navigat, sails pecunia, money nuntiat, announces, reports parat, prepares, prepares for, provides 37. Learn the above list of words. Write in a table like the following the declension of the nouns through the four cases already learned. VERB AGREEMENT 29 N. G. D. Ac N. G. D. Ac. reglna, queen, base regin- Singular Ending reglna, the queen (as subject) -a reginae, of the queen, the queen's -ae reginae, to ox for the queen -ae reglnam, the queen (as object) -am Plural Ending reginae, the queens (as subject) -ae regmarum, of the queens, the queens'' -arum reglnis, to ox for the quee7is -Is reginas, the queens (as object) -as Decline the same words orally, giving base, cases, forms, case endings, and meanings of forms. 38. Agreement of Verb. — When the subject changes from the singular to the plural, the verb also changes its form and is said to agree with its subject : nauta nat, the sailor swims; nautae nant, the sailors swim. Here -t is a singular, -nt a plural, ending. These endings show also that the subject is the person or persons spoken of (the third person), as distinguished from the speaker (the first person) and the person spoken to (the second person). They are therefore called personal endings. Roman Silver Coin used in Gaul, showing Head of Gal- lic Woman. 39- Rule Verb Agreement. — A finite verb agrees zvith its subject in person and number. 30 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 40. EXERCISES I. I. Pecunia reginarum, rosae agricolarum, copia pe- cuniae. 2. Puella musas amat 3. Nautae puellls rosas dant. 4. Agri- cola reglnls fugam nautarum nuntiat. 5 . Nautae fugam parant. 6. Reglna nautls pecuniam dat. II. 1. The farm- ers (as subject), of the farmers, to the farmers, the farm- ers'. 2. The girls give roses to the queens. 3. The farmer gives money to the sailors. 4. The queen's daughters give money to the girls. 5. The farmer reports to the queen the flight of the sailors. 6. The sailor reports to the queen the flight of the farmers. Coins of Litavicos and Epasnactus, German Chieftains. LESSON 6 CASE {Continued)— THE ABLATIVE AND THE VOCATIVE 41. The Ablative. — This case is used in Latin, some- times with and sometimes without a preposition, to express relations shown in English by the use of from, with, by, in, and some other prepositions. Nouns with their nominative THE ABLATIVE AND THE VOCATIVE 31 singular in -a and their genitive singular in -ae, form their ablative singular in -a and their ablative plural in -is. How does the ablative singular differ in form from the nomina- tive singular ? From the ablative plural ? The dative plural ? What is the quantity of the vowel -a in the ending of the accusative plural ? The genitive plural ? The ac- cusative singular ? Of -i in the dative plural ? The abla- tive plural ? Write a table of the endings of these cases in the singular and plural. 42. Prepositions with the Ablative. — Some of the prepo- sitions most frequently used with the ablative case are : — {1. a 1 or ab, away front, from 2. de, down from, from 3. e 1 or ex, out of , from These express separation or source. b. cum, with This expresses accompaniment, association. c. in, in, on, upojt, over, among This expresses position. Learn these prepositions with their meanings and asso- ciate them with the ablative case. Use them wherever they are appropriate with the nouns in the vocabulary of this lesson. 43. The Vocative Case. — Another case, called the voca- tive or case of address, is like the nominative in most words : reginam, filia, ama, daughter, love the queen. The vocative seldom stands first in a sentence. 1 The forms a, e, are used before words beginning with a consonant; ab and ex before words beginning with either a consonant or a vowel. 32 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Write the declension of musa, base mus-, and insula, base Insul-, adding the vocative and ablative cases and using the model in 37. Notice the cases having like endings. Decline the nouns in the following vocabulary and state the quantity of the final syllable in each case, singular and plural. A Roman Country Estate, or Villa. (Restoration.) 44- VOCABULARY copia, abundance ; pi., supplies, via, way, road troops villa, farmJiouse insula, island est, 1 he, she, or it is, there is patria, country {native land) nant, they swim provincia, province nat, lie, she, or it swims silv a, forest sunt, they a?'e, there are 1 See 30, note. GENDER 33 45. EXERCISES I. I. In silva, in silvls, de silvls, de silva, e silvis, e silva. 2. Cum puellis, cum puella, in via, in provincils, a patria. 3. Agricola est in insula. 4. Nautae in silva sunt. 5. Copia pecuniae in provincils est. 6. Nauta in villa agricolae est. II. 1. In the forest, with the queen, with the queens, down from the roads. 2. In the queen's forests, with the girls, in the farmhouses. 3. The goddess is in the forest. 4. Out of the forests, out of the provinces. 5. The farmer gives the queen money. 6. The farmers give money to the queens. 7. There are troops in the forest. LESSON 7 GENDER — ADJECTIVE AGREEMENT 46. Gender. — In English such words as man, woman, forest, are distinguished from each other in gender by their meaning; man is masculine, woman is feminine, forest is neuter. In Latin the gender is determined partly by the meaning (natural gender), but more largely by the termina- tion (grammatical gender) : agricola, masc, farmer ; puella, fern., girl ; nihil, neut, nothing; but ager, masc, field; silva, fern., forest; flumen, neut., river. 47. Gender of Nouns. — 1. Masculine are: names of males, winds, rivers, mountains, and months. 2. Feminine are : names of females, countries, cities, islands, trees, and plants. 3. Neuter are indeclinable nouns. The gender of all nouns must be thoroughly learned. No success in Latin is possible without this. It is equally 34 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE necessary to learn the nominative and genitive singular. In future vocabularies the nouns will be given with these points indicated : Word Gen. Ending Gender Meaning ripa -ae f . river bank 48. The Adjective. — In English the adjective has the same form when used with a noun of any gender, number, and case : a good boy, good boys, a good girl's, to the good farmer, of a good answer. In Latin an adjective has the same gender, number, and case as the noun to which it belongs, and is said to agree with it in these points : puella bona, a good girl; puellis bonis, to or for good girls. Name gender, number, and case of these adjectives. 49. Rule Adjective Agreement. — Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. 50. silva, base silv-, f., forest ; densa, base dens-, f., dense Singular Case Endings N. silva densa, the dense forest (as subject) -a G. silvae densae, of the dense forest -ae D. silvae densae, to ox for the dense forest -ae Ac. silvam densam, the dense forest (as object) -am V. silva densa, O dense forest ! -a Ab. silva densa, from, by, with, or in the dense -a forest 1 Plural Case Endings N. silvae densae, the dense fores ts(a.s subject) -ae G. silvarum densarum, of the dense forests -arum 1 These translations hold in most instances only when prepositions are used with the case. ADJECTIVES 35 D. silvis densis, to ox for the dense forests -Is Ac. silvas densas, the dense forests (as object) -as V. silvae densae, dense forests! -ae Ab. silvis densis,/n?/^, by, with, or in the dense -Is forests 1 Learn, with their specifications, 2 all words given in the paradigms 3 and examples ; also table of case endings. 51. Adjective Uses. — Puella bona, a good girl ; puella est bona, the girl is good. Notice here two uses of the adjective, the first in direct connection with the noun, called the attributive use ; the second after the copulative verb (19) est, called the predicate use. In both instances the adjective is in the same gender, number, and case as its noun (49). 52. VOCABULARY 4 porta, -ae, f., door, gate bona, -ae, f., good rlpa, -ae, f., river bank clara, -ae, f., bright, famous stella, -ae, f., star lata, -ae, f., broad, wide alta, -ae, f., high, deep longa, -ae, f., long Which of the above words are nouns ? Which are ad- jectives ? 53. EXERCISES I. 1. Puella bona, puellae bonae, puellarum bonarum, portae latae. 2. Stellam claram, stellis clarls, stellae 1 See footnote 1, page 34. 2 The term "specifications" is used to include all the points given in a vo- cabulary about a word. 3 A paradigm is a table of word forms, as given in 50. 4 In giving a vocabulary name the specifications in full : porta, portae, feminine, door or gate. 36 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE clarae, stella clara. 3. Puellis bonis, cum puellls bonis, riparum altarum, rlpas altas, in viis longis. 4. Stellae sunt clarae. 5. Puella est bona. 6. Sagittae Dianae longae sunt. Roman Gate. (Porta Negra at Trier.) II. I. Long arrows, of a long arrow, to or for a long arrow. 2. The roads are long, on 1 a long road. 3. The road is broad, on a broad road. 4. The bright stars, the 1 Use the proper preposition. THE FIRST DECLENSION 37 stars are bright. 5. The sailor's arrows are long. 6. The sailors' arrows are long. 7. The gate is high. 8. The sailor is on 1 the high river bank. LESSON 8 THE FIRST DECLENSION 54. There are five declensions in Latin, distinguished by the ending of the genitive singular and the final letter of the stem (21). 55. The First Declension. — Latin nouns of the first de- clension end in -a in the nominative singular, and in -ae in the genitive singular. They are usually feminine, but some names of males occur which are masculine. The stem ends in -a, and is found by dropping -rum of the genitive plural. The base is found by dropping the end- ing of any case. a. Review declension of silva densa (50). b. Write the declension of hasta, -ae, a spear, and terra, -ae, la?td, stating stem, base, endings, and meanings of case forms. Decline ripa alta and via longa. 56. VOCABULARY dea, -ae, f., goddess hasta, -ae, f., spear, lance filia, -ae, f., daughter terra, -ae, f., land, country fossa, -ae, f., ditch, trench magna, -ae, f., large, great Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, a coun- vocat, he, she, or it calls try in Europe et, conj., and 57. Filia and dea add -abus instead of -is to the base to form the dative and ablative plural : pecuniam filiabus dat, 1 Use the proper preposition. 38 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE VERB INFLECTION 39 he gives money to his daughters ; arae deabus stant, altars stand for the goddesses. Learn the above vocabulary thoroughly with all its speci- fications. Do the same with each vocabulary in the book, as you come to it, giving all forms in full. Name stem and base of each noun, and decline all but dea and filia like silva, translating the forms. Decline dea and filia. 58. EXERCISES I. I. Silva densa, dea bona, silva densa est, porta lata est, portae altae et longae sunt. 2. Viarum longarum, terrae magnae sunt. 3. Hasta nautae longa est. 4. In- sulae reglnae magnae sunt. 5. In Gallia sunt silvae magnae et densae. 6. Regina filiabus pecuniam dat. 7. Reglnae filiabus pecuniam dant. II. 1. High gates (nom. and ace), a large island, on a large island, down from the high river bank. 2. The good queen of the island. 3. The queen of the large island. 4. A long way, a broad ditch, a long spear. 5. Gaul is large, the ditches are deep. 6. There are deep ditches in the large forest. t 7. The gate is high and wide. 8. The sailor gives money to his daughters. 9. The farmers give money to their daughters. LESSON 9 VERB INFLECTION — PRESENT TENSE OF voco, ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD 59. Conjugation. — As already stated (20), the inflection of a verb is called conjugation. In English we conju- 40 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE gate a verb partly by changing its form, but more largely by using with it personal pronouns and auxiliary verbs: he praised, she was praised, they may praise, we shall be praised. In this way we show differences in voice, mood, tense, person, and number. In Latin these differences are shown by a change in the form of a verb : vocavit, he praised ; vocabimur, we shall be praised. 60. Voice. — In the English sen- tence, / call (am calling, or do call), the subject, /, is represented as per- forming the act of calling, and the verb is said to be in the active voice. In the sentence, I am called {am being called), the subject is represented as having the act of calling performed upon it, and the verb is said to be in the passive voice. Roman Common Soldier. 61. Mood. — A change in the form of a word to show the manner of the action gives what is called its moods. In Latin there are three moods, the indicative, the subjunctive, and the im- perative, besides other forms of the verb, to be ex- plained later. Among these are the infinitive and the participle. 62. The Indicative Mood. — This mood states the action of the verb as a fact, or asks a question of fact : he praises, laudat ; who praises ? quis laudat ? 63. The Infinitive. — This form of the verb states the action without limitation of person and number : laudare, VERB INFLECTION 41 to praise, to be praising ; laudavisse, to Jiave praised, to have been praising. 64. The Participle. — A participle fills the office of both a verb and an adjective. As a verb it has tense and voice, and may govern an object; as an adjective it is in- flected to agree in gender, number, and case with the word it modifies. 65. Tense. — Tense expresses, through different forms of the verb, the general idea of time as past, present, or future. There are six tenses in the indicative mood : the Present, Imperfect, Future, Perfect, Plu- perfect, and Future Perfect. . 66. The Present Tense. — This tense expresses what is occurring or regularly occurs at the present time : each of the forms, / am. praising, I praise, or / do praise, is expressed in Latin by the single form laudo. 67. Person and Number. — In English the person and number of a verb are shown largely by the person and num- ber of its noun or pronoun subject. In Latin they are shown by special endings having the meaning of pronouns, and called personal endings (38). Learn thoroughly the fol- lowing table of active personal endings, associate their meanings with their forms, and remember that you must look at the end of a verb to know its number and Roman Common Soldier. person. 42 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 68. Singular Plural First person, -m or -o, I -mus, we Second person, -s, you (one -tis, you (more than one per- person) son) Third Person, -t, he, she, it -nt, they 69. The Present Stem. — In Latin the verb has three stems, the present, perfect, and the participial (21). In such verbs as we have had, the present stem ends in -a, and is best found by dropping the ending -re of the present active infinitive : as, laudare, to praise ; present stem lauda-. All verbs whose present stem ends in -a belong to the first conjugation. The present tense is formed by joining the personal endings directly to the present stem. Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form laudo laudare lauda- -s laudas, you praise 70. Present tense of voco, / call. Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem voco, / call vocare, to call voca- Singular Plural 1. voco, I call vocamus, we call 2. vocas, you call (thou call- vocatis, you call est) 3. vocat, he calls vocant, they call 71. In English, present action is expressed in three different ways ; as, / call, I am calling, I do call. In Latin one form, voco, stands for all three of these expressions. Translate the above paradigm, using these three forms. Repeat the process in later work. 72. Instead of -m, -o is generally used as the ending of the first person singular of the present indicative active. VERB INFLECTION 43 In the first conjugation it absorbs -a of the stem ; as, voca -(- 5 = voco. a. Write the present stem and the present indicative active of the following verbs : — arare, to plow navigare, to sail armare, to arm nuntiare, to report, announce nare, to swim parare, to prepare, prepare for Learn these words. b. What are the meanings of -t, -mus, -nt, -m, -s, -0 ? To what are they joined to form the present tense ? LESSON 10 PRINCIPAL PARTS — THE FIRST CONJUGATION — ACTIVE VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD, IMPERFECT AND FU- TURE TENSES — REVIEW 59-63, 65-69 73. The regular verb in Latin is inflected through four conjugations, distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the present stem. This vowel is best seen in the present infinitive active. Conj. Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem Stem Vowel I. voco, / call vocare, to call voca -a II. moneo, I advise monere, to advise mone -e III. rego, I rule regere, to ride rege -e IV. audio, / hear audire, to hear audi -I 74. Principal Parts. — The principal parts of a Latin verb are certain forms which contain stems from which all forms of the verb may be made. They should be learned with every verb as it appears. They are : — 44 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE I. First Per. Sing. Pres. Ind. Act. voco, / call, etc. 2. Pres. Inf. Act. vocare, to call, etc. 1 Pres. Stem voca- .v First Per. Sing. Perf. 2 Ind. Act. vocavi, / called, have called Perf. Stem, vocav- 3 4- Perfect Parti- vocatus, called, Participial Stem, ciple 2 Passive having been called vocat- 3 a. These may be named the first, second, third, and fourth principal parts, respectively, and are written in the vocabularies as follows : voco, -are, -avi, -atus. b. Be able to translate the principal parts of every verb you meet. 75. The present stem in all the conjugations may be found by dropping final -re of the present infinitive active (6 9 ). 76. Tense Signs. — In English, as we have already seen (59), we often use helping or auxiliary verbs to show a change in tense : / shall go, I have gone, I shall have gone. In Latin this change is made by joining tense signs to verb stems. In the indicative mood -ba is the sign of the imperfect tense. This tense is made up of the present stem + the imperfect tense sign -ba + the personal end- ings, as : — Pres. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form voca- -ba -s vocabas, yon were call- ing, etc. 1 To be calling. 2 This term will be explained later. 3 This stem will be treated as the work progresses. VERB INFLECTION 45 a. The vowel of the tense sign is shortened before the endings -m, -t, and -nt : vocabam, / was calling. 77. The Imperfect Tense. — This tense is generally used to express an act as going on or repeated, or a state of things as existing in past time ; as, natabam, / was swim- ming ; ara stabat in Insula, an altar stood on the island. In English four forms are used to cover the idea expressed by the Latin imperfect indicative ; as, laudabam, / was praising, I praised, I did praise, or / used to praise. Use these four forms in translating the imperfect tense as you meet it in the paradigms. 78. voco, / call ; present stem voca- Principal Parts : voco, vocare, vocavi, vocatus Imperfect Tense Singular Plural 1. vocabam, 1 / was calling, vocabamus, we were calling, etc. etc. 2. vocabas, you were calling, vocabatis, you were calling, etc. etc. 3. vocabat, he was calling, vocabant, they were calling, etc. etc. 79. The Future Tense. — This tense represents an act as occurring in future time. Its tense sign in the first con- jugation is -bi. The future tense consists of the present stem + the tense sign + the personal ending, as : — Pres.Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form voca- -bi -s vocabis, you will call 1 Tn the imperfect -m, not -5, is the personal ending of the first person singular. 46 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Note in the following paradigm that -i of the tense sign is lost before -o, and changed to -u before -nt. 80. Future Tense Singular Plural 1. vocabo, / shall call or be vocabimus, we shall call, etc. calling 2. vocabis, you will call, etc. vocabitis, you will call, etc. 3. vocabit, he will call, etc. vocabunt, they will call, etc. 81. VOCABULARY Belgae, 1 -arum, m. pi., the erat, he was, there was Belgae, a people of Gaul in, prep, with ace, into, Celtae, 1 -arum, m. pi, the against, among, used with Celts, a people of Gaul verbs of motion convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, call in, prep, with abl., in, on, together among, used with verbs of erant, they were, tJiere wei'e rest a. Fix firmly in mind the difference between in with the accusative and in with the ablative. Recall examples of the latter use already given and notice, before translating, the meaning of both verb and preposition. b. Inflect laudo and convoco in the present, imperfect, and future tenses with the proper forms of agricola and nauta, singular and plural, as objects. 82. EXERCISES I. 1. Nautas 2 convocant, convocatis, convocabam, con- vocabo. 2. Agricolam laudat, laudabamus, laudabas, 1 Many proper names in Latin are translated by the Latin nominative form. These are pronounced as English words but with the Latin accent. 2 Could such a form be the subject of a finite verb ? What is its relation to convocant ? How must you translate convocant ? VERB INFLECTION 47 laudabat, laudabunt. 3. In silva, in silvam, in provin- ciam, in provincial, in provincia, in provinciis. 4. Nautae agricolas in silvam convocabunt. 5. Nauta in provincia magna erat. 6. Nautas in densas silvas convocabimus. 7. Nautae in alta. rlpa. erant. 8. Silva erat densa et Gallic Chieb- and Fallen Roman. magna. 9. Reginas bonas laudabimus. 10. Belgae et Celtae in Gallia sunt. II. 1. I was praising, you will praise, I do praise, they are praising, he praises, we shall praise. 2. In the prov- ince, into the province, on the island, into the forests. 3. He does love, we shall love, you were loving, he used 48 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE to love. 4. The sailor was calling the farmers together. 5. The farmers were in the dense forests. 6. The queen's province was large. 7. You will call the good girls together into the island. 8. You will give roses to the sailor's daughters. LESSON 11 THE SECOND CONJUGATION —ACTIVE VOICE, INDICA- TIVE MOOD, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES — ORDER OF WORDS 83. All verbs whose present stem ends in -e belong to the second conjugation. 84. moneo, I advise or warn ; present stem mone- Principal Parts : 1 moneo, monere, monui, monitus Present Tense Singular Plural 1. moneo, I advise, etc. 2 monemus, we advise, etc. 2. mones, you advise, etc. monetis, you advise, etc. 3. monet, he advises, etc. monent, they advise, etc. In the present tense the personal endings are joined directly to the present stem with shortening of the stem vowel before final -0, -t, -nt. Imperfect Tense Singular Plural 1. monebam, I was advis- monebamus, we were advis- ing, etc. 3 ing, etc. 2. monebas, you were advis- monebatis, you were advis- ing, etc. ing, etc. 3. monebat, he was advis- monebant, they were advis- ing, etc. ing, etc. 1 Translate the principal parts (73). 2 See 66. 3 See 77. 4 Longitude 2 West Longit £v Cervix First Tear Latin Course, Smiley and Storke East from 4 Greenwich 8 THE SECOND CONJUGATION 49 The imperfect tense, as in the first conjugation, consists of the present stem + the imperfect tense sign + the per- sonal endings : — Pres. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form mone- -ba -s monebas, you were advising Future Tense Singular Plural 1. monebo, / shall advise, monebimus, we shall advise, etc. 1 etc. 2. monebis, you will advise, monebitis, you will advise, etc. etc. 3. monebit, he will advise, monebunt, they will advise, etc. etc. In the second conjugation, as in the first, the future tense sign is -bi. The future tense consists of the present stem + the future tense sign + the personal endings : — res. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form mone- -bi -S monebis, you will advise For the dropping of -i before -0 and its change to -u be- fore -nt see 79. 85. Word Order. — We have seen (28) that the order of the words in a Latin sentence does not determine their relation, as subject, object, modifier, etc., to each other. The order of words is, however, a matter of great impor- tance in reading and writing Latin, as will be seen in the following examples. 1 See 80. 50 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 86. The good farmer often gives roses to his daughter, becomes in Latin : — 1. Agricola bonus 1 filiae rosas saepe dat, with no special emphasis on any word. 2. Saepe bonus 1 agricola filiae rosas dat, with special emphasis on saepe and bonus. 3. Saepe dat agricola bonus 1 rosas filiae, with emphasis on dat and filiae. ^§e>^)^ Roman Camp and Boats. (Column of Trajan.) These examples suggest the following : — 87. Rule Order of Words. — The norma/ order in a Latin sentence is: Subject, Modifiers of Subject, Indirect Object, Direct Object, Adverb, Verb. But this order is constantly changed for the sake of emphasis. 1 The masculine nominative of bona, used because agricola is masculine. ORDER OF WORDS 5 1 88. The most emphatic place in the sentence is the first, the next in importance the last, the least important the middle. A descriptive adjective normally follows its noun, but is made emphatic by being placed before it. The ad- verb as a modifier of the verb precedes it, but is made em- phatic by separation from it by intervening words. The verb normally stands last, but is made emphatic by being brought to a position at or near the beginning of the sen- tence. a. In Exercise 90, I, 6-10, name all words in emphatic positions. In II write the sentences in their normal order, then rewrite them, using emphasis and underscoring the words you have made emphatic. 89. VOCABULARY cymba, -ae, f., boat, skiff propero, -are, -avi, -atus, has- fera, -ae, f., wild animal ten or a, -ae, f., shore pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, fight ora maritima, seashore video, -ere, vidi, visus, see maritima, adj., belonging to ad, prep, with ace, to} to- the sea ward, near pulchra, beautiful .per, prep, with ace, through, habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, have, along hold non, adv., not saepe, adv., often 90. EXERCISES I. 1. Habemus, habebimus, habebamus, vocabimus, vi- dent. 2. Armant, videtis, pugnabitis, pugnabis, habet, armabant. 3. In insula, per pulchram insulam, in ora 1 Distinguish carefully between to as the sign of the indirect object and of the person or thing to which motion extends. In the latter case use ad with the accusative. 52 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE maritima, in oram maritimam, ad oram maritimam. 4. Per provinciam properabant Belgae. 5. Nautas in provincia saepe video. 6. Non vocabant copias in provinciam. 7. N5n in viis longls videbimus feras. 8. Ad oram mari- timam non navigabit agricola. 9. Videbamus pulchras feras in silva magna. 10. Saepe properabant ad oram maritimam. II. 1. You have, were having, will have, they are hav- ing, did have, will have. 2. He sees, was seeing, will see the beautiful boats. 3. I hastened, we shall love, they called together. 4. We often saw wild animals in the forests of Gaul. 5. You will see the sailors in the boats. 6. We often saw farmers on the road. 7. The Belgae will often arm the troops in the forest. 8. You will not hasten to the seashore. LESSON 12 FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS— PASSIVE INDICA- TIVE. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES- PREDICATE NOMINATIVE AND APPOSITIVE 91. A verb in the passive voice (60) has the following principal parts : — Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. amor, / am loved or amari, to be amatus sum, / was loved bei?i^ loved loved or have been loved 92. The personal endings of the passive voice are : — Singular Plural -r, -or, / -mur, we -ris or -re, you (one person) -mini, you (two or more persons) -tur, he -ntur, they PASSIVE INDICATIVE 53 93. The tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same as in the active voice, and these tenses are formed in the same way, except that they use the passive personal endings instead of the active (68). 94. In the present -or is used in the first person singular as the personal ending, and in the first conjugation -a of the stem is dropped before it. In the future the tense sign -bi is changed to -be in the second person singular, and to -bu in the third person plural. 95. The principal parts of voco in the passive voice are : vocor, vocarl, vocatus sum ; present stem voca-. The present stem in the passive of all conjugations is the same as in the active. Present Tense Singular Plural 1. vocor, I am called, etc. 1 vocamur, we are called, etc. 2. vocaris (or vocare), you vocamini, you are called, etc. are called, etc. 3. vocatur, he is called, etc. vocantur, they are called, etc. Imperfect Tense 1. vocabar, / was being vocabamur, we were being called, etc. 2 called, etc. 2. vocabaris (-re), you were vocabamini, you were being being called, etc. called, etc. 3. vocabatur, he was being vocabantur, they were be- called, etc. ing called, etc. 1 Or am being called. 2 Or was called. 54 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Future Tense 1. vocabor, I shall be called vocabimur, we shall be called 2. vocaberis (-re), you will vocabimini, you will be called be called 3. vocabitur, he zvill be called vocabuntur, they will be called moneor, I am advised • present stem mone- Principal Parts : moneor, monerl, monitus sum Present Tense Singular Plural 1. moneor, / am advised, monemur, we are advised, etc. etc. 2. moneris (-re), you are monemini, you are advised, advised, etc. etc. 3. monetur, he is advised, monentur, they are advised, etc. etc. Imperfect Tense 1. monebar, / was being ad- monebamur, we were being vised, etc. advised, etc. 2. monebaris (-re), you were monebamini, you were being being advised, etc. advised, etc. 3. monebatur, he was being monebantur, they were be- advised, etc. ing advised, etc. Future Tense 1. monebor, / shall be ad- monebimur, we shall be ad- vised vised 2. moneberis (-re), you will monebiminl, you zvill be ad- be advised vised 3. monebitur, he will be ad- monebuntur, they zviH be vised advised PREDICATE NOMINATIVE 55 Arch of Trajan. (Timgad, Algeria.) Supply omitted translations in these paradigms. 96. Examine the following : — 1. Agricolae sunt incolae Galliae, the farmers are in- habitants of Ganl. 2. In Aquitania, pulchra terra, multa bella gerunt, they wage many wars in Aquitania, a beautiful country. a. In 1, incolae is a predicate noun, refers to the same persons as the subject agricolae, and agrees with it in case ; in 2, terra limits Aquitania directly, denotes the same place, and is in the same case. These uses are the same as in English. 97. Rules 1. Predicate Nominative. — A noun in the predicate with an intransitive or passive verb agrees with the subject in case. 56 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 2. Appositive. — A noun limiting another noun and denot- ing the same person or tiling agrees with it in case. Note. — An appositive is always in the same part of the sentence — subject or predicate — as its noun. An adjective in the predicate agrees with the subject in gender, number, and case (49). 98. VOCABULARY Aquitania, -ae, f., Aquitania, moveo, -ere, movi, motus, a country in Gaul move incola, -ae, m. and f., in- contra, prep, with ace, habitant against inopia, -ae, f., lack, scarcity quoque, conj., also, following appello, -are, -avi, -atus, the word which it empha- name, call sizes comparo, -are, -avi, -atus, prepare, provide 99. EXERCISES I. i. Appellatur nauta, incolae Galliae appellamur. 2. Laudabuntur, laudantur, laudabimini, laudaris. 3. Aquitania pulchra terra appellatur. 4. Videor, videbitur, videbantur, videre, armabor, armabar. 5. Armantur, armabaminl, armamini, videris, videmur, videmus. 6. Incolae Aqultaniae, pulchrae terrae, appel- labantur. 7. Nauta in pulchram Insulam vocabitur, nauta flliam in Insulam vocabit. 8. Portae villae in vias movebantur. 9. Portas villae in vias movebant. II. I. I provide, shall provide, was providing, was praised, am praised, am praising. 2. They were advised, they were advising, he shall be advised, they will be moved from (out of) the forest. 3. He is being armed, he will see the spear, the spear will be seen. 4. They were arm- USE OF WORD LISTS 57 ing the farmers, inhabitants of Aquitania. 5. The sailors also are being armed against the farmers. 6. We do move the gates of the farmhouses to the road. 7. The gates of the farmhouses will be moved to the road. 8. The inhabitants of the land are sailors and farmers. LESSON 13 USE OF WORD LISTS — WORD LIST I — HOW TO TRANSLATE — READING LESSON 100. Study the following list with great care. Give the specifications (50, footnote 2) of each word and be able to decline all the nouns and adjectives and to conjugate all the verbs in the list in all the forms so far given. Note all resemblances, in form and meaning, to English words. Do the same with succeeding word lists. Translate with equal facility from Latin into English and from English into Latin. 101. WORD LIST I a or ab Belgae dea fossa laudo non ad Celtae densa fuga longa nuntio agricola clara Diana Gallia magna ora alta comparo do habeo maritima paro amo contra e or ex hasta moneo patria ancora convoco erat in move5 pecunia appello copia est incola musa per Aquitania cum et inopia nauta porta anno cymba fera Insula navigo porto aro de filia lata no propero 58 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE pr5vincia pulchra rlpa sagitta sunt video puella quoque rosa silva terra villa pugno reglna saepe stella via voco 102. How to Translate. — i. Read in the Latin the pas- sage assigned, taking in at one view as many words as the eye can see. 2. Note the endings of all inflected words so as to see quickly the relation of subject, verb, and object, noun and agreeing adjective, preposition and the noun which it governs, etc., in order to arrive at the thought of the sen- tence before making any attempt at translation. In doing this follow strictly the Latin order, observing carefully the marks of punctuation. 3. Try to recall words previously given and study into the meaning of those related to them in form. Look up A Roman Bakery, THE SECOND DECLENSION $9 words that are new to you and find from their endings their connection with other words in the sentence. 4. Try to make sense by giving the full meaning of the forms, taken in their Latin order. If you do not succeed in making sense, repeat the process from the beginning. 5. Translate into clear and idiomatic English. To trans- late into idiomatic English is to take the thought of a writer in another language and put it into the kind of English we should use to express naturally the same thought; as, reglnae est rosa means, in idiomatic English, the queen has a rose, while its word for word translation reads, there is a rose to the queen. 103. Reading Lesson — Gallia Gallia est terra magna et pulchra. Est patria multo- rum 1 agricolarum et nautarum. Agricolae terram arant et nautae ad oram maritiman in cymbis navigant. In viis latls et longis ludunt 2 pueri 3 et puellae. In latls et densis silvls sunt magnae ferae, quas 4 incolae saepe capiunt. 5 LESSON 14 THE SECOND DECLENSION, NOUNS IN -us AND -urn 104. Nouns of the second declension in -us are usually masculine, those in -um are neuter. The stem ends in -0 and may be found by dropping -rum of the genitive plural and shortening the -0. The base is found by dropping any 1 of many ; multdrum modifies agricolarum. 2 ludunt, play ; it agrees with its subjects pueri and puellae. 3 pueri, boys. 4 quas, which, object of capiunt. 5 capiunt, capture. 6o A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE case ending. Nouns of all declensions are declined by- adding the case endings to the base. 105. legatus, -I, m., lieutenant, ambassador ; stem legato-, base legat- Case Endings Sing. PL. Sing. PL. N. legatus legati -US -I G. legati legatorum -I -orum D. legato legatis -0 -is Ac. legatum legatos -um -OS V. legate legati -e -1 Ab. legato legatis -0 -Is bellum, -I, n.j , war; stem bello -, base bell- Case Endings Sing. PL. Sing. PL. N. bellum Bella -um -a G. belli bellorum -1 -orum D. bello bellis -0 -is Ac. bellum bella -um -a V. bellum bella -um -a Ab. bello bellis -0 -Is a. Learn the declension and table of case endings given above. The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuters are alike in each number and end in -a in the plural. The vocative singular has a distinct form in -e for masculine nouns in -us, -ius ; in all other nouns of all declensions the vocative is like the nominative. 106. Masculine adjectives of the second declension end- ing in -us are declined like legatus ; those in -um are neuter and are declined like bellum. The feminine adjectives THE SECOND DECLENSION 6l corresponding to those of the second declension in -us and -um end in -a and belong to the first declension. a. There are no feminine adjectives of the second de- clension. Decline together: puella bona, a good girl ; legatus bonus, a good lieutenant; and bellum longum, a long war. Review order of words, 85-88. 107. VOCABULARY Casticus, -I, m., Casticus, a tribunus, -1, m., tribune, a Gallic nobleman iugum, -I, xv., yoke iumentum, -I, n., beast of burden, pack animal murus, -I, m., wall oppidum, -1, n., town I08. EXERCISES I. 1. Castici, muri, murorum, in muris, ad muros. 2. Iumenta, iu- mentis, iuga iumentorum, iugum iumenti. 3. Tri- buni ad murum oppidi properant, tribuni in mu- ris oppidorum sunt. 4. Moves, movebis, moveba- tur, oppida oppugnabi- mus, Casticum videbimus. 5. Ad murum oppidi, in muris oppidorum. 6. Iumenta iuga portant, Roman officer oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus, at- tack, assault supero, -are, -avi, -atus, con- quer, overcome Iumentum. 62 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Casticus oppidum oppugnabat. 7. Nautae armabantur, agricolae quoque armabantur. 8. Tribunus appellabitur. II. 1. On the walls, along the wall, the walls of the towns, for the tribune, of the tribunes. 2. The yokes of the beasts of burden, you move, were moving, will move, will be moved. 3. You will be attacked, were seen, are being seen, they do see the tribunes on the walls. 4. We are hastening towards the towns of the Celts. 5. There were many beasts of burden near the walls of the towns. 6. The Belgae also were assaulting the towns of the Celts. LESSON 15 THE SECOND DECLENSION, NOUNS IN -ius AND -ium 109. Nouns of the second declension in -ius and -ium end in the genitive singular in -I instead of -ii and have the accent on the penult : gladius, gla'di, m., sword ; prae- sidium, praesi'di, n., garrison. no. gladius, gladi, m., sword Stem gladio-, base gladi- consilium, consili, n., plan Stem consilio-, base consili- Singular Plural Singular Plural N. gladius gladii consilium consilia G. gladi gladiorum consili consiliorum, D. gladio gladiis consilio consiliis Ac. gladium gladios c5nsilium consilia V. gladie gladii consilium consilia Ab. gladio gladiis consilio consiliis THE SECOND DECLENSION 63 a. Compare the declension of these nouns with those in Lesson 14. -i of the base does not appear in the geni- tive singular of nouns in -ius and -ium. b. Filius and proper names in -ius have the vocative singular in a single -i : fill, O son ; Vergili, VergiL c. Decline filius and Vergilius; auxilium and maleficium. in VOCABULARY aedificium, aedifici, n., building auxilium, auxili, n., aid, help filius, fill, m., son frumentum, -i, n., grain • pi., crops of gram Galll, -orum, m. pi., the Gauls iniuria, -ae, f., injury, injustice maleficium, malefic!, n., evil deed, zvrong nuntius, nunti, m., messenger populus, -1, m., people Romanus, -a, -um, Roman populus Romanus, the Roman peo- ple ; always in this order, in the sing, only, with verb in the sing. Gallic Swords anl> Daggers. 112. EXERCISES I. I. Nunti, nuntil, popule Romane, magnae iniuriae, magni maleficl. 2. Magna maleficia, auxilio Gallorum, O nuntie popull Roman!. 3. Nuntil popull Roman! ad rlpam properant. 4. Multa aedificia in Italia sunt. 5. Copia frumentl in aedificia portabitur. 6. Agricola 6 4 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE copiam frumenti in aedificia portabit. 7. Magna, O fill, est iniuria nautarum. 8. Gladius nunti longus erat. II. 1. The plans of the messenger, of aid, to (for) aid, O son ! O messenger ! O Roman people ! 2. Of an evil deed, of evil deeds, of the messenger of the Roman people. 3. The evil deeds of the Gauls will be an- nounced to the Roman people. 4. Help was being given to the sailors. 5. There were many buildings in the broad lands of the Roman people. LESSON 16 ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS IN -us, -a, -urn — READING LESSON In the following table give the forms across the page. Do the same in declining all other adjectives. 113. fidus, m., fida, f., fidum, n., faithful Stems : fido-, m., fida-, f., fido-, n. ; base fid- Singular Plural Masc. Fein. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. N. fidus fida fidum fidi fidae fida G. fidi fidae fidi fidorum fidarum fidorum D. fido fidae fido fidis fidis fidis Ac. fidum fidam fidum fidos fidas fida V. fide fida fidum fidi fidae fida Ab. fido fida fido fidis fidis fidis a. Adjectives of this class are declined in the feminine like nouns of the first declension, and in the masculine and neuter like nouns of the second declension. They agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case, but not ADJECTIVES 65 always in form. An adjective of the first declension form never goes with a masculine or neuter noun. Most of the Gallic Swords, Signal Horn, and Shields. feminine adjectives so far given have masculine and neuter forms in -us and -um. 114. N. G. D. Ac. V. Ab. N. G. D. Ac. V. Ab. regina bona reginae bonae reginae bonae reginam bonam regina bona regina bona reginae bonae reginarum bonarum reglnis bonis reglnas bonas reginae bonae reglnis bonis Singular nauta bonus nautae boni nautae bono nautam bonum nauta bone nauta bono Plural nautae boni nautarum bonorum nautis bonis nautas bonos nautae boni nautis bonis 66 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE a. Decline together: nauta fidus, frumentum bonum, carrus magnus. Decline the Latin for a faithful farmer. 115. VOCABULARY arma, -orum, n. pi., arms do, 1 dare, dedi, datus, give carrus, -1, m., cart habito, -are, -avi, -atus, castra, -orum, n. pi., camp dwell, inhabit (in this meaning in pi. etiam, adv., also, still, even only) nunc, adv., now, at this time multus, -a, -um, much; pi., semper, adv., always many Plan of Roman Camp. Il6. EXERCISES I. I. Dat, dabas, dabit, dabis, das, dabo, dare, dant. 2. Dabitur, dabuntur, comparabitur, comparabant. 3. Est magna inopia frumenti in castris populi Roman!. 1 This verb does not belong to the first conjugation. The stem vowel is short except in the second person singular das and two other forms to be given later. ADJECTIVES 67 4. Belgae contra populum Romanum multa bella compa- rabunt. 5. Galli multos carros incolis magni oppidi dant. 6. Filia agricolae boni nautis frumenta dabat. 7. Nauta f ldus in castrls popull Roman! carros et iumenta saepe videt. II. 1. He gives, will give, was giving arms to the good lieu- tenants. 2. They are preparing, will prepare, were pre- paring arms for the faithful Gauls. 3. Aquitania, a large and beautiful coun- try, is in Gaul. 4. The faithful farmers were providing much grain for the Roman people. 5. of grain in the large province, dwelt in a beautiful country. Galltc Helmets. There is a great scarcity 6. The Roman people 117. Reading Lesson — Terra Clara In Italia, terra pulchra popull Roman!, habitabant mult! et clan 1 viri, inter quos 2 erant Caesar, 3 Cicero, Vergilius, alii 4 quoque quos non ndminabimus. 5 Caesar cum Celtis et Belgis saepe pugnabat et semper superabat. 1 many famous men ; et is omitted in translation when multus and a descriptive adjective are used to modify the same word. 2 Accusative plural of relative pronoun ; inter quos, among whom. 3 If you cannot infer meaning from the form, consult the general vocabu- lary. 4 others. 5 nomino, name. 68 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Cicer5 orator magnus erat, Vergilius poeta clarus. Fabulae 1 pulchrae de els viris 2 in multis terris narra- bantur 3 et etiam nunc narrantur. LESSON 17 THE THIRD CONJUGATION — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PRES- ENT. IMPERFECT. AND FUTURE TENSES— THE ABLA- TIVE OF SEPARATION 118. All verbs whose present stem ends in -e belong to the third conjugation. rego, / rule ; present stem rege- Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus Present Tense Singular Plural i. rego, I rule, etc. regimus, we ride, etc. 2. regis, you rule, etc. regitis, you rule, etc. 3. regit, he rules, etc. regunt, they ride, etc. In the present tense of this conjugation -e is absorbed by the ending -0, and becomes -u before -nt and -i in the other forms. Imperfect Tense Singular Plural 1. regebam, / zuas ruling, regebamus, we were ruling, etc. etc. 2. regebas, you were ruling, regebatis, you zvere riding, etc. etc. 3. regebat, lie was ruling, regebant, they were riding, etc. etc. 1 stories. 2 about these ?nen. 3 used to be told. THE THIRD CONJUGATION 69 The imperfect tense, as in conjugations I and II, is made up of the present stem + the tense sign -f the per- sonal endings, but -e of the stem is lengthened before the tense sign -ba. Pres. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form rege- -ba -s regebas, you were ruling, etc. Future Tense 1. regam, I shall rule, etc. regemus, we shall rule, etc. 2. reges, you ivill rule, etc. regetis, you will rule, etc. 3. reget, he will rule, etc. regent, they will rule, etc. Roman Curule Chair. a. The future tense sign in the third conjugation is not -bi as in the first and second conjugations, but -a in the first person singular and -e in other forms. The -a is shortened before -m and the -e is shortened before -t or -nt. The stem vowel -e is dropped before the tense sign of the future. 70 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 119. Study carefully the following examples : — 1. Legatum vita privat, he deprives the ambassador of life. 2. Nuntiiim cura liberat, he frees the messenger from care. 3. Gallos a Germanis liberabunt, they will free the Gauls from the Germans. a. In English verbs of depriving and freeing take the prepositions of or from with their objects. In Latin the ablative case is used, generally without a preposition. In case of other verbs of separation the usage varies, some taking the ablative with a preposition, some without, and some admitting either construction. For actual separation of some material thing from another and for separation from a person, a, de, or e with the ablative is ordinarily used. 120. Rule The Ablative of Separation. — Verbs denoting separation are used with the ablative case, either with or without a preposition. Roman Candela- Note. — This rule extends to adjectives of brum. like meaning ; cura liber est, he is free from care. 121. VOCABULARY animus, -I, m., mind, spirit telum, -I, n., missile, weapon, cura, -ae, f., care javelin proelium, proeli, n., battle vita, -ae, f., life r Now thy Forum roars no longer; fallen every purple Caesar's dome. — Tennyson. (71) At Vergil's Tomb. (Naples.) ; 2 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE contendo, -ere, -di, -tentus, incolo, -ere, -ui, contend, hasten duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, lead educo, -ere, eduxi, eductus, lead out gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, wage, carry on -, live inhabit, used with ace. llbero, -are, -avi, -atus, free, deliver privo, -are, -avi, -atus, de- prive quondam, adv., once 122. EXERCISES I. I. Contendebas, ducetis, geritis, incolunt, incolebant. 2. Educit, educet, educebat, educunt, educent. 3. Gerunt, gerebant, gerent, geremus, geri- mus. 4. Belgae quoque fru- mento saepe prlvabuntur. 5. Animus puellae quoque cura Hberabitur. 6. Bellum longum cum populo Romano gerebatur. 7. Legatum a tells privant. 8. Belgae ad proelium properabant. 9. Populus Romanus quondam Galliam regebat. 10. Tela in- colls oppidorum saepe dabuntur. II. 1. The Celts were carry- ing on war, they will carry on war with the Roman people. 2. The Aquitanians were con- tending, do contend, will contend. 3. They will deprive the Roman people of grain. 4. The farmers also were freed from care. 5. The tribune was being deprived of his weapons. 6. The messengers were hastening to the walls of the town. 7. The Roman people live in a famous land. Roman Lamps. THE SECOND DECLENSION 73 LESSON 18 THE SECOND DECLENSION {Continued), NOUNS IN -er AND -ir— THE COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE — THE INFINI- TIVE AS SUBJECT AND OBJECT — READING LESSON 123. puer, -eri, m., ager, agri, m., vir, viri, m., boy field man Case Stem puero-, Stem agro-, Stem viro-, Endings base puer- base agr- SlNGULAR base vir- N. V. puer ager vir — G. puerl agri viri -i D. puero agro viro -0 Ac. puerum agrum virum -um Ab. puero agro Plural viro -0 N. V. puerl agri viri -i G. puerorum agrorum virorum -orum D. pueris agris viris -is Ac. pueros agros viros -OS Ab. pueris agris viris -is 124. Nouns of the second declension in er and -ir are masculine. The stem ends in -0 as in nouns in -us and -um. Note also the base to which the endings are joined to make the various case forms. The endings are the same as in nouns in -us except that the ending is lacking in the nomi- native and vocative singular. 125. Examine the following : — 1. Oppidum oppugnare constituunt, they decide to attack the town. 74 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 2. Liberos convocare maturat, he hastens to call the chil- dren to°;ctJier. The use of the infinitive above is exactly the same as in English. 126. Rule The Complementary Infinitive. — The infinitive is itsed with verbs meaning to decide, hasten, begin, wish, be able, and, in general, with those requiring a second act of tJie same subject to complete tJieir meaning. 127. In the sentence, Casticus orders the Belgae to move their camp, the object of orders is the Belgae to move their camp. Similarly in the Latin translation, Casticus Belgas castra movere iubet, the object of iubet consists of the infinitive movere with its subject Belgas in the accusative. 128. Rule The Infinitive as Object. — The infinitive with a subject in the accusative case may be the object ofa verb. a. This construction is used with iubeo, / order ; veto, / forbid ; sino, I permit, and some other verbs of like mean- ing. It is also used with certain verbs of wishing when the subject of the infinitive is different from that of the intro- ductory verb. 129. In the sentence, To see is to believe, the infinitive to see is used as the subject and to believe as the predicate of is. In the Latin translation, Videre est credere, we see the same use of the infinitive as subject and predicate of est. In the sentence, Legatum pugnare est vincere, for the lieutenant to fight is to conquer, legatum is the subject, in the accusative case, of pugnare, and together with it forms THE INFINITIVE 75 the subject of est, while vincere is its predicate. In the sentence, Nare est iucundum, to swim is pleasant (it is pleasant to swim), the predicate adjective iucundum is in the neuter singular to agree with the infinitive subject nare. 130. Rule Infinitive as Subject and Predicate. — The infinitive, either with or ivithout a subject accusative, may be the subject or predicate of a verb. A predicate adjective used in this con- struction is in the neuter singular. 131. VOCABULARY amicus, -a, -um, friendly ; as novus, -a, -um, new noun in m., friend periculosus, -a, -um, danger- aper, apri, m., wild boar ous Aquitani, -orum, m. pl„ the constituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, de- Aquitanians, a people of cide, determine, station Gaul iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, magister, -tri, m., master, order, w. inf. teacher maturo, -are, -avi, -atus, signum, -I, n., standard, sig- hasten nal prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, pre- iucundus, -a, -um, pleasant vent, hinder a. Like puer decline : armiger, -eri, m., armor bearer liberl, -orum, m. pi., children signifer, -eri, m., standard bearer vesper, -eri, m., evening Most nouns of the second declension in -er are declined like ager. Learn the above list and give base and stem of each noun. 7 6 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 132. EXERCISES I. 1. Constituunt,c5nstituebant, constituent, maturabunt, appellabantur. 2. Appellabitur, appellaberis, appellabi- mini, appellabere. 3. Magisterin agros liber5s convocare maturat. 4. Legatus bellum cum Helvetils gerere con- Destruction of a German Village by Roman Soldiers. (Pillar of Antoninus.) stituebat. 5. Legatus nunti5s ad castra properare iubet. 6. Perlculosum est cum populo Romano bellum gerere. 7. Apros in agrls videre non est iucundum. 8. Iucundum est claram terram incolere. 9. Vir in oppidum per agros maturare parabat. ADJECTIVES 77 II. i. You will hasten, he will decide, they will be freed from care. 2. I was hastening, you do decide, he did prepare, you will be deprived. 3. It is pleasant to live-in the broad land of the Gauls. 4. They ordered the inhabitants of the island to arm the sailors. 5. The trib- unes decided to give new standards to the standard bear- ers. 6. It will be dangerous for the Gauls to fight against the Roman people. 7. The wild boars will be deprived of life. 133. Reading Lesson Belgae et 1 Aquitanl et Celtae Galliam incolunt, qua de causa 2 Galli appellantur. Trans Rhenum incolunt Germanl. In agros Germanorum Galli saepe veniunt 3 et ibi 4 cum Germanls contendunt. Germanl quoque in agris Gallorum bellum gerunt, qua de causa f ortissiml 5 sunt. In future reading lessons and exercises consult the general vocabulary for any words not given in the special lists. LESSON 19 ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN- SIONS IN -er, -a, -urn— THE ABLATIVE OF MEANS OR INSTRUMENT — WORD LIST II 134. miser, misera, miserum, wretched Stems : misero-, misera-, misero- ; base miser- Singular Masc. Fern. Neut. N. V. miser misera miserum G. miser! miserae miseri 1 Omit in translating. 2 and for this reason. 3 come. 4 there. 5 very brave. 78 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Masc. Fern. Neut. D. misero miserae misero Ac. miserum miseram miserum Ab. misero misera Plural misero N. V. miser! miserae misera G. miserorum miserarum miserorum D. miserls miserls miserls Ac. miseros miseras misera Ab. miserls miserls miserls noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours Stems : nostro-, nostra-, nostro- ; base nostr- Singular Masc. Fern. Neut. N. V. noster nostra nostrum G. nostri nostrae nostri D. nostro nostrae nostro Ac. nostrum nostram nostrum Ab. nostro nostra Plural nostro N. V. nostri nostrae nostra G. nostrorum nostrarum nostrorum D. nostrls nostrls nostrls Ac. nostros nostras nostra Ab. nostrls nostrls nostrls 135. Notice that the masculine of miser is declined like puer, and the masculine of noster like ager. Compare the nominative and genitive of miser with the same cases of noster and see the necessity of learning the genitive singular in order to know the base. a. Decline : agricola miser, noster puer, populus liber. ADJECTIVES 79 136. Compare the English with the Latin in the follow- ing : — Gladio pugnat, he is fighting with a sword. Sagitta vulnerabitur, he will be wounded by an arrow. Here the idea of means or instrument is expressed in the English by the use of the prepositions 'with and by, with their objects. In the Latin the same idea is expressed by the use of the ablative case without a preposition. 137. Rule The Ablative of Means or Instrument. — The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the ablative case without a preposition. a. Review passive forms in Lesson 12. 138. VOCABULARY perlculum,-!, x\., danger, peril iuvo, -are, iuvi, iutus, help, pilum, -I, n., javelin assist scutum, -I, n., shield mitto, -ere, mlsi, missus, send cotidianus, -a, -um, daily posco, -ere, poposci, — — , fortissimus, -a, -um, very demand brave, bravest continenter, adv., continually liber, -era, -erum, free atque, conj., and, and also pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beau- quod, conj., because tiful 139. EXERCISES I. 1. Iuvaris, iuvabantur, poscebatur, pugnabant, pri- vaberis, movebitur. 2. Viri gladiis et pills armabantur.^ 3. Miserioppid6rumincolaefrument5 iuvabantur. 4. Ab' agrls pulchrls Helvetiorum prohibebuntur. 5. Pila et gladil et scuta carris iumentlsque portantur. 6. Fortissimi 8o A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE appellantur quod continenter cum multis viris contendunt. y. Proeliis 1 superabant quod longls pills armabantur. 8. Cotldianls proeliis gladiis atque pills pugnant agricolae fldi, et auxilium ad legatum mit- tunt. 9. Cura liberl erant quod amlcos fortissimos habebant. II. 1. You will be advised, they were being prevented, we shall be called, they are free from danger. 2. The wretched Helvetians will not be assisted with grain. 3. By our swords we freed the Gauls from danger. 4. They will send aid to many men because they are very brave. 5. The Roman people were being armed with swords and jave- lins. 6. They were contending in daily battles with the Germans. 7. They were armed with swords and shields and fought continually against the Celts. German Slingers. (Pillar of Marcus Aurelius.) 140. WORD LIST II aedificium atque constituo ager auxilium contends amicus bellum continenter animus carrus cotidianus aper Casticus cotldie Aqultanl castra cura arma consilium duco Ablative of Means, translate in battles. THE THIRD DECLENSION educo liber populus etiam liberi posco fidus libero privo filius magister proelium fortissimus maleficium prohibeo frumentum matiiro puer Galll miser pulcher gero mitto quod gladius multus quondam habito murus rego Helvetii noster Romanus incol5 novus scutum iniiiria nunc semper iubeo nuntius signum iucundus oppidum telum iugum oppugno tribunus iumentum periculosus vesper iuv5 periculum vir legatus pilum vita Use this and subsequent word lists like List I (ioo). LESSON 20 THE THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS — READING LESSON 141. Nouns of the Third Declension. — These have stems ending in -i or a consonant. Nouns with consonant stems may be divided into two classes : — 1. Nouns which add -s to the base to form the nomi- native singular. 82 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 2. Nouns which add no termination to the base to form the nominative singular. 142. Nominatives in -s. — Nouns which add -s to the base to form the nominative singular include masculines and feminines only and are declined as follows : — dux, ducis, m., leader lex, legis, f., law Case Stem and base due- Stem and base leg- Endings Sing. PL. Sing. Pl. Sing. PL. N. , V. dux duces lex leges -s -es G. ducis ducum legis legum -is -um D. duel ducibus legl legibus -1 -ibus Ac. ducem duces legem leges -em -es Ab. duce ducibus lege legibus -e -ibus princeps, principis, m., miles, militis, m., chief soldier Stem and base princip- Stem and base milit- SlNG. PL. SlNG. PL. Sing. PL. N. V. princeps prlncipes miles milites -s -es G. principis principum militis militum -is -um D. prlncipi prlncipibus militi militibus -i -ibus Ac. principem prlncipes militem milites -em -es Ab. prlncipe prlncipibus mllite militibus -e -ibus aestas, aestatis, f., obses, obsidis, m. and f., siimmer hostage Stem and base aestat- Stem and base obsid- SlNG. PL. SlNG. PL. Sing. PL. N. V. aestas aestates obses obsides -s -es G. aestatis aestatum obsidis obsidum -is -um D. aestati aestatibus obsidi obsidibus -i -ibus Ac. aestatem aestates obsidem obsides -em -es Ab. aestate aestatibus obside obsidibus -e -ibus THE THIRD DECLENSION 83 143. The stem and base are the same in these nouns and are found by dropping any case ending except the nominative and vocative singular. Some consonant and vowel changes take place in forming the nominative, as : — 1. A final -c or -g of the base unites with -s and forms -x ; due- + -s = dux ; leg- + -s = lex. 2. A final -t or -d of the base is dropped before -s, and in many nouns of two syllables -i in the base is changed to -e in the nominative : obses from base obsid-. Note the progress of these changes : obsid-, obsids, obses. a. Decline: rex, regis, m., king; civitas, civitatis, f., state ; virtus, virtutis, f., manhood, bravery, stating stem and base in each instance. Learn these words. 144. VOCABULARY Dumnorix, -lgis, m., Dum- angustus, -a, -um, narrow norix, a Gallic leader pono, -ere, posul, positus, Orgetorix, -lgis, m., Orget- set, place, pitch (of a orix, a Gallic leader camp) Rhenus, -1, m., the Rhine ita, adv., thus, so 145. EXERCISES I. 1. Regi, regum, contra regem, cum clvitatibus, civi- tatum, cum civitate. 2. Prlncipes laudantur, monebun- tur, vocabantur. 3. Orgetorix Helvetiorum dux quondam erat. 4. Dumnorix bellum continenter gerit. 5. Agri- colae frumentum in oppida finitima Helvetiorum porta- bant. 6. Filius prlncipis castra in agris pulchris ponebat. 7. Populus Romanus regi auxilium dabat. 8. Ita per angustas vias in latds agros principum contendebant. 9. Ad Rhehum castra ponebat et multos milites convo- cabat. 8 4 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE II. I. For the leaders, of the neighboring states, against Dumnorix, with the chiefs. 2. By (with) bravery, of the hostages, in the king's land, in a large state. 3. He warns the king, the son of the king is warned. 4. The camp was being pitched, the camp will be pitched. 5. New standards and weapons will be given to the sons of the chiefs. 6. The sons of the leaders are preparing The Rhine. to pitch their camp in Gaul. 7. The king ordered the chiefs to free the soldiers from care. 146. READING LESSON Helvetii sunt Celtarum fortissiml quod cum Germanis fere cotidianis proelils contendunt, et eos 1 saepe superant. Angustos finis 2 habent, qua de causa 3 nuntios ad Caesarem 1 them. 2 borders. "for this reason. THE THIRD DECLENSION 85 mittunt qui dicunt : " Angustos finis habemus, ibi 1 rema- nere non possumus, 2 per provinciam in latos agros exlre 3 volumus." 4 Helvetiorum dux quondam erat Orgetorlx, vir magnae gratiae 5 in clvitate. Coniurationem nobilitatis faciebat. 6 LESSON 21 THE THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS (Continued) 147. Consonant stems which add no case ending in the nominative singular include nouns of all genders. The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuters are alike in each number, and in the plural end in -a. 148. legio, -onis, consul, -is, pater, patris, f., legion m., consul m., father Case Stem and Stem and Stem and Endings base legion- base consul Singular - base patr- N.V. legio consul pater — G. legionis consulis patris -is D. legioni consull patri -1 Ac. legionem consulem patrem -em Ab. legione consule Plural patre -e N.V. legiones consules patres -es G. legionum consulum patrum -um D. legionibus c5nsulibus patribus -ibus Ac. legiones consules patres -es Ab. legionibus consulibus patribus -ibus 1 there. 2 we can. 3 to go out. 4 we tvish. 5 of' r reat influence. 6 he was making. 86 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE flumen, -inis, corpus, -oris, genus, -eris, n., river n., body n., race Case Stem and Stem and Stem and Endings base flumin- base corpor- 1 base gener- 1 SlNGULAR N. V. flumen corpus genus — G. fluminis corporis generis -is D- flumini corpori generi -I Ac. flumen corpus genus — Ab. flumine corpore Plural genere -e N. V. flumina corpora genera -a G. fluminum corporum generum -um D. flu minibus corporibus generibus -ibus Ac. flumina corpora genera -a Ab. fluminibus corporibus generibus -ibus a. The stem and base are found by dropping the geni- tive case ending. I q what respect do these tables of case endings differ from those in Lesson 20? Review forms in that lesson. 149. Note carefully the following points : — 1. Most masculine and feminine stems in -n drop this letter in the nominative singular and change the preced- ing vowel to -0; as, virgo, virginis, f., virgin, stem and base virgin-. 2. Most neuters in -n retain this letter in the nominative singular and change a preceding -i to -e ; as, nomen, -inis, n., name, stem and base nomin-. Stems in -er and -or have -us in the nominative singular ; as, genus, -eris, n., race, stem and base gener-. 1 These were originally -s stems. THE THIRD DECLENSION 87 3. Stems in -tr insert -e between t and r in the nomina- tive singular ; as, mater, -tris, f., motJier, stem and base matr-. 150. VOCABULARY Caesar, -is, m., Caesar homo, -inis, m. and f., man, human being, person legatio, -onis, f., embassy nomen, -inis, n., name finitimus, -a, -um, neighbor- ing ; m. pi. as noun, • neighbors defendo, -ere, -1, -fensus, de- fend maneo, -ere, mansi, mansus, remain, await traduco, -ere, -duxl, -ductus, transport, lead or carry across, with two accusa- tives 151. EXERCISES I. I. Hominum, hominibus, nomina, legation!, lega- tionum, consulis, flumina. 2. Legio- nem, legionis, patris, patrum, patrem, patribus, nominum. 3. Orgetorix lega- tionem ad finitimas clvitates mittet. 4. Legatio ad multas clvitates Gallorum mittitur. 5. Homo bonus nomen patriae semper defendet. 6. Ita lega- tus copias flumen traducit. 7. Dux mllites e castris cotidie ducet. 8. C5n- sul legationes in oppida multorum homi- num mittebat. 9. Helveth angustos agros habebant. II. 1. The consuls, of the consuls, to (for) an embassy, near the river, near the rivers, of the deep rivers. 2. With men, for the father, for the legions, of the legions, of Roman Consul. 88 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE many legions. 3. The men 1 were defending the town. 4. The king was leading the forces of the state through the fields to the river. 5. The consul led the embassy of the states across the river Rhine. 6. Thus the con- suls always defended the name of the Roman people. 7. Many races of men used to inhabit Gaul. LESSON 22 THE FOURTH CONJUGATION — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES — THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION 152. All verbs whose present stem ends in -I belong to the fourth conjugation. audio, / hear; present stem audi- Principal Parts : audio, audire, audivi, auditus Present Tense Singular Plural 1. audio, I hear, etc. audimus, we hear, etc. 2. audls, you hear, etc. audltis, you hear, etc. 3. andit, he hears, etc. audiunt, they hear, etc. Imperfect Tense 1. audiebam, / was hearing, audiebamus, we were Jiear- etc. ing, etc. 2. audiebas, you were Jiear- audiebatis, you were Jiear- ing, etc. ing, etc. 3. audiebat, he was Jiear- audiebant, they were hear- ing, etc. Do not use homo. Why! THE FOURTH CONJUGATION 8 9 Future Tense Singular i. a.udiam, I shall hear, etc. 2. audies, you will hear, etc. 3. audiet, he will hear, etc. Plural audiemus, zue shall hear, etc. audietis, yon will hear, etc. audient, they will hear, etc. a. In the third person plural of the present tense -u is inserted before the personal ending, but in every other Ruins of Roman Bath. (Timgad, Algeria.) form of this tense the endings are added directly to the present stem, with the usual shortening of the stem vowel before -6, -t, and -nt. b. In the imperfect tense -e is inserted between the pres- ent stem and the tense sign -ba, with the regular shorten- ing of the stem vowel before another vowel. Otherwise the formation is the same as in the first and second con- jugations (75, 84). 90 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 153. The future tense sign in the fourth conjugation (cf. 118 a) is -a in the first person singular and -e in the other forms, with the usual shortening before final -m, -t, and -nt. a. Learn and inflect as above the following verbs of the fourth conjugation : — invenio, invenire, inveni, inventus, find munio, munire, munivi, munitus, fortify sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, feel, perceive, know vincio, vincire, vinxi, vinctus, bind 154. In the English sentence, The boy excels his master in valor, the word valor expresses the quality in which the boy excels, and is used as the object of the preposition. In the Latin translation, Puer magistrum virtute praestat, the same idea is expressed by the use of the ablative case without a preposition. 155. Rule The Ablative of Specification. — The ablative without a preposition is nscd to express that in respect to which any- t J ling is or is do?ie. 156. VOCABULARY amicitia, -ae, f., friendship infirmus, -a, -um, weak auctoritas, -atis, {., authority, conflrmo, -are, -avi, -atus, influence establish, fix coniuratio, -onis, i., conspiracy convenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, nobilitas, -atis, f., nobility, come together, meet the nobles praesto, -are, -stiti, -stitus, pax, pads, f ., peace excel stat ura, -ae, f., statu re, height venio, -Ire, veni, venturus, 1 (of a person) come 1 Future active participle. When no perfect passive participle exists, the future active participle is put in the place of the fourth principal part. THE THIRD CONJUGATION 91 157. EXERCISES I. I. Munit, muniunt, muniebat, muniebant. 2. Ve- niet, venietis, veniebas, veniebatis, venies. 3. Murum muniebamus, munietis, munimus, munitis. 4. Helvetii pacem et amicitiam cum multis clvitatibus conflrmabunt. 5. Magister puerum auctoritate praestat 6. Milites Ro- mani Gallos virtute saepe praestant. 7. Constituimt cum tribunis in agro manere. 8. Vir puerum statura praestat. 9. Magnus corpore erat sed infirm us animo. II. I. I come, I shall come, we shall hear, you are hearing. 2. He fortifies, he will be fortifying, they were fortifying. 3. The boy does not excel the man in valor. 4. The Germans excel the Gauls in stature. 5. We shall establish peace and friendship with the states of Gaul. 6. There was a conspiracy of the nobles in the state. 7. The Gauls were not tall (magni) in stature. LESSON 23 THE THIRD CONJUGATION — VERBS IN -io — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES — sum— THE DATIVE OF THE POSSESSOR — READING LESSON — WORD LIST III 158. capio, I take, catch, capture ; present stem cape- Principal Parts : capio, capere, cepi, captus Present Tense Singular Plural i . capio, / take, etc. capimus, we take, etc. 2. capis, you take, etc. capitis, you take, etc. 3. capit, he takes, etc. capiunt, they take, etc. 92 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Imperfect Tense Singular Plural 1. capiebam, Z zvas taking, capiebamus, we were taking, etc. etc. 2. capiebas, you were tak- capiebatis, yon were taking, ing, etc. etc. 3. capiebat, he was taking, capiebant, they were taking, etc. etc. Future Tense 1. capiam, / shall take, capiemus, we shall take, etc. etc. 2. capies, you will take, capietis, you will take, etc. etc. 3. capiet, he will take, capient, they will take, etc. etc. a. In the above tenses capio is inflected like audio in the first person singular and third person plural of the present tense, and in the imperfect and future through- out ; but in the other forms it follows the inflection of rego (152, 118). b. Learn and inflect the following verbs, naming the present stem of each : — facio, facere, feci, factus, make, do conficio, conficere, confeci, conf ectus, finish, accomplish iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, hurl, cast 159. sum, I am ; present stem es- Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus (future active participle) THE VERB SUM, DATIVE OF POSSESSOR 93 Present Tense Singular Plural 1. sum, I am sumus, we are 2. es, you are estis, you are 3. est, he is sunt, they are Imperfect Tense 1. eram, I was eramus, we were 2. eras, you were eratis, you were 3. erat, he was erant, they were Future Tense 1. ero, / shall be erimus, we shall be 2. eris, you will be eritis, you will be 3. erit, he will be erunt, they will be a. Learn the conjugation of this verb thoroughly. It occurs very frequently as a principal verb and is used in the conjugation of certain passive forms. 160. In English we may express the idea of possession by using the verb have, with an object denoting the thing possessed ; as, The soldier had a sword. In Latin we may do the same, Miles gladium habebat, or we may express the idea as follows : Militi erat gladius, which literally trans- lated reads, TJiere was a sword to the soldier. Here the word denoting the possessor goes into the dative case, while the name of the object possessed is in the nomi- native. 161. Rule The Dative of the Possessor. — The dative case is used with sum and similar verbs to denote the possessor. The name of the object possessed is in the nominative case. 94 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 162. VOCABULARY mos, moris, m. , custom, manner renovo, -are, -avi, -atus, renew profectio, -onis, f., departure -que, enclitic (14, 4) conj., prlvatus, -a, -um, private and, always attached to incendo, -ere, -1, -census, set the second of the two 011 fire words which it connects sed, conj., but 163. EXERCISES I. 1. Facimus, faciebamus, faciemus, facient. 2. Con- ficiet, conficitis, iacies, iacietis, iaciet, iaciebant. 3. Viro erant multl amid. 4. Helvetiis erat via per provinciam. 5. Multae hastae et scuta militibus populi Roman! in cas- tris erant. 6. Pax atque amicitia cum finitimis clvitatibus renovabuntur. 7. Helvetii oppida aedificiaque privata incendebant. 8. Casticus coniurationem nobilitatis in civitate faciebat. II. 1. They were making, they will be making, he will finish, the war will be renewed. 2. I was doing, he is finishing, they do finish, they will capture, I was capturing. 3. The town had a wall and a ditch (two ways). 4. Orget- orix decides to make a conspiracy of the nobles because he 1 has many friends. 5. The Helvetians were renewing peace with their neighbors. 6. Dumnorix did not excel Orgetorix in valor. 7. The tribunes of the soldiers had weapons. 8. They are setting on fire the buildings of their towns. 164. Reading Lesson Helvetii auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti 2 frumentum et carros et iumenta comparare constituunt et pacem amiciti- amque cum proximis clvitatibus confirmare. Profectionem 1 el, lit., to him, dat. of the possessor (160, 161). 2 influenced. WORD LIST III .95 ■ ■'. Pi , HI % ' k j Vv'lfl -** HKwfl H <2 in tertium annum 1 conflrmant et Orgetorlgem ducem deli- gunt. Oppidaet aedificia incendunt. Dumnorix, prlnceps civitatis, et Casticus Orgetorigi auxilium dant. 1 for the third year. 165. WORD LIST III aestas consul iacio nobilitas -que amlcitia convenio incendo nomen renovo angustus corpus invenio obses rex auctoritas defendo ita Orgetorix Rhenus audio Dumnorix legatio pater sentio Caesar dux legio pax statura capio facio lex pono sum clvitas finitimus maneo praestd traduco conficio flumen miles prlnceps venio con firm 6 genus mos privatus vincio coniuratio homo muni5 profectio virtus Mural Paintings at Pompeii. 96 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 24 THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS — PASSIVE INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES— THE ABLATIVE OF THE PERSONAL AGENT — REVIEW OF FORMS IN LESSON 12 166. regor, / am ruled or being ruled ; present stem rege- Principal Parts : regor, regl, rectus sum Present Tense Singular Plural 1. regor, I am ruled, etc. regimur, we are ruled, etc. 2. regeris (-re), you are regiminl, you are ruled, etc. ruled, etc. 3. regitur, he is rided, etc. reguntur, they are ruled, etc. Imperfect Tense 1. regebar, / was being regebamur, we were being ruled, etc. ruled, etc. 2. regebaris (-re), you were regebamini, you zvere being being ruled, etc. ruled, etc. 3. regebatur, he was being regebantur, they were being ruled, etc. ruled, etc. Future Tense 1. regar, I shall be ruled regemur, zve shall be ruled 2. regeris (-re), you will be regemini, you will be ruled ruled 3. regetur, he will be ruled regentur, they will be ruled THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 97 audior, I ant heard ox being heard ; present stem audi- Principal Parts : audior, audirl, auditus sum Present Tense Singular Plural 1. audior, I am heard, etc. audlmur, we are heard, etc. 2. audiris (-re), you are audlmini, you are heard, etc. heard, etc. 3. auditur, he is Jieard, etc. audiuntur, tJiey are heard, etc. Imperfect Tense 1. audiebar, / was being audiebamur, we were being heard, etc. heard, etc. 2. audiebaris (-re), you were audiebamini, yoti were being being heard, etc. heard, etc. 3. audiebatur, he was being audiebantur, they were being heard, etc. heard, etc. Future Tense 1. audiar, / shall be heard audiemur, we shall be heard 2. audieris (-re), you will audiemini, you will be heard be Jieard 3. audietur, he will be heard audientur, they will be heard a. In the passive voice, the imperfect and future of the third and fourth conjugations, and the present of the fourth conjugation, are formed in the same way as in the active, except that they use the passive personal endings. The second person singular present of the third conjuga- tion is irregular, retaining the -e of the stem instead of changing it to -i : regeris, not regiris. 167. In the sentence, Caesar calls the soldiers together, Caesar is the doer of the act expressed by the verb. 9 8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE This is turned into Latin by Caesar milites convocat, with the doer or agent of the action in the nominative case. If the sentence is changed to the passive, it be- comes, The soldiers are called together by Caesar, Milites a Caesare convocantur. Here the di- rect object, milites, becomes the sub- ject in the passive, and the original subject, Caesar, the agent of the action, is in the ablative case with the prep- osition a or ab. a. Compare this use of the ablative with the ablative of means or instru- ment which, in Latin, is always used without a preposition (136-137). 168. Rule Roman Peasant. The Ablative of the Personal Agent. — The voluntary agent of an action is expressed with passive verbs by the ablative with a or ab. 169. VOCABULARY re- castellum, -I, n., fortress, doubt equus, -I, m., horse fruges, -um, f. pi., produce, fruits (of the field) praesidium, praesidi, n., guard, garrison, protec- tion creber, -bra, -brum, frequent, numerous dispono, -ere, -posui, -posi- tus, set, place impedio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itus, hin- der, impede Instruo, -ere, -struxi, -struc- tus, draw up, form ABLATIVE OF PERSONAL AGENT 99 terre6,-ere,-ui,-itus,/rz^/zte/z, neque, conj., and not, pre- terrify ferred to et non, unless a cur, adv., why single word is negatived 170. EXERCISES I. 1. Munimur, muniebamur, regeris, disponitur, dis- ponuntur, disponentur. 2. Munitur, munietur, munien- tur, munlris, munire {two ways), audiemini, mimiebantur. 3. A militibus, a prlncipe, ab 1 agrls, a Caesare, scuto, gladio, ab amlc5. 4. Fruges ab agrls in castra a militi- bus portantur. 5. Castella ad castra a militibus mu- nientur. 6. Copiae a ducibus Instruentur et ad castra disponentur. 7. Crebris proeliis Galli a Caesare super- antur. 8. Equi in via impediuntur, neque in castra venient. II. 1. We were hindered, I shall be hindered, they are being hindered. 2. He will be heard, you will be seen, I shall be called, they will be ruled, they were being led out. 3. By Caesar, by the leader, by the lieutenants, by a spear, by laws. 4. Redoubts were defended by the soldiers, the horses were frightened by the battle. 5. The children were frightened by the swords and spears of the Gauls. 6. The children were frightened by the Gauls. 7. The troops will be Roman General. drawn up by the lieutenants and led against the walls of the town. 8. Garrisons will be placed by Caesar and will defend the walls of the camp. 1 Note that a or ab may mean from as well as by. 100 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 25 THE THIRD CONJUGATION — VERBS IN -io — PASSIVE INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES — SYNOPSES 171. capior, I am taken; present stem cape- Principal Parts : capior, cap!, 1 captus sum Present Tense Singular Plural 1. capior, I am taken, etc. capimur, we are taken, etc. 2. caperis (-re), you are capimini, you are taken, etc. taken, etc. capiuntur, they are taken, 3. capitur, he is taken, etc. etc. Imperfect Tense 1. capiebar, / was being capiebamur, we were being taken, etc. taken, etc. 2. capiebaris (-re), you were capiebamini, you were being being taken, etc. taken, etc. 3. capiebatur, he was being capiebantur, they were being taken, etc. taken, etc. Future Tense 1. capiar, I shall be taken capiemur, we shall be taken 2. capieris (-re), you will be capiemini, you will be taken taken 3. capietur, he will be taken capientur, they will be taken a. In capior the first person singular and the third person plural, also the entire imperfect and future, are 1 In the third conjugation the Present Passive Infinitive may always be formed by changing -e of the stem to -1. SYNOPSIS OF CONJUGATIONS IOI inflected like audior, but the rest of the forms are like regor (166). b. Inflect in the passive : munio, iacio, and duco, and compare the written forms of each with the others. Note. — We have now carried the regular verbs through the four conjugations — active and passive — in the present, imperfect, and future tenses of the indicative mood, and through the present infinitive, active and passive. These forms are all built on the present stem and are said to belong to the present system. 172. Table of Partial Synopsis of the Four Conjugations I 11 Pres. Inf. Act. vocare monere Pass. vocari moneri Ind. Pres. Act. voco moneo Pass. vocor moneor Imperf. Act. vocabam monebam Pass. vocabar monebar Fut. Act. vocabo monebo Pass. vocabor ill monebor IV Pres. Inf. Act. regere capere audlre Pass. regi cap! audiri Ind. Pres. Act. rego capio audio Pass. regor capior audior Imperf. Act. regebam capiebam audiebam Pass. regebar capiebar audiebar Fut. Act. regam capiam audiam Pass. regar capiar audiar 173. A synopsis of a verb is a table forms in the same voice, person, and containing verb number carried 102 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE through each tense of each mood. It includes also the infinitives and participles in each voice and tense, though these have neither person nor number. a. Write a synopsis in both voices of laudo, video, duco, iacio, and munio. In doing this follow the table in 172. So-called Wall of Romulus. 174. Vocabulary beneficium, benefici, n., kind- ness i favor malum, -I, n., evil thing, misfortune regnum, -I, n., kingdom iustus, -a, -um, just, right accedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, approach, draw near adficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, affect, visit vinco, -ere, vici, victus, con- quer, overcome tamen, conj., yet, nevertheless THE THIRD DECLENSION 103 I75. EXERCISES I. I. Caperis, impedietur, impediuntur, impediris, armantur. 2. Capiuntur, capimini, capiebamur, capie- bantur, capiar, capieris. ' 3. Geritur, gerunt, gerent, gerebat, faciet, faciebas, facient, faciunt. 4. Faciam, fades, vincltur, vincitur, vincientur, vincentur, vincar. 5. Vinceris, vincimini, vincieminl, adficietur malo, bene- ficio adficiebatur. 6. Iustus erat et bonus, tamen mal5 magno adficiebatur. II. 1. I shall capture, you will accomplish, they will make, we shall be affected, he will be captured. 2. We are being hindered, you were being affected, they will be visited with kindness. 3. Javelins were hurled, will be hurled, are being hurled, misfortune approaches. 4. We were not frightened by the war of the Gauls. 5. The lieu- tenants were not hindered by the danger of war. 6. The bravest men are often visited with misfortune. LESSON 26 THE THIRD DECLENSION, I-STEMS — THE ABLATIVE OF ACCOMPANIMENT — READING LESSON 176. Nouns having i-stems differ in some respects from consonant stems. These differences must be learned and recognized quickly in order to enable one to use this class of nouns properly. 177. I-stems. — These stems include : — 1. Nouns in -is or -es, having the same number of syl- lables in the nominative and genitive singular ; as, civis, 104 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE -is, m., citizen, stem clvi- ; caedes, -is, f., slaughter, stem caedi-. 2. Nouns in -ns and -rs ; as, cliens, -entis, m., client, stem clienti- ; cohors, -ortis, f., cohort, stem cohorti-. 3. Nouns of one syllable in -s or -x following a con- sonant; as, mons, montis, m., mountain, stem monti- ; falx, falcis, f., sickle, stem falci-, 4. Neuters in -al, -ar, and -e; as, vectigal, -alis, n., tax, stem vectlgali- ; calcar, -aris, n., spur, stem calcari- ; mare, -is, n., sea, stem mari-. Note. — A few nouns in -s or -x preceded by a vowel belong to this class; mus, muris, m. or f., mouse, stem muri- ; nox, noctis, f., night, stem nocti-. In these nouns the base is found by dropping the ending of the genitive singular, the stem by dropping the -s of the genitive singular ; clvis, civis, base civ-, stem clvi-. Learn the words above in 1-4. 178. hostis, ■ -is, nubes, -is, m. and f., enemy f., cloud Case Stem hosti-, Stem nubi-, Endlngs base host- base nub- SlNG. PL. SlNG. PL. Sing. Pl. Masc. and Fem. N.V. hostis hostes nubes nubes •is,-es, -es G. hostis hostium nubis nubium -is -ium D. host! hostibus nubi nubibus -i -ibus Ac. hostem hostis(-es) nubem nubis(-es) -em -is, -es Ab. hoste(- i) hostibus nube nubibus -e (-1) -ibus THE THIRD DECLENSION 105 animal, -is, sedlle, -is, n., animal n., seat Case Stem animali-, Stem sedlli-, Endings base animal- base sedil- SlNG. PL. SlNG. PL. Sing. Pl. Neut. N.V. animal animalia sedlle sedilia -, -e -ia G. animalis animalium sedilis sedilium -is -ium D. animali animalibus sedlli sedilibus -1 -ibus Ac. animal animalia sedlle sedilia -, -e -ia AS. animali animalibus sedill sedilibus -I -ibus urbs, urbis, nox, noctis, f., city f., night Stem urbi-, Stem nocti-, base urb- base noct- Sing. Pl. SlNG. PL. Sing. Pl. Fern. N.V. urbs urbes nox noctes -s -es G. urbis urbium noctis noctium -is -ium D. urbi urbibus nocti noctibus -I -ibus Ac. urbem urbis (-es) noctem noctis (-es) •em -Is, -es Ab. urbe urbibus nocte noctibus -e -ibus a. Decline : clvis, cohors, mons, falx, and vectlgal. specifications of these nouns see 177, 1-4. For 179. Some nouns have special endings in the singular : — 1. Accusative in -im : names of cities and rivers in -is. 2. Accusative in -im or -em : navis, turris. 3. Ablative in -1 or -e : avis, clvis, collis, finis, ignis, navis, turris. 4. Ablative in -I : neuters in -al, -ar, -e. io6 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 180. Examine the following : — i. In provinciam multis cum civibus venit, he comes into tlie province with many citizens. 2. In castra multis militibus contendit, he hastens into the camp with many soldiers. ^^-acqi ai sflH H**™ ' ■ gi*^ m - j— WMSbTT' , " ^§*S53p jjfc**"* ^^fei^.» ? ^ 1^3 Junction of the Rhone and the Arve. 3. In castra cum multis militibus contendit, he hasten: into the camp with many soldiers. 181. Rule The Ablative of Accompaniment. — The ablative with cum is used to express accompaniment, but in military phrases > especially when there is a qualifying adjective, cum may be omitted. ABLATIVE OF ACCOMPANIMENT 107 182. VOCABULARY civis, -is, m. and f., citizen occupo, -are, -avl, -atus, seize, collis, -is, m., kill occupy finis, -is, m., end, limit; pi, recuso, are, -avl, -atus, refuse territory ubi, adv., where, when, ignis, -is, m., fire where? when? mare, -is, n., sea autem, postpositive 1 conj., navis, -is, f., ship but, however turris, -is, f., tower 183. EXERCISES I. 1. In finis, ad civis, in finibus Helvetiorum, cum hostibus, sub colle, in navibus. 2. Noraen civis, nomina civium, praesidia hostium, in finis finitimorum. 3. Hostes oppida occupant et praesidia disponunt. 4. Castra ab hos- tibus occupantur et praesidia disponuntur. 5. Casticus multis militibus in oppida hostium veniebat. 6. In finis finitimorum veniet et castra muniet. 7. Multae naves ad oram maritimam veniebant. 8. Regnum occupabit quod multis cohortibus in terram venit. II. 1. Into the territory of the enemy, with the leaders of the citizens, the names of the ships. 2. He comes with 2 his friends, he fights with 2 his sword. 3. The leaders of the enemy will send ambassadors concerning 3 peace. 4. The lieutenant seized a town but did not place a garrison in the tower. 5. Where will the ships of the enemy be seen ? 184. Reading Lesson Erat iter angustum per finis Sequanorum, inter montem Iuram et flumen Rhodanum. Erat per provinciam quoque 1 A postpositive word is always placed after one or more words in its clause. 2 Force of this word? 3 de with the ablative. 108 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE iter. Helvetil e finibus exire 1 constituunt et per pro- vinciam copias educere. Ubi Caesar hoc 2 audit, properat ab urbe et in Galliam venit. Helvetiis iter 3 per provinciam recusat et murum ad montem Iuram perducit. Turn prae- sidium disponit et castra communit. LESSON 27 REVIEW OF THE THIRD DECLENSION — TWO ACCU- SATIVES—ADJECTIVES USED AS NOUNS — CLASSES OF SENTENCES 185. Make a careful review of the third declension, Lessons 20, 21, 26. Decline nouns in the vocabularies of these lessons. 186. The following sentences show a use like the English : — 1 . Urbem Romam appellant, they call the city Rome. 2. Urbs Roma appellatur, the city is called Rome. a. Note the two accusatives with the active voice of a verb of calling and the two nominatives with the passive voice of the same verb (97, 2). 187. Rule Two Accusatives. — Verbs of calling, naming, appointing, and the like take two accusatives in the active voice, and in the passive two nominatives^ one a subject and the other a predicate. 1 to go out. 2 this. 3 right-of-way. TWO ACCUSATIVES, ADJECTIVES AS NOUNS 109 188. In the English sentences : — I. The brave are praised, 2. We compare the great with the small, the expression the brave means brave men, the great means great things, and the small means small thijigs ; that is, adjectives are used as nouns. Early Germans. In the Latin translation: 1. Fortes laudantur, and 2. Magna cum parvis comparamus, the same use of the adjective is seen. 189. Rule Adjectives as Nouns. — Plural adjectives are quite freely used as nouns, the masculine to denote persons, the neuter to denote things. Note. — This use occurs sometimes in the singular. IIO A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 190. Classification of Sentences. — Sentences are clas- sified as simple, compound, and complex. a. A simple sentence makes a single statement and has one subject and one predicate ; as, The mind grows strong by use. b. A compound sentence contains two or more state- ments of equal rank ; as, The Germans advance and the G aids flee. c. A complex sentence has an independent statement with one or more statements depending upon it. The separate parts of a complex sentence are called clauses. The name Principal may be given to the independent and Subordinate to the dependent clause. In the com- plex sentence, The Gauls are frightened because the Ger- mans are advancing, the principal clause is, tJie Gauls are frightened, and the subordinate clause, because the Germans are advancing. Subordinate clauses are introduced by conjunctions denoting cause, time, place, and by other words to be specified later. 191. VOCABULARY catena, -ae, f., chain parvus, -a, -um, little, small German!, -orum, m. pi., the abstineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, Germans refrain from inimicus, -a, -um, unfriendly, pervenio, -Ire, -veni, -ven- hostile ; as a noun, enemy turus, come through, ar- ( personal), foe rive necesse, indecl. adj., neces- fortiter, adv., bravely sary circum, prep, with ace, necesse est, it is necessary, around, about often with an inf. as sub- sine, prep, with abl., with- ject out ADJECTIVES OF THIRD DECLENSION in I92. EXERCISES I. I. Sine iniuria maleficioque, in inimlca parte urbis, sub monte. 2. Necesse est in urbem pervenire quod nostrl ibi sunt. 3. Milites in castra cotidie veniunt quod dux inimlcus cum multis ad oppidum contendit. 4. Non est iustum magna cum parvis comparare. 5. Nostros hostis appellant quod multis cohortibus in terram veniunt. 6. Consul regem virtute praestat quod cotidianis proelils contendit. 7. Fortiter contendunt et hostis superant. 8. Necesse est inimicos beneficio vincere. II. 1. They call the men foes and bind them with chains. 2. It is not necessary to cast our foes into chains. 3. The chief of the little state will defend the land because it is his native country. 4. He will come without danger with our men to the high mountains. 5. He was a citizen of a small state, but he was making a great conspiracy. a. Name classes of sentences in the above exercises. LESSON 28 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION — THE PRES- ENT PARTICIPLE — READING LESSON — WORD LIST IV 193. All adjectives except the classes already consid- ered (Lessons 16, 19) belong to the third declension and have in the nominative singular either one, two, or three endings. 194. Adjectives of Three Terminations. — In the nom- inative singular of this class of adjectives, masculines end 112 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE in -er, feminines in -is, and neuters in -e. In all genders they have -I in the ablative singular and -ium in the geni- tive plural. Masculines and feminines have either -Is or -es in the accusative plural. Neuters have -ia in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. They are i- stems. acer, acris, acre, keen, sharp ; stem acri-, base acr- SlNGULAR Masc. Fern. Neut. N. V. acer acris acre G. acris acris acris D. acri acri acri Ac. acrem acrem acre Ab. acri acri acri Plural Masc. Fern. Neut. acres acres acria acrium acrium acrium acribus acribus acribus acris (-es) acris (-es) acria acribus acribus acribus 195. Adjectives of Two Terminations. — These have but one form for the masculine and feminine. They are i-stems. facilis, facile, easy ; stem facili-, base f acil- Masc. and Fern. Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. N. V. facilis facile G. facilis facilis D. facili facili Ac. facilem facile Ab. facili facili faciles facilia facilium facilium facilibus facilibus facilis (-es) facilia facilibus facilibus 196. Adjectives of One Termination. — These adjectives have but one ending for all genders in the nominative singular. They were originally consonant stems, but have taken on forms of i-stems in the plural and largely in the ablative singular. They have one more syllable in the PRESENT PARTICIPLE 113 genitive singular than they have in the nominative, while the preceding two classes have the same number of sylla- bles in both cases. ferax, m., f., and n., fertile ; stem feraci-, base ferae- Singular Plural Masc. and Fern. Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. N. V. ferax ferax feraces feracia G. feracis feracis feracium feracium D. feraci feraci feracibus feracibus Ac. feracem ferax feracis (-es) feracia Ab. feraci (-e) feraci (-e) feracibus feracibus 197. The Present Participle. — The participle, as has been seen (64), has the nature of a verb and an adjec- tive. The present participle is formed by adding -ns to the present stem, but verbs of the fourth conjugation in- sert -e before -ns. Verbs in -io of the third conjugation change -e of the stem to -i and insert -e before -ns. The vowel preceding this ending is always long. Conj. Pres. Ind. Pres. Stem Nom. Gen. I. voco voca- vocans vocantis II. mone5 raone- monens monentis III. rego rege- regens regentis capio cape- capiens capientis IV. audio audi- audiens audientis 198. The present participle is declined like an adjective of the third declension with one ending, but has the abla- tive singular in -e unless used as an adjective, in which case it has -1. It agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun to which it belongs. 114 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE vocans, vocantis, calling ; stem vocanti-, base vocant- Singular Plural Masc. and Fern. Neut. Mwsc. and Fern. Neut. N.V. vocans vocans vocantes vocantia G. vocantis vocantis vocantium vocantium D. vocanti vocanti vocantibus vocantibus Ac. vocantem vocans vocantis (-es) vocantia Ab. vocante (-1) vocante (-i) vocantibus vocantibus 199. Study the following : — 1. Caesar virum videns laetus erat, Caesar was glad (upon) seeing the man. 2. Permotus frumenti inopia Caesar in Italiam venit, alarmed by the lack of grain Caesar comes into Italy. Notice the resemblance in the above to the English use. 200. VOCABULARY hiberna, -orum, n. pi., winter omnis, -e, all, every quarters iter, itineris, n., road, march, journey pars, partis, f., part pons, pontis, m., bridge Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone Sequani, -orum, m. pi., the Sequani or Sequanians audax, gen. -acis, bold pertineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, ex- tend, pertaiji ibi, adv., there turn, adv., at that time, then inter, prep, with ace, be- tween, among neque . . . neque, correlative conj., 7ieither . . . nor 201. EXERCISES I. 1. Erat iter facile inter montem Iuram et flumen Rhodanum. 2. Caesar milites amlcos appellat et a ml- litibus amicus appellatur. 3. Caesar nostros ad pontem PRESENT PARTICIPLE 115 convocat ; Caesar iubet nostros ad pontem convenire. 4. Per finis Sequanorum cum magna parte civium ad montem contendit. 5. Per vias facilis omnes milites ad montem altum ducebantur. 6. Dux legatos audiens dicit, " Necesse est oppida hostium capere." 7. Obsides ad castra mittentes pacem amicitiamque cum bostibus con- formant. Winter Quarters. (Column of Trajan ) II. i. The wall will extend from a part of the moun- tain to the camp. 2. The Helvetii will decide to hasten from winter quarters to the towns of the enemy. 3. All parts of the city between the river and the mountain were being seized by fierce soldiers. 4. The soldiers are bold but they will not make a march into the cities of the enemy. 5. Calling his soldiers friends he led (them) into battle. 202. Reading Lesson Itaque Helvetii per Sequanorum finis iter facere con- stituunt. Caesar autem in Italiam contendit et ibi duas novas legion es conscribit et tris ab hibernis ducit. Cum n6 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE iis 1 qirinque legionibus per Alpes in Galliam iter facit. Helvetii interea per finis Sequanorum copias traducunt et agros Aeduorum 2 vastant. 203. WORD LIST IV abstineo cur iustus pons accedo dispono malum praesidium acer equus mare recuso adficio facilis mons regnum animal ferax navis Rhodanus audax finis necesse Roma autem fortiter neque sedile beneficium fruges neque . . neque Sequani caedes GermanI nox sine castellum hiberna nubes terreo catena hostis occupo turn circum ignis omnis turris civis impedio pars ubi cliens inimicus parvus urbs cohors instruo pertine5 vectigal collis inter pervenio vinco creber iter LESSON 29 THE FIRST CONJUGATION — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PER- FECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT TENSES — THE ABLATIVE AND GENITIVE OF DESCRIPTION 204. Tenses of Completed Action : 1. The Perfect. — a. The sentence, / have called, ex- presses the act of calling as beginning in the past and 1 these. 2 of the Aedui. TENSES OF COMPLETED ACTION 117 ending in the present. It is translated by the perfect tense of voco, vocavi. This use of the perfect is called the Perfect Definite because it expresses the completion of an act at a definite time. b. The sentence, I called, means that the act of calling took place at some indefinite time in the past. It is trans- lated into Latin by the same form as in a, and is called the Perfect Indefinite or Perfect Historical. Hence we see that in Latin there are two distinct uses of the perfect tense, to be carefully distinguished from each other in meaning. Note also the difference between the perfect in its two uses and the imperfect (77). 2. The Pluperfect. — The sentence, / had called, vo- caveram, means that the act of calling was completed in past time. This tense is called the Pluperfect and corre- sponds to the English Past Perfect. 3. The Future Perfect. — The sentence, / shall have called, vocavero, expresses the act of calling as completed in future time. This tense, as in English, is called the Future Perfect. 205. The Perfect Stem. — The perfect stem in all the conjugations is most easily found by dropping final -1 of the third principal part, as : — voco, vocare, vocavi ; perfect stem vocav- moneo, monere, monul ; perfect stem monu- rego, regere, rexi ; perfect stem rex- capio, capere, cepi ; perfect stem cep- audio, audire, audivi ; perfect stem audiv- a. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative active and the perfect active infinitive are built upon the perfect stem. Il8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 206. Latin verbs have special personal endings for the perfect tense. Singular Plural 1. -I, I -imus, we 2. -istl, you (one person) -istis, you (two or more persons) 3. -it, he, she, it -erunt, -ere, they a. The perfect tense is formed by adding these endings to the perfect stem. 207. voco, vocare, vocavl, vocatus ; perfect stem, vocav- ; perfect infinitive, vocavisse. Perfect Tense Singular Plural 1. vocavl, / called or have vocavimus, we called, etc. called 1 2. vocavisti, you called, etc. vocavistis, you called, etc. 3. vocavit, he called, etc. vocaverunt (vocavere), they called, etc. Pluperfect Tense 1. vocaveram, / had called 2 vocaveramus, we had called 2. vocaveras,j0// had called vocaveratis, you had called 3. vocaverat, he had called vocaverant, they had called Future Perfect Tense 1. vocavero, / shall have vocaverimus, we shall have called 3 called 2. vocaveris, you will have vocaveritis, you will have called called 3. vocaverit, he will have vocaverint, they will have called called 1 Also have been calling. 2 Or had been calling. 3 Or shall have been calling. ERFECT Future Perfect PL. Sing. Pl. fueramus fuero fuerimus fueratis fueris fueritis fuerant fuerit fuerint PERFECT STEM AND INFINITIVE 119 208. sum, esse, fui, futurus ; perfect stem, fu- ; perfect infinitive, fuisse. Perfect Plu Sing. Pl. Sing. i. fui fuimus fueram 2. fuisti fuistis fueras 3. fuit f uerunt (-ere) f uerat 209. a. The perfect has no tense sign ; the endings are added directly to the perfect stem. b. The tense sign of the pluperfect is -era. This tense may be formed very conveniently by adding eram, etc., the imperfect of sum, to the perfect stem. c. The tense sign of the future perfect is -eri. This tense may conveniently be formed by adding ero, etc., the future of sum, to the perfect stem, except that in the third person plural the form is -erint instead of -erunt. 210. The Perfect Infinitive. — This form is made by add- ing -isse to the perfect stem : vocav- -f -isse = vocavisse, to have called ; fu- + -isse = fuisse, to have been. All forms built upon the perfect stem belong to the Perfect System. a. Write a synopsis of laudo and propero in the perfect system, active, referring to 172 for a model. Include in this the perfect infinitive. 211. Examine the following : — 1 . Orgetorix erat vir magna auctoritate, Orgetorix zvas a man of great authority. 2. Filiae agricolae erant bono animo, the daughters of the farmer were of good disposition. 120 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE In i auctoritate has magna in agreement with it and is used to describe vir ; in 2 bono animo is used in the same way as magna auctoritate except that it is in the predicate. 212. Rule The Ablative of Description or Quality. — The ablative with an adjective in agreement zvith it is used to describe a noun or to express some quality belonging to it. Note. — In descriptive expressions of measure the genitive, not the ablative, is used ; as, murus quindecim pedum, a wall of fifteen feet. In descriptions of physical characteristics the ablative is used. Other descriptive phrases may have either the ablative or the genitive. 213. VOCABULARY Dlvico, -onis, m., Divico, a concido, -ere, -I, -cisus, kill Helvetian noble fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus, eques, -itis, m., horseman; flee pi., cavalry postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, de- gratia, -ae, f., influence mand latitudo, -inis, f., width numquam or nunquam, adv., longitudo, -inis, f., length never brevis, -e, brief, short quando, interrog. and rel. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, adv., when ? when rest-of; pi. as noun, the rest 214. EXERCISES I. 1. Postulavistis, postulaverunt, postulavimus, hostis vita privaverant. 2. Maturaveramus, maturaveritis, maturaveratis, inimicos numquam liberabit. 3. Equites magna virtute et bon5 animo in populum Romanum erant. 4. Multi milites oppida hostium oppugnaverunt, reliqui autem in castris manebant. 5. Circum castra erat fossa ABLATIVE OF DESCRIPTION 121 trium pedum 1 in latitudinem. 6. Orgetorix magna gratia in civitate erat. 7. Quando Caesar frumentum postu- lavit ? 8. Agricolae fugiebant quod hostes in civitate finitima praesidia disponebant. Old Roman Bridge. (The Ponte Nomentano.) II. 1. They will have hastened, you will have demanded, he has freed, they had praised. 2. He demanded hos- tages, they have hastened to the mountains, they had fought in the woods. 3. The horsemen had assaulted the camp of Caesar. 4. The soldiers will have hastened into the territory of the enemy. 5. They are men of good dispo- sition. 6. The horsemen killed many and cast the rest into chains. 1 of three feet. 122 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 30 THE SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT TENSES — THE ABLATIVE OF MANNER — READING LESSON 215. For method of forming tenses in the perfect sys- tem 1 see Lesson 29. a. Review personal endings, stem and tense signs (205, 206, 209, a, b, c). 216. a. moneo, / advise. Principal Parts : moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus; perfect stem monu-, perfect infinitive monuisse. Perfect Pluperfect / advised, have advised, etc. / had advised, etc. Singular Plural Singular Plural i. monui monuimus monueram monueramus 2. monuisti monuistis monueras monueratis 3. monuit monuerunt (-ere) monuerat monuerant Future Perfect / shall have advised, etc. Singular Plural 1. monuero monuerimus 2. monueris monueritis 3. monuerit monuerint b. rego, / ride. Principal Parts : rego, -ere, rexi, rectus ; perfect stem rex-, perfect infinitive rexisse. 1 The perfect system includes all forms built upon the perfect stem (210). THE PERFECT SYSTEM 123 Perfect I ruled, have ruled, etc. Pluperfect / had ruled, etc. 1. rexi reximus rexeram rexeramus 2. rexisti rexistis rexeras rexeratis 3. rexit rexerunt (-ere) rexerat rexerant Future Perfect / shall have ruled, etc. i 1. rexero rexerimus 2. rexeris rexeritis 3. rexerit rexerint c. audio, / hear. Principal Parts : audio, -ire, -Ivi, -itus ; perfect stem audiv-, perfect infinitive audlvisse. Perfect Pluperfect / heard, have heard, etc. / had heard, etc. 1. audivi audivimus audiveram audiveramus 2. audivisti audivistis audiveras audiveratis 3. audivit audiverunt (-ere) audiverat audiverant Future Perfect / shall have heard, etc. 1. audivero audiverimus 2. audiveris audiveritis 3. audiverit audiverint d. capio, I take. Principal Parts : capio, -ere, cepi, captus; perfect stem cep-, perfect infinitive cepisse. Perfect Pluperfect / took, have taken, etc. / had taken, etc. 1. cepi cepimus ceperam ceperamus 2. cepisti cepistis ceperas ceperatis 3. cepit ceperunt (-ere) ceperat ceperant 124 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Future Perfect / shall have taken, etc. i. cepero ceperimus 2. ceperis ceperitis 3. ceperit ceperint Inflect through the perfect system, with statement of perfect stem, tense signs, and personal endings : — facio, -ere, feci, f actus, make, do conficio, -ere, -feci, -fect\is,fnish, accomplish munio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itus, fortify gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, wage, carry on armo, -are, -avi, -atus, arm video, -ere, vidi, vlsus, see 217. The expression of the manner in which an action is performed is illustrated in the following examples : — 1. Cum clamore venerunt, they came with a shout. 2. Magna celeritate contenderunt, they hastened with great speed. 3. Magna cum celeritate contenderunt, they hastened zvith great speed. In 1 and 3 the ablative with cum, and in 2 the ablative alone, expresses the manner of the action. 218. Rule The Ablative of Manner. — The manner in which an action is performed is expressed by a noun in the ablative with cum, when tJie noun has no qualifying adjective, and by the ablative with or without cum, wheit it has a qualifying adjective. ABLATIVE OF MANNER 125 Roman Granary at Ostia. 219. VOCABULARY Aedui, orum, m. pi, the equestres copiae, cavalry Aedui, a tribe in Gaul forces Allobroges, -um, m. pi., the felix, gen. felicis, happy, for- Allobroges, a tribe in Gaul tunate celeritas, -atis, f., speed, fortis, -e, brave quickness pedester, -tris, -tre, pedes- clamor, -oris, m., noise, outcry trian difficilis, -e, hard, difficult pedestres copiae, infantry equester, -tris, -tre, pertain- forces ing to a horseman, eques- vasto, -are, -avi, -atus, lay trian ~ waste, devastate 220. EXERCISES I. 1. Convocaveras, convocat, convocaveris, conyoca- veramus, convocabimus. 2. Vidi, vidistis, videbas, vide- 126 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE runt, videro, videramus, vlderitis. 3. Vinxistis, vlnxeris, vinxit, vinciet, contenderant, contenderam, fecerit, fecisti. 4. In finis Aeduorum contenderunt et agros vastaverunt. 5. Cum clamore per longam et difficilem viam ad finis Allobrogum venerunt. 6. Per brevem facilemque viam magna celeritate ad collem contendit. 7. Duel equestres copiae non erant, pedestres autem copiae multae. 8. Felix erat quod pedestres copiae fortes oppidum hostium ceperunt. II. 1. I have hastened, you hastened, we shall have sent, he had heard, we had seen. 2. They had decided, we have accomplished, they will have done. 3. He will have devastated, they had come together, he will have felt, we had felt. 4. All the soldiers hastened with great speed to the camp. 5. Caesar is a man of great influ- ence among his soldiers. 6. The cavalry forces came with a great outcry into the province. 7. They were lay- ing waste the fields of the Allobroges. 221. Reading Lesson Aedui autem, quod se 1 defendere non potuerunt, 2 legatos ad Caesarem miserunt, qui 3 statim pontem in flumine fecit et ita exercitum traduxit. Postquam Caesar copias trans flumen duxit, Helvetii legatos de pace miserunt qui 3 di- xerunt, " Si populus Romanus nobiscum 4 pacem faciet, ibimus 5 et ibi manebimus ubi tu vis 6 et nos 7 remanere iubes ; obsides autem non dabimus sed accipiemus, nam fortes viri sumus et omnes inimicos superare possumus." 8 Postquam hoc 9 responsum dederunt, discesserunt. 1 themselves. 4 with us; cum is enclitic. 7 us, subject of remanere. 2 they could. h we will go. 8 we can. 3 who. 6 you wish. 9 this. INDIRECT DISCOURSE 127 LESSON 31 SIMPLE EXAMPLES OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 222. Review the present infinitive and be able to give in the active and passive voices the present infinitive of any verb you have had (63, 73). 223. Indirect Discourse. — The sentence, The camp is large, makes a direct statement. The sentence, He says that the camp is large, contains the same statement in in- direct form, depending as a quotation upon a verb of say- ing. We give the name of Indirect Discourse to such quoted statements. 224. Examine the following : — 1 . Direct Statement. — The road is narrow, via angusta est. 2. Indirect Statement. — He says that the road is narrow, dlcit viam angustam esse. 225. Comparing the English and Latin of the indirect statement, we see that in both the introductory word is a verb of saying, and that in the English quotation : — 226. 1. The introductory word that is used. 2. The verb is finite. 3. The subject is in the nominative case. 227. But in the Latin quotation it is seen that : — 1. No introductory word like that is used. 2. The verb is in the infinitive. 3. The subject is in the accusative case, as is also the predicate adjective modifying the subject. Note. — This construction in Latin is used not only after verbs of saying, but also after verbs of knowing, perceiving, thinking, and other words implying speech or mental action. 128 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 228. Rule Indirect Discourse. — Statements depending directly upon verbs of saying, knowing, perceiving, and the like are ex- pressed by the infinitive with the subject in the accusative. A predicate noun or adjective is also in the accusative. 229. 1. Direct Statement. — The road is narrow, via angusta est. 2. Indirect State- ment. — He said that the road was narrow, dixit viam angustam esse. Comparing 1 and 2, we see that in changing a sentence from the direct to the indirect form of statement the fol- lowing law appears : A present tense in direct discourse be- Marcus Aurelius and Captives. comes a present in- finitive in indirect, no matter what the tense of the introductory verb may be. 230. The following are some of the verbs most com- monly used in this construction : — INDIRECT DISCOURSE 129 dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, say, tell nego, -are, -avi, -atus, deny, say not, used instead of non dico nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus, announce existimo, -are, -avi, -atus, think puto, -are, -avi, -atus, think scio, -Ire, -IvI, -Itus, know sentio, -Ire, sensl, sensus, feel, perceive audio, -Ire, -IvI, -Itus, hear video, -ere, vidl, vlsus, see a. Learn such of these verbs as you do not already know and associate them and others of similar meaning with the construction of indirect discourse. 231. VOCABULARY captlvus, -I, m., captive tempestas, -atis, f., storm, custos, -odis, m., guard tempest deditio, -onis, f., surrender terror, -oris, m., terror f rater, -tris, m., brother continuus, -a, -um, continu- oppidanl, -orum, m. pi., oils, incessant townsmen firmus, -a, -um, strong, firm soror, -oris, f ., sister incolumis, -e, safe, unharmed accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, receive, accept 232. EXERCISES I. I. Captlvus incolumis est, dicit captivum incolumem esse. 2. Oppidan! custodes captivorum sunt, putaverunt oppidanos custodes captivorum esse. 3. Oppidan! in deditionem accipiuntur, scio oppidanos in deditionem accipi. 4. Multi et 1 firml custodes in urbe sunt, audivi multos et firmos custodes in urbe esse. 5. Captivl dlcunt fratres 1 many strong guards. When multus is joined to a descriptive adjective et is not translated. 130 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE sororesque incolumis in patriam venire. 6. Nuntiat mag- num terrorem propter continues tempestates omnis oppi- danos occupare. 7. Vident multos et firmos ciistodes captivos in urbem ducere. 8. Negat captivos incolumis esse. II. 1. The townsmen are unharmed, I know that the townsmen are unharmed. 2. Great terror is seizing all the soldiers, he knows that great terror is seizing all the soldiers. 3. Continuous storms are frightening the cap- tives, they hear that continuous storms are frightening the captives. 4. The enemy are coming into our camp, we saw that the enemy were coming 1 into our camp. 5. Our men are being freed from terror and danger, they said 2 that our men were not 2 being freed 1 from terror and danger. 6. The sister was in danger, the brother thought that his sister was in danger. LESSON 32 THE PARTICIPLE — THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 233. The Participle. — There are four participles in Latin — two in the active voice, the Present and the Future, and two in the passive, the Perfect and the Gerundive. For the present participle see 197-199. The future active participle and the gerundive will be treated later. 234. The Perfect Participle. — This participle ends in -tus or -sus. It is the fourth principal part, is declined like fidus, -a, -um, and agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun to which it belongs. 1 Tense of the infinitive? 2 said not, one word in Latin. USE OF THE PARTICIPLES 131 Table of Participles Active Passive Present Future Perfect Gerundive (Future) I. vocans vocaturus vocatus vocandus 2. m on ens moniturus monitus monendus 3- 4- 5- regens capiens audiens recturus capturus auditurus rectus captus auditus regendus capiendus audiendus The future participle is built upon the participial stem. On what stems are the other participles formed ? 235. The present or perfect participle often stands in Latin where in English a clause of time, cause, means, condition, concession, etc., is used, as : — 1 . Amicum in periculo videns servavit, when he saw his friend in danger he saved him {on seeing his friend, etc.). — Time. 2. Territus fugit, he fled because he was frightened (he, frightened, fed). — Cause. 3. Damnatus in catenas conicietur, if he is condemned, he zuill be cast into chains {condemned, he will be cast, etc.). — Condition. 4. Sol oriens diem conficit, the sun, by its rising, makes the day {the sun rising, etc.). — Means. 5. Hostes obsides dantes tamen in deditionem non accipi- entur, although the enemy give hostages, they will not be re- ceived in surrender {the enemy giving, etc. ). — Concession. a. Study these sentences carefully and note that the present participle expresses the same time as the verb with which it is used, and the perfect participle earlier time. 132 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 236. The Ablative Absolute. — Similar in meaning, but different in use, is a construction corresponding to the English Nominative Absolute. You will be helped in un- derstanding this by comparing the following sentences with each other : — 1 . Miles damnatus in catenas conicietur, if the soldier is co?idemned, he will be cast into chains. 2. Milite damnato, dux cura liberabitur, if the soldier is condemned, the commander will be freed from care. Note in these examples the following points : — (1) In 1 miles, with damnatus in agreement, is in the nominative case, and is the subject of the verb conicietur. In 2 milite, with damnato in agreement, is in the ablative case, and has no grammatical connection with the rest of the sentence. (2) Both miles damnatus and milite damnato add the idea of condition to the main thought. 237. The construction in 2 is called the Ablative Abso- lute, and is further illustrated in the following sentences : — 1. Oppido expugnato, arma tradiderunt, after, when, or because the town had been captured, they gave up their arms (the towjt having been captured, etc.). 2. Oppido expugnato, arma non tradiderunt, although the town had been captured, they did not give up their arms (the town having been captured, etc.). 3. Hostibus succedentibus, castra ponemus, because, when, or while the enemy are approaching, we will pitch our camp (the enemy approacJiing, etc.). 4. Imperatore ducente, nemo pugnare dubitat, if, when, or because the commander leads, no one hesitates to fight. THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 133 a. In each Latin sentence above is found a phrase 1 made up of a noun in the ablative case, with a participle agreeing with it in gender, number, and case. This phrase may be translated by our nominative absolute (see paren- theses above), or by a clause 2 of time {when, after), of ' . / ^ : 1 ' i Hilr % -s- - "' ^& a#* ^k i -■ > W/im ** ^W J ' ' : "\/ p\ '■■''' " V'"' ' * ' ^^s^s /*H!» \ Wk mM^imli "■■J; f" ; ' -■'■*■ %f^:;H> : - ■—.:■,-■■ . ;v '^ - ^p^-rr-J'-S * " ■:■■■:■■■ . ■• '•"" ":.:': .' Roman Army on the March. cause {because, since), of concession {although), of condi- tion (z/), or of some other attendant circumstance. The use of the nominative absolute is very rare in English, therefore it is best in nearly every case to use some other form in translating such expressions into English. See the translations given in the preceding sentences. The kind 1 A phrase is a combination of words used in a sentence, but having no subject or predicate of its own. 2 See 190, c. 134 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE of clause to be used in translation must be determined by the nature of the thought, as indicated by the words in the sentence itself or in its context. 238. 1. Caesare duce, oppidum oppugnaverunt, with Caesar as leader, or under Caesar s leadersJiip, they at- tacked tJie town {Caesar being leader, etc.). 2. Duce vivo salvi erant, while their leader was alive, they were safe {tJieir leader being alive, etc.). In 1 two nouns, and in 2 a noun and an adjective, are used together in the ablative absolute, instead of a noun and a participle. 239. Rules The Ablative Absolute. — 1 . A noun or pronoun limited by a participle is often used in the ablative absolute to express the time or other circumstances of an action. 2. Two nouns or a noun and an adjective may be used together in the ablative absolute. 240. Further Illustrations of the Ablative Absolute 1. Signo dato, proelium renovaverunt, at the given signal, they renewed the battle {the signal having been given, etc.). 2. Oppido capto, Caesar obsides postulavit, having taken the town, Caesar demanded hostages {the town having been taken, etc.). 3. Castrls positis, castellis munitis, Caesar milites contra hostis eduxit, Caesar pitched his camp, fortified his re- doubts, and led out his soldiers against the enemy {the camp having been pitched, the redoubts having been fortified, etc.). a. In 1 the idea of time is expressed in English by a prepositional phrase, in 2 by a participial phrase (in the active voice because Caesar performed the action), and in THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 1 35 3 by a series of coordinate clauses (because a succession of events is indicated). In the brief English phrases given for translation, note any such indications of the ablative absolute, change the form of the English to make it con- form in construction to the Latin idiom, and be sure to make the participle agree with its noun. Caution. — Do not put into the ablative absolute any word which is the subject or object of the main verb in the Latin sentence. 241. VOCABULARY agmen, -inis, n., line of discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, march ; confertissimo ag- go away, depart mine, adverbial phrase, in interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, close array kill locus, -1, m., place ; n. pi, pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, loca, -orum, places rout, drive away responsum, -1, n., reply, re- procedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, spouse advance, proceed pauci, -ae, -a, pi. adj., few, transports, -are, -avi, -atus, a few transport, carry over averto, -ere, -1, -versus, torn aeriter, adv., fiercely, aside sharply 242. EXERCISES I. I. Proelid facto, 1 agmine educto, hostibus venienti- bus, ponte viso, gladio averso, deditione facta. 2. Mili- tibus transportatis, agmine discedente, copils per paucas vias ductis. 3. Hostibus superatls, obsidibus acceptis, Caesare duce, Caesare consule, responsls datis. 4. Pe- rlculo averso, paucis interfectis, Caesare duce ad montis 1 Observe all indications of the ablative absolute. 136 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE processerunt. 5. Pills missis, hostis de muro non pepu- limus. 6. Dux copias hostium videns dicit, " Copias equestrls ad castra inimlca mittemus et pills gladilsque nostris multos in flumen pellemus." 7. Celeritate hos- tium territi ad montis properaverant. II. 1. Having fortified a camp, 1 under Caesar's leader- ship, after the battle was fought (made), while our men are advancing. 2. Since the line of march was turned aside, although many had been killed. 3. Having given hostages, the enemy departed. 4. Having made a few replies, 2 the men went away at a given signal 1 in close array to the fortified places. 5. He attacked the walls, 1 captured the town, 1 received hostages, 1 and established peace with the townsmen. 6. The soldiers say, " We will fight fiercely if Caesar is our leader." 1 LESSON 33 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN is — THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS — READING LESSON 243. A demonstrative pronoun points out a person or thing definitely, as : this, that, these, the same. a. The demonstrative pronoun is, this or that, is used more frequently than any other of its class; it often sup- plies the place of the lacking personal pronoun of the third person, and its inflection should be thoroughly learned. It has both a substantive and an adjective use, as : — 1. Eum videmus, we see him. 2. Eum puerum videmus, we see that boy. 1 Observe all indications of the ablative absolute. 2 Panels responsls datis. THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IS 137 244. Singular Plural Masc. Masc. N. is, this, that, he ii, el, these, those, they G. eius, of this, of that, eorum, of these, those, them; of him ; his their D. el, to ox for this, iis, 1 els, to or for these, those, that, him them Ac. eum, this, that, him eos, these, those, them Ab. eo, 2 from or with iis, 1 els, 2 from or with these, this, that, him those, them Fern. Fern. N. ea, this, that, she eae, these, those, they G. eius, of this, that, earum, of these, those, them; her ; her, hers their, theirs D. el, to or for this, iis, els, to ox for these, them, that, her those Ac. earn, this, that, her eas, these, those, them Ab. ea, 2 from or with iis, els, 2 from or with these, this, that, her those, them Neut. Neut. N. id, this, that, it ea, these, those, they G. eius, of this, that, eorum, of these, those, them; it; its their, theirs D. el, to or for this, iis, els, to or for these, those, that, it them Ac. id, this, that, it ea, these, those, them Ab. eo, 2 from or with iis, els, 2 from or with these, this, that, it those, them 1 Pronounced as in one syllable with a single 1. 2 The ablative may also be translated by, by means of, out of, etc. 138 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE a. Group is, ea, id in a table (like fidus, -a, -um) without the translations of forms, and learn the declensions across the page. 245. Examine the following : — 1. Militem video, eius hasta est longa, I see the soldier, his spear is lo7ig. 2. Puellam non culpo, eius curae magnae sunt, / do not blame the girl, her cares are great. In 1, eius agrees with its antecedent militem in the mas- culine gender and singular number ; in 2, eius agrees with its antecedent puellam in the feminine gender and singu- lar number ; in each the genitive case is used, limiting hasta and curae respectively. Observe that the masculine and the feminine of this pronoun are the same in form in the genitive singular. Are they alike anywhere else? 246. The Possessive Pronouns. — These are : — Singular Plural meus, -a, -um, my, mine noster, -tra, -trum, our, ours tuus, -a, -um, your, yours vester, -tra, -trum, your, yours suus, -a, -um, his (own), her suus, -a, -um, their (own), (own), its (own) theirs a. These pronouns have a substantive and an adjective use, as : liber est meus, the book is mine ; liber me as, my book. b. They are declined like fidus, -a, -um, but the vocative of meus is mi, thus : mi fili, O my son ! They agree in gender, number, and case with the object possessed, but refer for their meaning to their antecedents, thus : — THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 139 The king said, "Hove my son „ _ .. K.6X my da iigti ter , . . my kingdom" Meumf ilium Meam f iliam Meum regnum amo. c. In the English sentences my remains unchanged, but in the Latin the possessive agrees with : (1) a masculine, (2) a feminine, (3) a neuter noun, but each possessive refers for its meaning to its antecedent ego (/), the under- stood subject of amo. 247. Suus and Eius. — 1. Iulius et Cornelia erant amici ; is suam matrem amavit, ea suam, Julius and Cornelia were friends ; he loved his mother, she hers. 2. Iulius autem eius quoque matrem, Cornelia eius ama- vit, but Julius loved her mother also, Cornelia his. a. Study carefully the use of is and of suus in the sen- tences above and name the persons to whom they refer and the word with which suam agrees in each instance. b. In the expression, sua et patris consilia, his own and his father's plans, notice the agreement of sua with con- silia, the same word that is limited by the genitive patris, and study the translation of the phrase. 248. Rules 1 . Suus. — Suus in all its forms agrees with the name of the thing possessed, but refers to the subject of its ozvn sentejice. 2. Eius. — Eius limits the noun to which it belongs, but refers to some person or thing other than the subject of its own sentence. 3. The Possessive and the Genitive Case. — The posses- sive is sometimes used in connection with a genitive limiting the same noun. 140 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 249. VOCABULARY centurio, -onis, m., centurion, deicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, cast captain or hurl down cupiditas, -atis, f., desire vulnero, -are, -avi, -atus, sarcina, -ae, f., bundle ; pi., wound personal baggage sub, prep, with ace. with vicus, -I, m., village verbs of motion, with abl. adduco, -ere, -duxl, -ductus, with verbs of rest, under ; lead to, influence sub monte, at the foot of cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, the mountain; sub ves- drive together, collect perum, adverbial phrase, conscribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scrip- at or towards evening tus, enroll 250. Special Exercises on suus and eius I. 1. Suo gladi5 vulneratur, eius gladio vulneratur, eorum gladils vulnerabuntur, suis gladiis vulnerabuntur. 2. Helvetil frumentum suis carris ! portaverunt, Helvetil frumentum eorum carris portaverunt. 3. Helvetil hostis superaverunt et eorum liberos obsides ad'suos vicos duxe- runt. 4. Cupiditate eius regni adducetur. 5. Sua et patris consilia erant bona. 6. Meis et mllitum hastis vulnerabantur. II. 1. He will be killed by his (own) sword, he will be killed by his (another's) sword. 2. He says that he is be- ing wounded by his (own) friends, he says that he is being wounded by his (another's) friends. 3. He saw his own cohorts and those of the enemy near the river. 4. His own and his father's friends are brave men and good citizens. 1 on their carts, abl. of means (136, 137). USE OF SUUS AND EIUS 141 251. EXERCISES I. I. In eo colle, per eos montis, ad id oppidum, cum eo centurione, eius vici. 2. Sub ils montibus manent, sub eum pontem navigat. 3. Nostri in finis hostium sub vesperurn pervenient. 4. Helvetil de ripls eius fluminis tela in castra suorum hostium deiciebant. 5. Eum sub vesperum vidi- mus et sub pontem duximus. 6. Tells de muro deiectls mul- tos mllites vulneraverant. 7. lis militibus conscrlptls, in Galliam contendit. II. 1. At the foot of this mountain, through that dan- ger, by his danger, near these bridges, of these cities. 2. They saw them come towards evening with the centurions into the village. 3. Caesar will hasten into that part of the camp and enroll a new legion there. 4. A part of the enemy was keeping our men from the march. 5. At the given signal they hurled down spears from the walls. 6. They say that many centurions of the Roman people are in that battle. Roman Centurion in Scale Corselet and Soldier in Jointed Corselet. 252. Reading Lesson Postero die 1 castra ex eo loco moverunt. Idem 2 facit Caesar, equitesque omuls, quos 3 ex omnl pr5vincia et Aeduis atque eorum sociis coegerat, praemittit. II cum the following day. 2 the same thing. 3 whom. 142 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE copils hostium in alieno loco proelium commiserunt et paucl de nostrls 1 cadunt. Quare Helvetii audacius 2 pugnaverunt; sed Caesar suos a proelio prohibebat et satis habebat 3 hostis ab iniuria maleficioque prohibere. LESSON 34 THE FOURTH DECLENSION — THE RELATIVE PRONOUN — READING LESSON 253. Nouns of the fourth declension have stems in -u, generally changed to -i before -bus. Masculines have the nominative singular in -us, neuters in -u. A few f eminines occur. Like the masculine nouns, these end in -us. 254- casus, -us, m., chance, mis- fortune Stem casu-, base cas- cornu, -us, n., horn, wing, flank Stem cornu-, base corn- Case Endings Sing. Pl. Sing. PL. Sing. Pl. Sing. Pl. Masc. and Fern. Neut. N.V. casus casus cornu cornua -us -us -u -ua G. casus casuum cornus cornuum -us -uum -us -uum D. casul casibus cornu cornibus -ul -ibus -u Ac. casum casus cornu cornua -um -us -u Ab. casu casibus cornu cornibus -u -ibus -u -ibus -ua -ibus a. Domus, -us, f., house, is partly of the fourth and partly of the second declension. a few of our men. 2 more boldly. 3 thought it sufficient. THE FOURTH DECLENSION 143 Singular Plural N. V. domus domus G. domus (domi) domuum (domorum) D. domui (domo) domibus Ac. domum domos (domus) Ab. domo (domu) domibus 255. The Relative Pronoun. — This pronoun connects a subordinate clause to some noun or pronoun, called its antecedent, in the principal clause. It is thus declined : — Singular Masc. Fern. Neut. N. qui, who, that quae, who, that quod, which, what G. cuius, whose, cuius, whose, of cuius, whose, of of whom whom which, of what D. cui, to or for cui, to or for whom cui, to or for which, whom what Ac. quern, whom, quam, whom, that quod, which, what, that that Ab. quo, 1 from or qua, 1 from or with quo, 1 from or with with whom whom which, what Plural Masc. Fern. Neut. N. qui, who, that quae, who, that quae, which, what, that G. quorum, whose, quarum, of whose, quorum, whose, of of whom of whom which D. quibus, to or quibus, to ox for quibus, to or for for whom whom which [that Ac. quos, whom, that quas, whom, that quae, which, what, Ab. quibus, 1 from quibus, 1 from or quibus, 1 from or or with whom with whom with which 1 The ablative may also be translated by, by means of out of etc. 144 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 145 a. Cuius is pronounced in two syllables ; its -i is a con- sonant: coo'-yus. Cui is pronounced coo ] -i in one syllable. 256. In the English sentence, The soldiers whom I see are brave, whom is a relative pronoun. It is in the third person, plural number, and masculine gender to agree with its antecedent, soldiers. It is in the objective case because it is the object of the verb see. It also serves to introduce the subordinate clause whom I see and connect it with the noun soldiers in the principal clause. It modifies this noun as an adjective, hence a relative clause is an adjective clause. The Latin use is the same. 257. Rule The Relative Pronoun. — The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender, person, and number, but its case depends upo?i its relation to other words in its own clause. 258. Observe the gender, person, number, and case of the relative pronouns and of their antecedents in the fol- lowing sentences, and note the application of the rule in each instance. 1. Legati, quos mlsimus, obsides postulaverunt, the am- bassadors whom we sent demanded hostages. 2. Gallia est terra quam Celtae incolunt, Gaul is the country which the Celts inhabit. 3. Pilum, quod miles habet, est longum, the javelin which the soldier has is long. 4. Ego, qui Caesarem vidi, numquam miser ero, / who have seen Caesar shall never be wretcJied. 5. Vir, cuius filii in castris sunt, felix est, the man whose sons are in the camp is happy. 146 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 259. VOCABULARY Alpes, -ium, f. pi., the Alps imperator, -oris, m., com- conatus, -us, m., attempt, tin- mander in chief, general dertaking dexter, -tra, -trum, right, on conspectus, -us, m., sight, the right hand view ascendo, -ere, -scendi, -scensus, equitatus, -us, m., cavalry climb, ascend exercitus, -us, m., army flagito, -are, -avi, -atus, de- mand 260. Special Exercises on the Relative Pronoun I. 1. Montis altos, quos videmus, ascendit. 2. Castra quae posuit erant magna. 3. Dux, cui 1 erat magnus exercitus, multa oppida capiebat. 4. A ducibus, quibus multl milites erant, multa oppida capiebantur. 5. Aedui, quorum fines ab hostibus vastabantur, auxilium a Caesare petiverunt. 6. Imperator, cuius gratia in clvitate magna erat, exercitum in hiberna ad Alpls duxit. II. 1. These islands to which we are hastening are large. 2. This river whose banks we see is wide. 3. Those farmers whose fields you are devastating are fleeing to the city. 4. The Belgae who had : many armed men 2 captured many towns with their armies. 3 261. EXERCISES I. 1. Alpium, cum exercitu, in conspectu exercitus, conatus quos fecimus. 2. In conspectu nostrl exercitus, conatus nostrorum, dextrum cornu exercitus. 3. Hostes legatos in conspectu nostrl exercitus interfecerunt. 1 See 160-161. 2 Perfect Passive Participle of armo used as a noun. 3 Ablative of Means. THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 147 4. Tribunus erat magna gratia in civitate quod erant el multi flnitimi amiclque. 5. A castris discessit et a militibus, qui plla hastasque iecerunt, ad flumen pellebatur. II. 1. In the enemy's army, by many attempts, on the right wing, the doors of the large house. 2. On the right wing of the army, the commander of the cavalry, by these attempts. 3. They came into winter quarters in Gaul which is the native country of the Celts. 4. Many men were being wounded on the right wing of the army. 5. The general, having led 1 his army across the bridge, joined battle 2 with the forces of the enemy. 262. Reading Lesson Frumentum quod Aedui Romanis promittebant non suppetebat, itaque Caesar id cotldie flagitabat. Aedui autem dixerunt frumentum in agris propter frigora nondum maturum esse. Caesar prmcipes Aeduorum convocavit, in 3 quibus Dlviciacus, amicus popull RomanI, et Liscus erant. Graviter e5s incusavit quod frumentum non prae- berent. 4 Liscus autem dixit non esse suam culpam sed Dumnorlgis, eum coniurationem contra populum Romanum facere. LESSON 35 THE PASSIVE VOICE, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FU- TURE PERFECT TENSES — THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE 263. Review the present, imperfect, and future passive (95, 166, 171). 1 Ablative Absolute, 236 et seq. 3 ai?iong. 2 joined battle, proelium commisit. 4 they did not furnish. 148 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 264. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive are formed by joining to the fourth principal part the present, imperfect, and future tenses of sum. In this principal part we find the participial stem by dropping the ending -us : vocatus, participial stem vocat-. Conj. I / was called or have been called, etc. 1. vocatus sum 2. vocatus es 3. vocatus est 1. vocatl sumus 2. vocatl estis 3. vocatl sunt / had been called, etc. 1. vocatus eram 2. vocatus eras 3. vocatus erat 1. vocatl eramus 2. vocatl eratis 3. vocatl erant Conj. II Conj. Ill Perfect Tense / was ad- I was vised or have ruled- or been advised, have been etc. ruled, etc. Singular monitus sum rectus sum monitus es rectus es monitus est rectus est Plural moniti sumus recti sumus monitl estis recti estis moniti sunt recti sunt Pluperfect Tense / had been I had been advised, etc. ruled, etc. Singular monitus eram rectus eram monitus eras rectus eras monitus erat rectus erat Plural moniti eramus recti eramus moniti eratis recti eratis moniti erant recti erant Conj. IV I was heard or have heard, etc. auditus sum audltus es auditus est auditl sumus audit! estis auditl sunt / had been heard, etc. auditus eram auditus eras auditus erat auditl eramus auditl eratis auditl erant THE PASSIVE VOICE 149 Future Perfect Tense / shall have 1 shall have I shall been called, etc. been advised, have been etc. ruled, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. Singular i . vocatus ero monitus ero rectus ero audltus ero 2. vocatus eris monitus eris rectus eris audltus eris 3. vocatus erit monitus erit rectus erit audltus erit Plural 1. vocati erimus moniti erimus recti erimus audit! erimus 2. vocati eritis moniti eritis recti eritis audlti eritis 3. vocati erunt moniti erunt recti erunt auditi erunt Perfect Tense / was taken or have been taken, etc. 1. captus sum 2. captus es 3. captus est 1. capti sumus 2. capti estis 3. capti sunt Conj. Ill -io Verbs Pluperfect Tense / had been taken, etc. Singular captus eram captus eras captus erat Plural capti eramus capti eratis capti erant Future Perfect Tense / shall have been taken, etc. captus ero captus eris captus erit capti erimus capti eritis capti erunt a. In the preceding paradigms the participle has been given in the masculine gender only, but it is declined like fidus, -a, -um, and must agree with its subject in gender, number, and case. (ISO) EXPRESSIONS OF CAUSE 151 b. Write a synopsis of culpo, video, duco, iacio, and vincio in the indicative, active and passive, with 172 as your model. Write the three verb stems of each model verb. 265. Study the following : — 1. Urbem metu reliquit, he left the city in fear {because of fear). 2. Mllites Caesarem propter Hberalitatem laudant, the soldiers praise Caesar for his generosity. Metu and propter Hberalitatem in the above sentences express cause. De or ex with the ablative and ob with the accusative may be used to express the same idea. 266. Rules Expressions of Cause. — 1. The ablative without a prepo- sition is used to express cause. 2. Ob and propter with the accusative, and de or ex with the ablative, are used to express cause. VOCABULARY 267. calamitas, -atis, f., calamity, disaster causa, -ae, f., cause, reason Diviciacus, -I, m., Diviciacus, a Gallic chief. furor, -oris, m.,fury imperium, imperl, n., com- mand, order, government, dominion llberalitas, -atis, f ., liberality, generosity metus, -us, m.,fear senatus, -us, m., senate barbarus, -a, -um, barbarous, foreign ferus, -a, -um, wild, fierce iracundus, -a, -um, irritable, passionate amitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send away, lose sustineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, sus- tain, endure diu, adv., for a long time diutius, adv. in comparative degree, longer, any longer (of time) 152 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 268. EXERCISES I. I. Sustenti erant, gladii amiss! sunt, propter llberali- tatem, llberalitate, eum propter llberalitatem amabunt. 2. Diviciacus, cuius frater Dumnorix a Caesare propter cupiditatem regni reprehensus est, Caesaris amicus erat. 3. Dumnorix magna apud suam clvitatem gratia propter llberalitatem erat. 4. Multis de causis pons in flumine a Caesare f actus est. 5. Ariovistus homo erat barbarus, ferus, Iracundus, cuius imperia a Romanls sustenta non erant. 6. Imperia Ariovisti diutius non sustinebimus. 7. Furor eius hominis diu sustentus erat. II. 1. I have lost, you had been lost, he will have lost, we shall have hurled, they will have ordered, he was ordered. 2. Because of this man's fury, on account of the senate's generosity, on account of his commands. 3. I shall not endure these commands any longer. 4. Dumnorix was praised for 1 his liberality but blamed for his desire of royal power. 5. The orders of this fierce and passionate man have been long endured. 6. Because-of 2 this disaster the cavalry of the state was lost. LESSON 36 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD — sum— INDEPENDENT USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE — READING LESSON — WORD LIST V 269. The indicative in Latin as in English is the mood of fact (62). When we wish, however, to express in Latin something as willed or desired, as possible or uncertain, 1 Observe all signs of the ablative of cause (265, 266). 2 because-of, preposition with accusative, propter. THE SUBJUNCTIVE 153 or when we wish to express purpose or result, or some other ideas not emphasized as facts, we use another mood called the Subjunctive. This mood has many uses peculiar to the language. It is often translated by the English indicative, the infinitive, and the auxiliary verbs may, miglit, should, etc. The variety of translation is so great that it is impossible to give English equivalents in the paradigms. This mood has four tenses, the Present, Im- perfect, Perfect, and Pluperfect. These may either express the ordinary ideas of time or may each refer to the future. 270. sum, /am. Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus ; perfect stem, fu- ; perfect infinitive, fuisse ; participial stem, fut-. Singular Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect i. sim essem fuerim fuissem 2. sis esses fueris fuisses 3. sit esset fuerit Plural fuisset 1. simus essemus fuerimus fuissemus 2. sitis essetis fuerltis fuissetis 3. sint essent fuerint fuissent a. You will see in the above that the imperfect sub- junctive may be very easily formed by using the present infinitive as a base and joining to it the personal endings. Similarly, the pluperfect subjunctive may be formed by joining the personal endings to the perfect infinitive used as a base, thus : — Pres. Inf. Pers. Ending Imperf. Subj. Perf. Inf. Pers. Ending Pluperf. Subj. esse -m essem fuisse -m fuissem 154 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE b. Compare the perfect subjunctive with the future per- fect indicative and observe the following points : — i. The future perfect indicative has in the first person singular the ending -ero, while the perfect subjunctive has -erim. 2. The future perfect indicative has, in the second per- son singular and the first and second persons plural, -i be- fore the personal endings, while the perfect subjunctive has -I in those places. 271. The subjunctive is used either independently or dependently. It is used in independent clauses 1 to ex- press an act or state, as : — 1. Willed — the Volitive Subjunctive. 2. Desired — the Optative Subjunctive. 3. Possible — the Potential Subjunctive. 1. The Volitive Subjunctive expresses : — a. An exhortation (generally in the first person plural), simus fortes, let us be brave, Hortatory Subjunctive. The negative particle is ne. b. A command (usually in the third person), sit miser, let him be wretched, Jussive Subjunctive. c. A prohibition (in the perfect tense, second or third person), ne fueris inimicus, do not be unfriendly, the Pro- hibitive Subjunctive. The introductory particle is ne. d. A question of doubt or indignation, etc., quid faci- amus ? what shall we do f Deliberative Subjunctive. The negative particle is non. 1 The subject of the independent uses of the subjunctive, together with the exercises in this lesson, may be omitted, if the teacher so desires. The Vocabulary should be learned. THE SUBJUNCTIVE 1 55 2. The Optative Subjunctive is used in wishes : — a. Utinam fortes essent, would that they were brave. b. Utinam ne improbus fuisset, would that he had not been bad. The negative particle is ne. 3. The Potential Subjunctive expresses an act or state as a possibility. It uses the present or perfect subjunctive, as : dicat or dixerit aliquis, some one may say. The nega- tive particle is non. Note. — The use of the subjunctive in dependent clauses will be gradually discussed as the work goes on. In every lesson where the subjunctive appears notice the differences in form between this mood and the indicative. 272. VOCABULARY initium, initi, n., beginning interditi, adv., by day initium facio, make a begin- noctu, adv., by night ning, begin paene, adv., almost fugae initium facio, make vehementer, adv., violently, a beginning ofjligJit, begin vehemently flight qua. de causa, adverbial palus, -udis, f., marsh, phrase, rel., and for this swamp reason, therefore ; inter- improbus, -a, -um, wicked, rog., for what reason? bad. why ? teneo, -ere, -ui, tentus, hold enim, postpositive conj.,/^?r 273. EXERCISES I. 1. Sit fortis, sint fortes, simus fortes, ne fueris falsus, ne improbi fueritis. 2. Utinam boni essemus, utinam privatus civis esset, utinam civis Romanus fuisset. 3. Initium fugae non fecit, quare ei ne inimicl simus. 4. Quare Caesar Dumnorigem, Diviciaci fratrem, repre- i 5 6 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE henderat? 5. Dumnorigem, fratrem Diviciaci, reprehen- dit et el custodes posuit. 6. Eum reprehendit quod ini- tium fugae fecit. 7. Nostri ab itinere prohibitl sunt quod hostes montem tenent. 8. Vercingetorix before Caesar. the flight and for this reason Caesar blamed him Why do we blame this fierce and barbarous man ? Nuntil ad imperatorem interdiu et noctu veniebant, qui dlxe- runt, "Fortes simus, hostes enim in con- spectu sunt." II. 1. Let him be friendly, let the private citizens be brave. 2. Would that Dumnorix were not false, would that Caesar had come by day. 3. Let us con- tend violently with the enemy almost in sight of our homes. 4. The commander led his infantry forces through the marsh to the hill. 5. Dumnorix began 6. 274. Reading Lesson Dumnorix, frater Diviciaci, vir magna audacia magnaque gratia apud plebem 1 propter liberalitatem, initium fugae 1 the common people. WORD LIST V 157 fecit, Helveti5sque per finis Sequanorum duxit Eum Caesar ad se 1 vocavit et ei custodes posuit. Labienum legatum cum duabus 2 legionibus ad montem misit. Prima luce 3 nuntius ad Caesarem venit qui dixit, "Hostes mon- tem tenent, vidi enim arma Gallorum." Caesar copias in proximum collem duxit et milites a proelio prohibuit. 275- WORD LIST V accipio conscribo exercitus metus acriter conspectus existimo meus adduco continuus felix nego Aedui cornu ferus noctu agmen cupiditas firmus numquam Allobroges custos flagito oppidan! Alpes deditio fortis paene amitto deici5 frater palus ascendo dexter fugio pauci averto dico furor pedester barbarus difficilis gratia pedestres co- brevis discedo imperator piae calamitas diu imperium pello captivus diutius incolumis postuld casus Diviciacus initium proced5 causa Divico interdiu puto celeritas domus interficio qua de causa centurio enim iracundus quando clamor eques is qui cogo equester latitudo reliquus conatus equestres co- liberalitas responsum concedo piae locus sarcina confertissimus equitatus longitudo scio 1 himself. 2 two. 3 at daybreak. i 5 8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE sed sub vesperum teneo vehementer senatus sustined terror vester soror suus transporto vicus sub tamen tuus vulnero sub monte tempestas vasto LESSON 37 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FIRST CONJUGATION — SE- QUENCE OF TENSES — READING LESSON 276. voco: present infinitive active, vocare ; perfect in- finitive active, vocavisse. Active Voice Singular Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect I. vocem vocarem vocaverim vocavissem 2. voces vocares vocaverls vocavisses 3- vocet vocaret vocaverit Plural vocavisset I. vocemus vocaremus vocaverlmus vocavissemus 2. vocetis vocaretis vocaveritis vocavissetis 3- vocent vocarent vocaverint vocavissent Passive Voice Singular i. vocer vocarer vocatus sim 2. voceris (-re) vocareris (-re) vocatus sis 3. vocetur vocaretur vocatus sit Plural i. vocemur vocaremur vocati simus 2. vocemini vocaremini vocati sitis 3. vocentur vocarentur vocati sint vocatus essem vocatus esses vocatus esset vocati essemus vocati essetis vocati essent ' SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, SEQUENCE OF TENSES 159 a. The present subjunctive, like the present indicative, is formed from the present stem. b. Its mood sign in the first conjugation is -e, which is shortened before final -m, -t, -nt, and -r, and before -nt wherever found. It takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in this conjugation. c. The present subjunctive is formed by joining the per- sonal endings to the present stem + the mood sign, thus : voc (a) + e + s = voces. For the formation of the imper- fect, perfect, and pluperfect tenses, see 270, a, b. d. Write a synopsis of laudo and culpo in the subjunc- tive mood, active and passive, referring to 172 for your model. 277. The tenses of the subjunctive in dependent clauses follow special laws. a. All tenses are included in two classes, primary and secondary. b. Tenses which express present or future time are called primary. They are : the present, future, and future perfect indicative, the present and perfect subjunctive, and the present and future imperative. c. Tenses which express past time are called secondary. They are : the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect indica- tive, and the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive. 278. Rule Sequence of Tenses. — In complex sentences a primary tense in the principal clause is followed by a primary tense in the subordinate clause, a secondary by a secondary. This rule is illustrated in the following : — 160 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 1. Monet ut simus boni, he advises us to be good {that we may be). 2. Monebit ut simus boni, he will advise us to be good {that we may be). 3. Monuit ut essemus boni, he advised us to be good {that we might be). 4. Monuerat ut essemus boni, he had advised us to be good {that we might be). 5. Monebat ut essemus boni, he was advising us to be good {that zv e might be). 6. Monuerit ut simus boni, he will have advised us to be good {that we may be). Learn these examples. 279. VOCABULARY explorator, -oris, m., scout culpo, -are, -avi, -atus, blame ius, iuris, n., right, law intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectus, iustitia, -ae, Injustice understand, perceive , know Remi, -orum, the Remi, a ultra, prep. w. ace., beyond Gallic tribe ne, conj., that not speculator, -oris, m., spy ut, conj., that, in order that timor, -oris, m.,fear et . . . et, both . . . and 280. EXERCISES I. 1. Monet ut amicos laudemus, monuit ut amicos lau- daremus. 2. Monuerint exploratores ut ad castra hostium properent, monuerunt exploratores ut ad vicum amicorum properarent. 3. Profectione conflrmata, cum explorato- ribus speculatoribusque ad flumen maturabant. 4. Milites ab ducibus ut fortes sint monebuntur. 5. Intellexi eos propter timorem culparl. 6. Iura civium propter senatus iustitiam conflrmata sunt. SEQUENCE OF TENSES 161 II. I. The justice of the Remi ; they advised us to hasten to a land beyond the Alps. 2. Caesar advised his centurions to be faithful. - 3. The lieutenant had advised his centurions to be brave. 4. The commander in chief will advise his scouts and spies to be faithful. 5. We were advising the leader to send scouts to his own country. Excavating a House at Pompeii. 281. Reading Lesson Nuntius dicit montem ab hostibus teneri, Caesar autem Labienum monet ne proelium statim committat, sed suum adventum exspectet, ut eodem tempore 2 impetus in hostis fieret. 2 Quare Labienus, monte occupato, nostros exspectat proelioque abstinet. Caesar autem per explorat5res cognos- 1 at the same time. 2 might be made. 1 62 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE cit et montem a suls teneri et Helvetios castra movisse, qua de causa hostes non Insequuntur, 1 sed haud procul ab eorum castrls castra sua ponunt. LESSON 38 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, SECOND CONJUGATION — ADVERBIAL AND ADJECTIVAL CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 282. moneo : present infinitive active, monere ; perfect infinitive active, monuisse. Active Voice Singular Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect I. moneam monerem monuerim monuissem 2. moneas moneres monueris monuisses 3; moneat moneret Plu monuerit RAL monuisset I. moneamus moneremus monuerimus monuissemus 2. moneatis moneretis monueritis monuissetis 3- moneant monerent monuerint monuissent Passive Voice Singular I. monear monerer monitus sim monitus essem 2. monearis (- re)monereris (-re)monitus sis monitus esses 3- moneatur moneretur monitus sit monitus esset Plural 1. moneamur moneremur moniti simusmoniti essemus 2. moneamini moneremini moniti sitis moniti essetis 3. moneantur monerentur moniti sint moniti essent 1 do not follow. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, PURPOSE CLAUSES I6 3 a. Name the primary tenses of the indicative, of the subjunctive. Name the secondary tenses of the indica- tive, of the subjunctive. State the law of sequence of tenses. (See Lesson 37.) 283. Study the following : — 1. He sows in order that he may reap (to reap, in order to reap). 2. He sent messengers who sJionld announce (to announce, in order to announce). In 1 the clause in order that he may reap shows the purpose of the sowing and modifies sows as an adverb. Such ex- pressions are called Adverbial Clauses of Purpose. In 2 the clause who should announce shows the purpose of the sending, refers to the noun messengers, and modifies it as an adjective. Such expres- sions are called Adjectival Clauses of Purpose. Note. — In English you may use the infinitive to express purpose but in Latin you must not use the infinitive to express this idea mood should you use ? See examples. German Woman in Skin Mantle. (Restoration from a Triumph Relief in the Vatican.) What a. The following are illustrations of purpose clauses : — 1. Venit ut videat, he comes to see (that he may see). 2. Venit ut videret, he came to see (that lie might see). 3. Milites fortiter pugnant, ne dux culpet, the soldiers 164 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE fight bravely in order that their leader may not blame them. 4. Milites f ortiter pugnaverunt, ne dux culparet, the sol- diers fought bravely in order that their leader might not blame them. 5. Legatos mittit qui nuntient, he sends envoys to report. 6. Legatos misit qui nuntiarent, he sent envoys to report. b. Notice that the subordinate clauses in 1 and 2 are affirmative and are introduced by ut, and that in 3 and 4 they are negative and are introduced by ne. In 1, 3, and 5 any primary tense, and in 2, 4, and 6 any secondary tense, may stand in the principal clause. The subordinate clauses follow the law of sequence of tenses (277, 278). 284. Rules Adverbial Clauses of Purpose. — Adverbial clauses of purpose, with ut affirmative and ne negative \ have their verbs in the subjunctive. Adjectival Clauses of Purpose. — Adjectival clauses of purpose are introduced by relative pronouns and have their verbs in the subjunctive. The negative is non. 285. VOCABULARY adventus, -us, m., arrival pagus, -1, m., district incur sio, -onis, f., attack, in- bellicosus, -a, -um, warlike vasion, raid decurro, -ere, -cucurri, -cursu- labor, -oris, m., toil, labor rus, run down manus, -us, f., hand, band hue, adv., hither, to this place 286. EXERCISES I. 1. Veniet ut pugnet, venit ut pugnaret, legatum misit qui milites convocaret. 2. Interdiu et noctu ad montis properat ne ab hostibus videatur. 3. Imperator multos PURPOSE CLAUSES I6 5 milites ad pontem mlsit qui hostis ab itinere prohiberent. 4. De colle decucurrerunt ut incursionem Helvetiorum pro- hiberent. 5. Audax bellicosaque manus ex pago Helvetio- rum incursionem in exerci- tum Romanum fecit 6. Dlcit manum hostium in nostras finis venire. II. 1. The scouts come to see, they will come to see, he had come to see, you will have come to see, we were coming to see. 2. The scouts ran down from the hill to announce the arrival of a hostile band. 3. You made an invasion into the country of the Aeduans in order to devas- tate their fields. 4. These bold and warlike men came to this place in order to free their friends from danger. 5. We shall send ambassadors to establish peace with our neighbors. Kneeling German, begging for Protection or Mercy. (Bronze Figure in the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris. ) LESSON 39 THE CARDINAL NUMERALS — THE ACCUSATIVE OF TIME AND SPACE — READING LESSON 287. The Cardinal Numerals, as in English, are the numbers used in counting. The following furnish a basis for forming the others : — 1 66 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 1, unus, -a, -urn 2, duo, -ae, -o 3, tres, tria 4, quattuor 5, quinque 6, sex 7, septem 8, octo 9, novem io, decern ii, undecim 12, duodecim 13, tredecim 14, quattuordecim 15, qulndecim 16, sedecim 17, septendecim 18, duodevlgintl 19, undevlgintl 20, vigintl 22, vigintl duo, etc. 30, trlginta 40, quadraginta 50, qulnquaginta 60, sexaginta 70, septuaginta 80, octoginta 90, nonaginta 100, centum 101, centum (et) unus, etc. 200, ducenti, -ae, -a 300, trecentl, -ae, -a 400, quadringenti, -ae, -a 500, quingenti, -ae, -a 600, sescenti, -ae, -a 700, septingenti, -ae, -a 800, octingenti, -ae, -a 900, nongenti, -ae, -a 1000, mille 2000, duo milia 21, vigintl unus, or unus et vigintl a. Of these only unus, duo, tres, the hundreds, and milia, the plural of mille, are declined. For declension of unus see 376. 288. Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. N. duo duae duo tres tria G. duorum duarum duorum trium trium D. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus Ac. duos, duo duas duo tris, tres tria Ab. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus NUMERALS 167 a. The hundreds, except centum, are declined like the plural of fidus (113), although they have the genitive plural in -um instead of -orum, etc. b. Mille is both a noun and an adjective. As an adjec- tive it is indeclinable ; as a noun it is found in the nomi- native and accusative singular neuter, and is fully declined in the neuter plural : — Singular Plural N. mille milia G. milium D. milibus Ac. mille milia Ab. milibus 289. Examine the following : — 1. Multos annos in oppido manet, he remains many years in the town. 2. Ducentos pedes liberos portat, he carries the children two hundred feet. Multos annos is in the accusative case and expresses du- ration of time ; ducentos pedes is in the same case and ex- presses extent of space. 290. Rule Time and Space. — Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative. 291. VOCABULARY annus, -I, m., year passus, -us, m., pace hora, -ae, f., hour duo milia passuum, two thou- impetus, -us, m., attack sand paces, two miles lacus, -us, m., lake pes, pedis, m.,foot i68 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE desisto, -ere, -stiti, -stiturus, cease, desist exspecto, -are, -avi, -atus, ex- pect, wait for hiemo, -are, -avi, -atus, win- ter, spend the winter obtineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, ob- tain, hold trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus, hand over, surrender statim, adv., immediately 292. EXERCISES I. 1. Mllle passus, duo milia passuum, tria milia homi- num, qulnque milia passuum frumentum portabat. 2. Exercitus ducentos pedes processit ut copias bellicosas flnitimorum de muro deiceret. 3. Per Alpis in Galliam contendit ut ibi trls annos maneat. 4. Sex horas oppidum continenter oppugnabant, sub vesperum autem de conatu destiterunt. 5. Hostibus territls et superatis, Caesar obsides postulavit, qui statim traditl sunt. 6. Ad lacum processerunt et ibi impetum in hostis fecerunt. 7. Duos annos in Gallia hiemabant quod in eo loco erat magna copia frumentl. II. 1. Six miles, ten feet, a thou- sand paces, five thousand paces, four miles. 2. Ten years, thirty hours, he advanced two hundred paces. 3. He advances from Italy into Gaul in order to remain there three years. 4. During five years the influence of this man was great. 5. The ditch extended two hundred paces from the lake to the town. 6. The legions advanced two miles with great speed in order to frighten the Gauls. Boy with Calculating Board. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 169 293. Reading Lesson Caesar, quod exercitul copia frumenti non erat, iter ab Helvetils avertit et ad oppidum magnum Aeduorum contendit. Ea re hostibus per equites nuntiata, Helvetil quoque suum iter avertere constituerunt. Caesar in medio colle 1 quattuor legiones Instruxit, duas enim quas in Gallia proxime conscrlpserat, praesidio impedimentis 2 disposuerat. Galli fortiter acriterque pugnaverunt, RomanI autem magna virtute audaciaque contenderunt et multos hostium inter- fecerunt. LESSON 40 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, THIRD CONJUGATION — SUB- STANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE WITH ut AND ne — THE DOUBLE DATIVE — READING LESSON 294. rego: present infinitive active, regere; perfect in- finitive active, rexisse. Active Voice Singular Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 1. regam regerem rexerim rexigsem 2. regas regeres rexerls rexisses 3. regat regeret rexerit rexisset Plural 1. regamus regeremus rexerimus rexissemus 2. regatis regeretis rexeritis rexissetis 3. regant regerent rexerint rexissent 1 in medio colle, on the middle of the hill. 2 praesidio impedimentis, as a guard to the baggage. See 297, 298. 7o A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Passive Voice Singular Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect I. regar regerer rectus sim rectus essem 2. regaris (-re) regereris (re) rectus sis rectus esses 3- regatur regeretur rectus sit Plural rectus esset i. regamur regeremur recti simus recti essemus 2. regamini regeremini recti sltis recti essetis 3- regantur regerentur recti sint recti essent a. The subjunctive mood sign in the third conjugation, as in the second, is -a. In rego and verbs conjugated like rego, it takes the place of the stem vowel. It is shortened before final -m, -t, -nt, and -r of the personal endings. 295. Examine the following : — 1. Monet ut veniamus, 1 he advises us to come. 2. Monet ne pugnemus, 1 he advises us not to fight. a. Here the subordinate clauses are used like nouns as the objects of monet ; they express purpose, have their verbs in the subjunctive, and are introduced by ut when affirmative and by ne when negative. They are called Substantive Clauses of Purpose. In English the idea of purpose is often expressed by the infinitive. See the ex- amples above, and compare the Latin and English uses. b. The verbs most frequently used with substantive clauses of purpose are : — 1. impero, -are, -avi, -atus, order, command ; with dative and clause object. 1 These sentences might read : Nos monet ut veniamus and nos monet ne pugnemus. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 171 2. persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -suasurus, persuade ; with dative and clause object. 3. moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, advise, warn ; with accusative and clause object. 4. rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask ; with accusative and clause object. 5. peto, -ere, -Ivi or -il, -Itus, ask, beg, seek ; with ab and the ablative and clause object. 6. postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, demand ; with ab and the abla- tive and clause object. Learn such of these verbs as you do not already know, with their principal parts and the cases which they govern. 296. Rule Substantive Clauses of Purpose. — Substantive clauses of purpose with their verbs in the subjunctive are used as the objects of verbs of commanding, advising, persuading, asking, and demanding. The English generally uses the infinitive with such verbs. Note. — 1 . Iubeo, I command, is used with the complementary infini- tive, not with the subjunctive. 2. Substantive clauses of purpose originate in the volitive use of the subjunctive (271, i> a-d), because the idea of willing is implied in the meaning of verbs expressing command, advice, persuasion, and the like. 297. Compare the Latin with the English in the fol- lowing : — 1 . Caesari impedimento erat, it was a hindrance to Caesar. Note the two datives in the Latin. Here Caesari ex- presses the person to whom and is in the dative case of the indirect object, while impedimento expresses the thing for which and is in the dative of purpose. Fix this use firmly in your mind. The dative of purpose is sometimes used alone. 172 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 298. Rule The Double Dative. — The Latin often uses a dative of tJie person to or for whom, together with the dative of the object for which, where in English a predicate noun and an indirect object are used. Baggage Train. 299. VOCABULARY impedimentum, -I, n., kin- deligo, -ere, -legl, -lectus, drance ; pi., baggage select, choose pabulum, -1, n., fodder praemitto, -ere, -mlsl, -missus, subsidium, subsidi, n., reen- send ahead ox forward forcement interea, adv., in the niean- usus, -us, m., use time trans, prep. w. ace, across THE DOUBLE DATIVE 1 73 300. EXERCISES I. I. Flumen erat hostibus impediments. 2. Caesar pontem fecit ut copils subsidio esset. 3. Locum castris delegit, eis persuadet ut locum castris deligat. 4. Eds rogat ne legiones in itinere impediant 5. Multa enim Caesarl usul erant. 6. Interea dux legatls imperat ne exploratores in finis Aeduorum mittant. 7. Multl mllites ad proelium missl sunt qui exercitul subsidio essent. 8. OppidanI trans flumen mittentur qui pabu- lum in castra transportent. II. 1. Caesar orders the scouts to hasten, to select a place for a camp, to advance to the marsh. 2. The bridge was a protection to the town. 3. He builds a bridge to be a protection to the town. 4. The grain which was sent across the marsh was of great use to the army 5. He persuades the leaders to send scouts into the country of the enemy. 6. He warns the lieutenants not to send the soldiers ahead. 301. Reading Lesson Caesar, prlmum suo 1 deinde omnium 1 equls ex conspectu remotls 2 proelium cum hostibus commlsit. Nostrl e loco superiore pills missis facile phalangem hostium perfrege- runt. Ea disiecta, gladiis destrictls, in eos impetum fecerunt. Scuta Gallls magno impediments erant. De- nique, scutls e manibus emissls, nudo corpore pugnaverunt. Tandem in fugam versl ad proximum montem fugerunt. 1 See 247, b, and 248, 3. 2 Note all indications of the ablative absolute, and use great care in transla- tion. See 236. 174 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 41 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FOURTH CONJUGATION AND -io VERBS OF THE THIRD — REVIEW OF PURPOSE CLAUSES — VERBS OF FEARING 302. audio : present infinitive active, audire ; perfect in- finitive active, audivisse. Present i. audiam 2. audias 3. audiat Active Voice Singular Imperfect audirem audires audlret Perfect audiverim audiveris audiverit Pluperfect audivissem audivisses audlvisset Plural i. audiamus audiremus audlverimus audivissemus 2. audiatis audiretis audlveritis audlvissetis 3. audiant audirent audiverint audlvissent Passive Voice Singular I. audiar audirer audltus sim auditus essem 2. audiaris(-re) audireris(-re) auditus sis auditus esses 3- audiatur audiretur Plu audltus sit R.AL auditus esset 1. audiamur audiremur audit! slmus audit! essemus 2. audiamini audiremini audit! sltis audit! essetis 3- audiantur audlrentur audit! sint audit! essent THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 175 capio : present infinitive active, capere ; perfect infinitive active, cepisse. Active Voice 1. 2. 3- Present capiam capias capiat Singular Imperfect Perfect caperem ceperim caperes ceperis caperet ceperit Plural Pluperfect cepissem cepisses cepisset 1. 2. 3- capiamus capiatis capiant caperemus ceperimus caperetis ceperitis caperent ceperint Passive Voice Singular cepissemus cepissetis cepissent 1. 2. 3- capiar caperer captus sim capiaris (-re) capereris (-re) captus sis capiatur caperetur captus sit captus essem captus esses captus esset Plural 1. 2. 3- capiamur capiamini capiantur caperemur capti simus caperemini capti sitis caperentur capti sint capti essemus capti essetis capti essent a. The mood sign in the fourth conjugation and in -io verbs of the third is -a, which is shortened before final -m, -t, -nt, and -r. b. For the formation of the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive active see 270, a. c. Compare the present and perfect subjunctive forms in the above verbs with those of the other conjugations (276, 282, 294) and with the future and future perfect indicative. Also note once more and remember the future 176 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE forms in the first and second conjugations as distinguished from the third and fourth. d. Review carefully 283, 284, 295, 296. 303. Study carefully the following sentences: — 1 . Timeo ne pugnet, I fear that lie will fight. 2. Timeo ut pugnet, I fear that he zvill not fight. 3. Timui ne pugnaret, I feai'ed that he would fight. 4. Timui ut pugnaret, I feared that he would not fight. a. Compare this use of ut and ne with that found in 283, 295. b. The apparent change in meaning is due to the following facts : — 1. What we fear will happen, we wish may not happen. 2. What we fear will not happen, we wish may hap- pen. Note. — This use of the subjunctive, like that in substantive clauses of purpose, springs from the volitive subjunctive. For law of sequence see 277, 278. 304. VOCABULARY biduum, -I, n., a space of two divido, -ere, -visi, -visus, di- days, two days vide, separate tormentum, -I, n., hurling en- perfringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus, gine break through vallum, -I, n., rampart responded, -ere, -spondi, -spon- inermis, -e, unarmed sus, reply, anszver distineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, timeo, -ere, -ui, — ,fear keep apart denique, adv., finally libenter, adv., willingly VERBS OF FEARING 177 305 I. 3 EXERCISES Timuerunt ne Galli impetum in vallum facerent. 2. Timuerunt ut milites vallum defenderent. 3. Timed ne vallum castrorum a mllitibus perfringatur. 4. Timu- isti ne multl, et virl et liberi, ab hostibus interficerentur. 5. Dlcit legatos, subsidils missis, manum hostium disti- nere. 6. Blduum in castris manebant et castella de- fendebant ne hostes vallum perfringerent. 7. Denique, tormentls positis et pills iactis milites de muro pepulerunt et multos inermis interfecerunt. 8. Timet ut Galli responsum nostri imperatoris audiant. II. 1. I fear that he will not come, he feared that they would come, we feared that you would not come. 2. Caesar feared that the troops of the enemy would not be kept apart. 3. They hastened to the town in order to place hurling engines there. 4. We had feared that you would willingly remain in the camp of the enemy. 5. Finally we advised you to run down from the camp and keep the enemy apart. Catapult. LESSON 42 THE THIRD DECLENSION, GENERAL RULES FOR GENDER— IRREGULAR NOUNS — READING LESSON 306. General Rules for Gender : — 1. Nouns in-er, -or, -6s, -es(gen. -idis, -itis), are masculine. i;8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 2. Nouns in -o, -as, -es (gen. -is), -is, -s (preceded by a consonant), and -x are feminine. 3. Nouns in -a, -e, -n, -ar, -us (gen. -eris, -oris), with some others, are neuter. a. There are many exceptions to these rules for gender, but they must be learned by observation, study, and prac- tice ; you cannot easily write good Latin without knowing the gender of all nouns. b. In the following list you will find the principal ex- ceptions to the above rules for gender which will be needed for your work in this book. collis, -is, m., hill dens, dentis, m., tooth finis, -is, m., end, limit fons, fontis, m., fountain ignis, -is, m., fire iter, itineris, n., journey mensis, -is, m., month mons, montis, m., mountain or do, -inis, m., order, rank pes, pedis, m.,foot pons, pontis, m., bridge sol, solis, m., sun vertex, -ids, m., summit Learn such of these as you do not know and state to which rule each is an exception. 307. In some nouns the stem is irregularly modified in some of the cases : — iter, itineris, n., journey Stems, iter- and itiner- bases, iter- and itiner- vis, vis, f., force Stems, vi- and viri- bases, v- and vir- Singular Plural Singular Plural N. iter itinera vis vires G. itineris itinerum vis (rare) virium D. itinerl itineribus vi (rare) viribus Ac. iter itinera vim viris, -es Ab. itinere itineribus vi viribus GENERAL RULES FOR GENDER 179 a. Distinguish carefully vis, strength, of the third de- clension from vir, man, of the second. 308. VOCABULARY copiae domesticae, copiarum ago, -ere, egi, actus, set in domesticarum, f. pi., home motion, drive, do, act supplies inter scindo, -ere, -scidi, -scis- frigus, -oris, n., cold ; pi., cold sus, cut down, destroy weather suppeto, -ere, -IvI or -ii, vis (vis), f., force ', power ; pi., -iturus, be at hand strength nondum, adv., not yet domesticus, -a, -um, domestic, ex itinere, adverbial phrase, private on the march integer, -gra, -grum, whole, magnis itineribus, adverbial fresh phrase, by forced marches maturus, -a, -um, ripe 309. EXERCISES I. I. Caesar pontem longum interscindit ne hostes copias traducant. 2. Copiae domesticae Aeduis non suppetebant, quare frumenta matura ex agris capiebant. 3. Integrls viribus de alto colle decucurrerunt ut, ponte in- terscisso, exercitum inimicum a finibus suis prohiberent. 4. Timet ne hostes in suos ex itinere impetum faciant, et eos ad altum montis verticem pellant. 5. Mlsit qui 1 pontem interscinderent. 6. Quod frumenta in agris propter frlgora nondum matura erant, ab Aeduis flagitabat. 7. Belgae magnis itineribus ad castra contenderunt ut impetum inimicarum copiarum repellerent. II. 1. Caesar kept demanding 2 ripe grain of the 1 {men) who should cut down, men to cut down. (283, 284.) 2 See sentence 6 in 309, 1. The imperfect often expresses repeated action. 180 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Aeduans. 2. He hastened to drive the beasts-of-burden across the long bridge. 3. They made an attack with fresh strength upon our line of march. 4. On account of the cold weather the crops-of-grain were not yet ripe. 5. We fear that the troops will be attacked with fresh strength on the march. 6. We were advised to bring The Emperor's Sacrifice at the Roman Bridge over the Danube. (Column of Trajan.) home-supplies into the camp, for the enemy were hasten- ing by forced marches to attack our army. 310. Reading Lesson Proelio autem renovato, ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum est; 1 nemo autem aversum hostem 2 vldit. In eo proelio Orgetorigis filiam et unura e filiis 3 nostri milites 1 they fought, lit., it was fought. 2 the back of an enemy, lit., an enemy turned away. 3 one of his sons. THE ORDINAL NUMERALS l8l ceperunt et multa milia interfecerunt. II qui superfue- runt magnls itineribus in finis Lingonum contenderunt, ibique quarto die : pervenerunt. Lingones eos autem frumento iuvare non potuerunt 2 quod a Caesare prohibitl sunt. LESSON 43 THE ORDINAL NUMERALS — THE FIFTH DECLENSION — THE ABLATIVE OF TIME — READING LESSON — WORD LIST VI 311. The ordinal numerals in Latin, as in English, are adjectives derived from the cardinals to express order or place. They are declined like fidus, -a, -um. 1st, primus, -a, -um 13th, tertius decimus 2d, secundus 14th, quartus decimus 3rd, tertius 15th, quintus decimus 4th, quartus 16th, sextus decimus 5th, quintus 17th, septimus decimus 6th, sextus 1 8th, duodevlcesimus 7th, septimus 19th, undevlcesimus 8th, octavus 20th, vlcesimus 9th, nonus 2 1st, vlcesimus primus 10th, decimus 30th, trlcesimus nth, undecimus 40th, quadragesimus 1 2th, duodecimus 50th, qumquagesimus 312. Stems of the fifth declension end in e. 1 on the fourth day. 2 could. 182 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE dies, diei, m., day res, rel, f., thing, Stem die base di- matter Stem re-, base r- CASE Endings SlNG. PL. SlNG. PL. Sing. PL N. V. dies dies res res -es -es G. diei dierum rei rerum -ei -erum D. diei diebus rei rebus -ei -ebus Ac. diem dies rem res -em -es Ab. die diebus re rebus -e -ebus a. Dies and res are the only nouns of the fifth declension that are declined throughout. The others are declined in the singular and a few are found also in the nominative and accusative plural. Spes, spei, f., hope, and fides, -ei, f., faith, are declined like res ; spes has a nominative and an accusative plural and fides the singular only. b. Gender. — Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine with the exception of dies, which is masculine in the plural and generally in the singular, except where it refers to some specified time. c. Decline spes and fides. 313. In English we express the time at which or within which an act takes place by a preposition and its object, as : at night, within two years. In Latin we express these ideas by the use of the ablative case without a preposition. 1. Tertia hora in castra venit, he came into camp at the third Jiour. 2. Tribus annis multa oppida delebit, zvithin three years he will destroy many towns. a. Compare these sentences with those expressing duration of time (289). FIFTH DECLENSION, ABLATIVE OF TIME 183 314. Rule Time at or within Which. — Time at or within which an act is performed is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. 315. VOCABULARY abduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, retineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, hold lead away back, restrain, refrain deleo, -ere, -evl, -etus, blot out, quo, adv., where destroy apud, prep, with ace, at, praebeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, in, among, in the presence furnish of restituo, -ere, -ill, -utus, re- cis, prep, with ace, on this store, give back side of 316. EXERCISES I. I. Ed die, tribus diebus, quarto die, tertio anno, sep- tima hora, quattuor diebus. 2. Hostes legatos Romanos in oppido multas horas retinuerunt. 3. Tertia hora multl de colle decucurrerunt ut oppida aedificiaque delerent. 4. Centum pagi Germanorum cis Rhenum sunt, dicit cen- tum pagos Germanorum cis Rhenum esse. 5. Quinque dies obsides in castris retinuit, quinque horas obsides in castris retinebantur. 6. Prima hora milites apud impe- rat5rem erant ut de proelio nuntiarent. 7. Aeduis im- peravit ut frumentum statim praeberent. 8. Neque obsides restituam neque inimlcos viros in fidem meam ac- cipiam. 9. Spes magna exercitui erat quod hostes omnis copias abduxerant. II. 1. Within ten years, at the second hour, for ten days, during five nights, on the tenth day. 2. Within two years Caesar will have destroyed all the towns of the 1 84 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE enemy. 3. The lieutenant will have held back the tenth legion, but he will send the seventh as a reenforcement to Caesar. 4. He ordered them to restore within two years Roman Army made to pass under the Yoke. all the villages which they had destroyed. 5. On that day all the enemy were received into the protection of the Roman people. 6. They came on foot 1 to Caesar with 1 pedibus. WORD LIST VI 185 great hope of peace and begged that he would receive them in 1 surrender. 317. Reading Lesson Helvetii omnium rerum inopia adducti, legatos ad Cae- sarem de deditione mlserunt, qui eum in itinere convene- runt 2 et ab eo pacem petierunt, atque dixerunt se in eo loco eius adventum exspectare quo turn essent. Caesar, postquam in eum locum pervenit, obsides, arma, servos 3 postulavit. Deinde, armis obsidibusque traditls, eos in de- ditionem accepit et oppida vlcosque, quos 4 deleverant, eos restituere iussit. Circiter autem hominum milia VI eius pagi, qui Verbigenus appellatus, prima nocte e castris Helvetiorum ad Rhenum flnlsque Germanorum conten- derunt. Caesar els imperavit, quorum per finis ierant, 5 ut eos reducerent. Reliqu.os omnis in deditionem accepit. 318. WORD LIST VI abduco deligo explorator inermis adventus denique exspecto integer ago dens fides intellego annus desisto fons interea. apud dies frigus interscindo bellicosus distineo hiemo ius biduum divid5 hora iustitia cis domesticus impedimentum labor culpo duo impero lacus decurrd et . . . et impetus libenter deleo ex itinere incursio manus 1 into surrender. 2 met. 3 Either no conjunction is used in Latin, as here, or one less than the number of connected words. 4 quos agrees with its nearest antecedent. 5 they had gone. 1 86 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE maturus persuadeo rogo trado mensis pes sol trans mille peto speculator tres ne praebed spes ultra nondum praemitto statim Onus obtineo quo subsidium usus ordo RemI suppeto ut pabulum res tertius vallum pagus respondeo timeo vertex passus restituo timor vis perfringo retineo tormentum LESSON 44 THE CLASSES OF PRONOUNS — PERSONAL AND RE- FLEXIVE PRONOUNS 319. In Latin, as in English, there are eight classes of pronouns. They are as follows : — 1. Personal, which by their form show their person and number ; as, ego, /; tu, yott. 2. Reflexive, which are used in the oblique cases 2 to refer back to the subjects of their sentences ; as, se culpat, he blames Jiimself. 3. Possessive, which show possession ; as, suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their {own). 4. Demonstrative, which point out persons or things definitely ; as, hie, this ; ille, that. 5. Intensive, which emphasize the words to which they belong ; as, ipse, he himself; vir ipse, the man himself. 6. Relative, which connect a subordinate clause with 1 All cases but the nominative and vocative are called oblique cases. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 187 some noun or pronoun in the principal clause ; as, eum qui venit video, / see him who came. 7. Interrogative, which are used to ask questions ; as, quis venit ? who comes ? 8. Indefinite, which indicate things indefinitely ; as, aliquis dicat, some one may say. a. The personal pronoun of the third person is lacking. Its place is generally supplied by is, sometimes by ille. 320. The Personal Pronouns First Person Singular Plural N. ego, / nos, we G. mel, of me nostrum, nostri, of us D. mihi, to ox for me nobis, to ox for us Ac. me, me nos, us Ab. me, 1 with me nobis, 1 with us Second Person Singular Plural N. tu, you vos, you G. till, of you vestrum, vestri, of 'you D. tibi, to or for you vobis, to ox for you Ac. te, you vos, you Ab. te, 1 with you vobis, 1 with you 321. The Reflexive Pronoun Singular and Plural, Third Person only G. sui, of himself , herself, itself, themselves. D. sibi, to ox for himself, herself, itself, themselves. Ac. se or sese, himself, herself, itself, themselves. Ab. se or sese, 1 with himself, itself, herself, themselves. 1 The ablative may also be translated from, by, by means of, out of etc. A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE a. The personal pronouns are often used in a reflexive sense : — Singular Plural i. ego me culpo, / blame nos nos culpamus, we blame myself ourselves 2. tu te culpas, you blame vos vos culpatis, you blame yourself yourselves 3. (is) se culpat, he blames (ii) se culpant, they blame himself themselves b. Learn and remember the following points : — 1. The nominative of the personal pronoun is not ex- pressed except for emphasis : ego sum miser, tu es felix, / am wretched, you are happy. 2. When reference is made in the oblique cases in the third person to the subject of the sentence, the reflexive sui, etc., is used : miles se occidit, the soldier killed himself ; but miles eum occidit, the soldier killed him. 3. When the preposition cum is used with the per- sonal and reflexive pronouns, it is always an enclitic. With the relative and interrogative pronouns it may or may not be an enclitic: mecum, with me ; nobiscum, with tis ; but quibuscum or cum quibus. 4. Se is used in indirect discourse to refer to the Sacrifice: Helpers. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 8 9 subject of the verb which introduces it : Caesar dicit se vicisse, Caesar says that he (Caesar) conquered. 322. VOCABULARY acies, -ei f., line of battle, triplex, gen. -ids, triple battle line culpa, -ae, i., fault, blame iudex, -icis, m., judge tempus, -oris, n., time reduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead back relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus, leave, leave behind amplus, -a, -um, large, spa- reprehendo, -ere, -dl, -hensus, cious blame circiter, adv., about 323. Special Exercises on the Pronouns I. 1. Ego sum nauta, tu es agricola. 2. Tecum numquam miser ero. 3. Vir se lau- dat, me non laudat ; vir se laudat, ego autem eura non laudo. 4. Nos omnes in silva eramus, tu autem in urbe eras. 5. Puer cum amico in castris erat, eius patrem non vldit, suum autem saepe videbat. 6. Mihi gladium dedit, tibi pilum, ei autem multa et pulchra signa. II. 1. With them, with us, with him, with himself, with her, with herself. 2. The soldier was with you, with them, with us, with me. 3. The girl will never praise him, her, herself. 4. The man has always praised himself and his own friends, the man has always praised his brother and his (his brother's) friends. 5. You will come with us to help x our friends. 1 Why not the infinitive ? Roman Priest. 190 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 324. EXERCISES I. I. Acie Instructs, agmine reducto, locis relictis, iudi- cibus convocatls. 2. Imperator cum exercitu in Galliam contendit ut ibi duas legiones conscrlberet. 3. Legiones quas in Gallia conscripserat castris praesidio erant. 4. Circiter quinque milia passuum ab urbe ad montem altum pr5cessit ut ibi nostrum adventum exspectaret. 5. Prop- ter meam culpam magnam amlcl non iutl sunt. 6. Eodem tempore exercitus Instructus est et acie triplicl in hostis impetum fecit. 7. Nullo ordine 1 per amplos agros milites ad flumen properaverunt ut pontem interscinderent. II. 1. Caesar and Ariovistus were hastening by forced marches to a large town of the Sequani. 2. Four dis- tricts of the Helvetians had come out of their territory to see 2 the fertile fields of their neighbors. 3. We do not blame them because they have left their- baggage behind, but will help them with 3 our home supplies. 4. Draw- ing up a triple line of battle, he made an attack upon the forces of the Gauls. 5. The whole army was led back at that time in order to defend our cities. 6. Men were sent by forced marches to meet the enemy on the march. 1 In no order. 2 Why not the infinitive? 3 What idea does with express? Antique Vases. WORD FORMATION 191 LESSON 45 WORD FORMATION • Note. — It has been thought best to insert at this point two lessons upon Word Formation and Word Grouping. These lessons are not to be learned verbatim, but should be carefully read and frequently re- ferred to in the preparation of the succeeding lessons. The aim has not been to make an exhaustive treatment of the sub- ject, but to present a few essential facts in a very simple manner, in the hope that the pupil, recognizing the fact that Latin and English are sister languages, and that both have been built up gradually and systematically, may form habits of observation in word study which will not only enliven his work in Latin, but help him to appreciate his own language better. 325. A Root is the essential part of a word unmodified by the addition of formative elements. 326. A Stem is that part of a word to which the in- flectional endings are added : son-, root ; sono-, stem ; sonus, 1 a noise. 327. Examine carefully the following groups of words : — ag 0, do ac-tor, one who does actio, a doing defend-o, defend defen-sor, one who defends defen-sio, a de- fending 1. The ending -tor (-sor) denotes the agent, and -tio (-sio) is used in forming abstracts. Note the change in the final letter of the root ag before t, and the dropping of d before s. scrib-o, write scrip-tor, ? scrip-tio, ? 1 The final letter of the stem is often so changed by its contact with the inflectional endings as not to be evident without careful analysis. 192 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 328. ago, lead ag-men, line of march fhx-o, flow flu-men, river move-o, move mo-men-tum, movement mone-o, remind monu-men-tum, reminder 1. The endings -men, -mentum, denote acts or the means or results of acts. 329. arm-o, arm arma-tura, armor, armed troops scrlb-o, write scrip-tura, a writing ax-o, plow ara-trum, that zvhich plows, a plow voc 0, call voca-bulum, that by which one is called, a name gubern-o, guide guberna-culum, that which guides, a helm i. The endings -tiira, -trum, -bulum, -culum denote the means or instrument of an action. From the meaning of the endings -tor, -tio in 327, 1, tell the meaning of the following words : — ara-tor, ara-tio ; guberna-tor, guberna-tio ; voca-tor, voca-tio. 330. lae-tus, glad lae-ti-tia, gladness levis, light levi-tas, lightness, fickleness magnus, great magni-tudo, greatness, size servus, slave servi-tus, slavery 1. The endings -tia, -tas, -tudo, -tus are added to noun and adjective stems to form abstracts. Note change in stem vowel. WORD FORMATION 93 The following words will give corresponding forms : — ? justice ? truth ? breadth ? manhood, courage iustus, just verus, true latus, broad vir, man 331. filius, son ager, field homo, man fili-olus, little son agel-lus, little field homun-culus, manikin 1. The nominative endings -ulus (after a vowel -olus), -lus, -cuius are added to noun stems to form diminutives. Compare with these the English words brooklet, rivulet, bracelet, versicle, reticule. 332. homo, man hum-anus, belonging to man, human lac, milk lact-eus, belonging to milk, lacteal alius, another ali-enus, belonging to another, alien ci vis, citizen clv-icus, belonging to a citizen, civic Roma, Rome Rom-anus, belonging to Rome, Roman Observe the formation of the preceding adjectives, and of the corresponding English words. LESSON 46 WORD FORMATION {Continued) 333. navis, ship nav-alis, pertaining to a ship, naval servus, slave serv-ilis, pertaining to a slave, servile consul, consul consul aris, pertaining to a consul, consular A View of Pompeii as it is To-day. (The Theater Section as seen from an Aeroplane.) (i94) WORD FORMATION 195 i. The endings -alis, -His, -aris denote belonging or per- taining to. The very common English endings -al, -ar, -il, -He are derived from these. 334. eques, horseman eques-ter, belonging to a horseman, eqtiestrian silva, wood silves-ter, belonging to a forest, wooded nos, we, us nos-ter, belonging to us, our What is the adjective corresponding to pedes, foot sol- dier •? to terra, land? 335. capi-o, take cupi-o, desire tene-o, hold aude-o, dare pugn-6, fight capt-ivus, captive cup-idus, desirous, eager ten-ax, prone to hold, tenacious aud-ax, ? pugn-ax, I. The endings -ivus, -idus are added to verb stems to express state, and the ending -ax to express tendency. 336. ago, drive ag-ilis, active, agile faci-o, make, do fac-ilis, easy (that which can be done) nosc-o, know no-bilis, known, noble exim-o, select exim-ius, selected, remarkable 1. The endings -ilis, -bilis, -ius are added to verb stems to express passive qualities. 337. arma, arms arm-o, -are, arm hiems, winter hiem-o, -are, pass the winter albus, white albe-o, -ere, be white metus,/^zr metu-o, -ere, fear finis, end fini-o, -ire, end 196 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE I. Verbs of the four conjugations are derived from noun stems. This is true of most of the three hundred and sixty- verbs of the first conjugation, some of the second and third, and many of the fourth. 338. Compounds. — A simple word is one containing a single stem : dux, due-. A compound word is one con- taining two or more stems : agricola = agri + cola (agro- + cole-); ager, field; colo, cultivate; agricola, one who culti- vates a field, a farmer. The following are also examples of compounds. Pro- avus, great-grandfather ^ pro + avus, preposition + noun. Arti-fex, artisan, arti- (stem of ars) + fex (facio), noun stem + verb stem. Per-gravis, very heavy, per + gravis, preposition + adjective. In-fldus, not to be trusted, in + fidus, negative particle + adjective. Magn- animus, great- hearted, magno + animus, adjective stem + noun. Ex-eo, go out, ex + eo, preposition + verb. 339. In 326-337 you have seen how words are formed by the addition of prefixes and suffixes. A great many words in Latin group themselves about a single root. In learning a Latin vocabulary bear this in mind, and associate words which have a common root. Many words are of doubtful origin, but in the following exercises only those whose origin is practically certain, and which are in fre- quent use, will be given. 340. Study carefully the words in the group in this and succeeding lessons, and endeavor to explain the formation of each word, referring to 327-338. 1. At the end of each group a list of English derivatives has been given which should be carefully studied for the ( COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 197 purpose of enlarging your English vocabulary, and empha- sizing the relation between your own language and the Latin. 341. Root due-, lead. due- 6, lead due-tor, ? intro-duco, lead into dux, leader in-duc-tio, ? intro-duc-tio, ? Form compounds with ad, con, de, in, re, and give mean- ings. English Derivatives. — Duke, ductile, conductor, in- duce, ducat, reduction, viaduct, aqueduct, subdue, educate, duchy. LESSON 47 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, REGULAR — CONSTRUC- TIONS WITH COMPARATIVES— READING LESSON 342. Comparison is a change in the form of an adjec- tive to show the degree in which its quality is expressed. Adjectives have three degrees of comparison : — 1. The positive, which expresses the simple existence of the quality. 2. The comparative, which expresses the existence of the quality in a higher degree. 3. The superlative, which expresses the existence of the quality in the highest degree. 343. In English the comparative and superlative are regularly formed by adding -er and -est to the positive : small, smaller, smallest. In Latin, in like manner, adjec- tives are compared by the use of certain terminations. These are added to the base of the positive to form the comparative and superlative, and are : — 198 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Masc. Fem. Neut. Comp. -ior -ior -ius Superl. -issimus -issima -issimum Positive Comparative Superlative densus, -a, -um, densior, -ior, -ius densissimus, -a, dense (Base dens-) -um fortis, -is, -e, fortior, -ior, -ius fortissimus, -a, brave (Base fort-) -um audax, — , — , audacior, -ior, audacissimus, -a, bold (Base audac-) -ius -um a. Adjectives in -er form the superlative by adding -rimus to the nominative masculine : acer, acris, acre ; comparative, acrior, -ior, -ius ; superlative, acerrimus, -a, ■um. b. Six adjectives in -lis (facilis, easy ; difficilis, difficult ; similis, like; dissimilis, unlike; gracilis, gracefid ; and humilis, humble) form their superlative by adding -limus to the base : — Positive "Base Comparat ive Superlative similis, -e simil- similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um Learn the above words. 344. Declension of Comparatives : — Singular Plu RAL Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. N. V. fortior fortius fortiores fortiora G. fortioris fortioris fortiorum fortidrum D. fortiori fortiori fortioribus fortioribus Ac. fortiorem fortius fortiores fortiora Ab. fortiore fortiore fortioribus foritoribus a. All superlatives are declined like fidus, -a, -um (113). CONSTRUCTIONS WITH COMPARATIVES 199 345. Study the following : — 1. Honor mini carior est quam vita, honor is dearer to me than life. 2. Dicit honorem sibi cariorem esse quam vitam, he says that honor is dearer to him than life. 3. Honor mini carior est vita, honor is dearer to me than life. 4. Dicit honorem sibi cariorem vita esse, he says that Jionor is dearer to him than life. a. In 1 and 2 quam, than, is expressed after the com- parative and is followed by the same case, nominative in 1 and accusative in 2, as precedes it. In 3 and 4 quam is omitted and the ablative case follows the word of comparison. 346. Rule Cases used with Comparatives. — When quam is expressed in a comparison, the same case follows as precedes ; but when quam is omitted, the ablative case follows the word of com- parison. 347. The following sentences show peculiar meanings of the comparative and superlative : — 1 . Puer erat audacior, the boy was rather bold or too bold. 2. Vir fortissimus erat, the man was very brave. 348. Rules Special Uses of Comparatives and Superlatives. — 1. The comparative is sometimes used to express a rather high or too high degree of the quality. 2. The superlative is often used to express a very high de- gree of the quality. 200 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Compare in all genders : altus, brevis, difficilis, liber, potens, pulcher. How do you find the base of a noun or an adjective ? 349- VOCABULARY honor, -oris, m., honor potens, gen. potentis, power- mora, -ae, f., delay fid carus, -a, -um, dear, precious vastus, -a, -um, vast celer, -eris, -ere, swift deduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, ingens, gen. ingentis, huge, lead down large itaque, conj., and so, there- laetus, -a, -um, glad, joyful fore paratus, -a, -um, prepared, quam, conj., than ready 350. EXERCISES I. 1. GermanI potentiores quam finitimi erant. 2. Galli potentiores Romanis non erant. 3. Puer audacior est quam vir, vir non est audacior puero. 4. Vastissimam et clarissimam terrain incolebant GermanI. 5. LaetissimI erant milites quod imperator eos sine mora contra hostis deduxerat. 6. Silvae ingentissima magnitudine finis duorum regum potentissimorum dividunt. 7. Multi equl celerrimi et pulcherrimi imperatori erant. 8. Vita cara est, honor autem carior. II. 1. Very beautiful horses, a more powerful leader, a rather bold boy, in a very vast land. 2. The Aeduans were more powerful than their neighbors. 3. We know that life is very precious to all men. 4. The swiftest legions were sent to capture the redoubts. 5. The com- mander ordered his forces to be led down to a very swift river. 6. There was a very short and easy road through CONSTRUCTIONS WITH COMPARATIVES 201 the country of our enemies. 7. He ordered the swiftest horsemen to come without delay into the city. 351. Reading Lesson Bell5 Helvetiorum confecto, legati Galliae, principes civitatum ad Caesarem convenerunt. Auxilium ab eo petie- 'V a T i ^Ze' 9 ,'j S 1 llfiilt 1 •] % :':I" • ,** 1 -jOi S >*SF~2r%?~ . W- \: '^' : .'' '':■ r iS§B^ «<« = ?-'- ■■-* ^'^^^^jj*^* P|^ ..p**" :z: _£i! - _ - r§5^x -73S"-„-.^ Hl'" "" S* — — — -— Street in Timgad, Algeria. runt quod Germanos timebant. Pro his Dlviciacus locutus est, 1 " Multi German! ingentissima magnitudine corporis in Gallia sunt, quibuscum saepe contendimus. Maximam 2 calamitatem accepimus. Omnem senatum, omnemque equitatum amisimus. Ariovistus eorum rex est, hom5 barbarissimus et iracundissimus. Eius imperia diutius sustinere non possumus. 3 Ad te venimus auxilium petltum. 4 " spoke. a very great. ° we can. 4 to ask ; the form petitum will be explained later. 202 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 352. Study carefully the following word group. Deter- mine the meaning of words marked ? Root spec-, see, spy. specto, behold species, appearance speculator, spy spectator ? spectaculum, ? spectrum, image. Eng. Der. — Species, specious, spectacle, spectrum, spec- tral, conspicuous. LESSON 48 TENSES OF THE INFINITIVE — INDIRECT DISCOURSE {Continued) —possum — READING LESSON 353. The Infinitive. — The Latin infinitive is found in the present, future, and perfect tenses of both voices. Conj. Present I. vocare, to call, II. monere, to advise, III. regere, to rule, capere, to take, IV. audire, to hear, esse, to be, Active Perfect vocavisse, to have called, monuisse, to have advised, rexisse, to have ruled, cepisse, to have taken, audivisse, to have heard, fuisse, to have been, Future vocaturus esse, to be about to call moniturus esse, to be about to advise recturus esse, to be about to rule capturus esse, to be about to take auditurus esse, to be about to hear futurus esse, to be about to be THE INFINITIVE, INDIRECT DISCOURSE 203 Passive I. vocari, to be vocatus esse, to have called, been called, II. moneri, to be monitus esse, to have advised, been advised, III. regi, to be rectus esse, to have ruled, been ruled, capi, to be captus esse, to have taken, been taken, IV. audiri, to be auditus esse, to have heard, been heard, vocatum Iri, to be about to be called monitum iri, to be about to be advised rectum Iri, to be about to be rided captum iri, to be about to be taken auditum iri, to be about to be heard a. Write table of infinitives, active and passive, of : duco, munio, iubeo, dico, iacio. 354. Study the following : — Dico Dixi Dicam eum regere, / say that he rules or is ruling. I said that he ruled ox was ruling. I shall say that he rules or is ruling. Here the act of ruling is represented as going on at the time of the principal verb. [ I say that he ruled or was ruling. 2. Dico / said that he had rided or had Dixi eumrexisse, been ruling. Dicam / shall say that he ruled or was [ ruling. Here the act of ruling is represented as completed be- fore the time of the principal verb. Dico Dixi Dicam j eumrecturum esse, / say that he will rule. 1 said that he would rule. I shall say that he will rule. 204 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Roman Coin of the Emperor Domitian showing German Captives and Trophy. Here the act of ruling is represented as about to occur after the time of the principal verb. In i regere stands for regit of the direct; in 2 rexisse stands for rexit, regebat, or rexerat; in 3 recturum esse stands for reget. a. In the indirect statements in the above sentences the infinitives are used as follows : — (1.) The present infinitive of the indi- rect statement rep- resents a present indicative of the direct. (2.) The perfect infinitive represents a perfect, imperfect, or pluperfect indicative of the direct. (3.) The future infinitive represents a future indicative of the direct. In translating indirect statements into Latin, determine what would probably have been the tense of the indicative used in the direct, and apply the above principles in choos- ing the tenses of the infinitive. Sometimes it is necessary to change the pronoun subject of the infinitive : — 1. Direct. — He says, " / am ruling" dicit, " rego" ; sub- ject (ego), 1st Person. 2. Indirect. — He says that he is riding, dicit se regere ; subject se, 3d Person. 355. Possum, / am able, I can, is compounded of pot- (potis or pote) and sum. Principal Parts : possum, posse, potui ; perfect infinitive, potuisse. THE VERB POSSUM 205 Indicative Pres., / can, or / am able Singular Imperf., I could, or / was able Fut., / shall be able I. 2. 3. possum potes potest poteram poteras poterat Plural potero poteris poterit I. 2. 3. possumus potestis possunt poteramus poteratis poterant poterimus poteritis poterunt Perf., / could, or / was able Singular Pluperf., / had been able Fut. Perf., I shall have been able I. 2. 3- potui potuistl potuit potueram potueras potuerat Plural potuero potueris potuerit I. 2. 3- potuimus potuistis potuerunt (- ere) potueramus potueratis potuerant potuerimus potueritis potuerint a. The perfect potui is for pot-fui. Compare this paradigm with that of sum (see 208). Note the change of -t to -s before -s, and the dropping of -f after -t. b. Possum is used with the complementary infinitive (126). Subjunctive Pres. Imperf. i. possim possem 2. possis posses 3. possit posset Singular Perf. l potuerim potueris potuerit Pluperf. potuissem potuisses potuisset 206 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Plural i. possimus possemus potuerlmus potuissemus 2. possitis possetis potuerltis potuissetis 3. possint possent potuerint potuissent Write the original form of all indirect statements in Ex. 357- 356. VOCABULARY adrogantia, -ae, f., arrogance, gravis, -e, grave, serious, pride severe Ariovistus, -I, m., Ariovistus, tristis, -e, sad a German chief cognosco, -ere, -novi, -nitus, conloquium, conloqul, n., con- learn, find out ; perf., ference know fortuna, -ae, f., fortune, fate iudico, -are, -avl, -atus, judge, nihil, indecl., n., notJiing decide spiritus, -us, spirit, pride, hie, adv., here, in this place insolence nam, conj., for 357. EXERCISES I. 1. Cognoscere, iudicavisse, cogniturus esse, respondl {two ways), respondisse, responsurus esse. 2. Potero, potuerint, potuisse, posse, potuimus, poteramus, poterunt, potuerunt. 3. Dicit se respondisse, respondere, respon- surum esse. 4. Dixit se cognoscere, cogniturum esse, cognovisse. 5. Sequani nihil in conloquio responderunt sed tristes manebant. 6. Dixit fortunam Sequanorum gravem fuisse. 7. Dicit Ariovistum virum magna adro- gantia spirituque esse. 8. Dixit Ariovistum virum magna adrogantia spirituque fuisse. 9. Sequani nihil respondere potuerunt. INDIRECT DISCOURSE 207 II. i. To judge, to be about to judge, to have found out, to have led, to be about to hear, to have seen. 2. To be, to have been, to be about to be, to be able, to be about to learn, to have been able. 3. I shall not be able to see the battle, they are not able to come. 4. The lieutenant says that he had found out nothing concerning the conference. 5. The mountains are higher than the hills, he said that the mountains were higher than the hills. 6. Ariovistus was a man of great ar- rogance and pride, for ■U -j .Li 1. /-> i Coins of Dumnorix and Vercingetorix. he said that Gaul was his province. 7. I know that the fortunes of the Sequa- nians are very serious. 358. Reading Lesson Sequani in conloqui5 nihil responderunt sed tristes mane- bant. Diviciacus autem pro ils respondit, " Fortuna Sequanorum gravior est quam reliquorum, quod Ariovistus in eorum finis suas copias introduxit et omnia eorum oppida occupavit. Qua de causa eius adrogantia splri- tusque magnus x erat." Multls de causls Caesar legatos ad eum de conloqui5 mittere constituit, quibus legatls Ariovistus respondit, " Ad Caesarem non veniam, nam neque sine magno exercitu in eas partis Galliae, quas 1 magnus and erat agree with spiritus, the nearest subject. 208 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Caesar occupavit, venire audeo, 1 neque exercitum sine magno negotio in unum locum condiicere possum." 359. Root mit-, send. mitto, / send missile, a javelin omitto, / neglect missio, a sending amitto, ? commissura, a joining together Form compound words with com, inter, per, prae, sub, and give meaning. Eng. Der. — Admit, omit, mission, promise, remit, re- mission, missionary. LESSON 49 THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, IRREGULAR— THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES — READING LESSON 360. Some adjectives are irregularly compared. The following is a list of the most important : — a - Positive Comparative Superlative bonus, -a, -um, good melior, -ius optimus, 2 -a, -um magnus, -a, -um, large maior, -ius maximus, -a, -um malus, -a, -um, bad peior, -ius pessimus, 3 -a, -um multus, -a, -um, plus (in sing., plurimus, -a, -um much neut. only) parvus, -a, -um, small minor, -us minimus, -a, -um Plus is thus declined : — Singular Plural Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. N. V. plus plures plura G. pluris plurium plurium 1 I dare. 2 Associate with optimist. 3 Associate with pessimist. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 209 Singular Plural Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. . D. — pluribus pluribus Ac. plus pluris, -es plura Ab. plure pluribus pluribus b. 1 Some comparatives and superlatives are formed from prepositions and adverbs and have no real positive : — cis, citra, prep., on citerior, -ius, hither citimus, -a, -um, this side of hithermost in, intra, prep., interior, -ius, inner intimus, -a, -um, within inmost prae, pro, prep., be- prior, prius, former primus, -a, -um, fore first prope, adv., near propior, -ius, nearer proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next ultra, adv., beyond ulterior, -ius, far- ultimus, -a, -um, ther farthest c. 1 The positive forms of the following seldom occur : — (exterus, -a, -um) exterior, -ius, extremus, -a, -um, out- outer most (inferus, -a, -um) inferior, -ius, infimus or imus, -a, -um, lower lozvest (posterus, -a, -um) posterior, -ius, postremus, -a, -um, last latter (superus, -a, -um) superior, -ius, supremus or summus, -a, higher -um, highest 361. Examine the following: — 1 . interior Gallia, the interior of Gaul 2. summus mons, the top of the mountain 1 The teacher should use his judgment as to how many of these should be required. 2IO A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE a. In the preceding English expressions interior and top are nouns modified by the prepositional phrases of Gaul, of the mountain. In the Latin, interior and summus are adjectives used in agreement with Gallia and mons, re- spectively. Learn carefully this difference in idiom. 362. Rule Adjectives of Order and Succession. — Superlatives {some- times also comparatives) are used in agreement with nouns to show what part of an object is designated. a. So also ceterus, -a, -um, the rest of; medius, -a, -um, the middle of; reliquus, -a, -um, the rest of Translate : the middle of the hill, the rest of the soldiers. b. From senex, old man, and iuvenis, young man, come the comparatives senior and iunior. 363. Examine the following : — 1 . Locus castris idoneus est, the place is suitable for a camp. 2. Puer fratri similis est, the boy is like his brother. 3. Nihil Caesari difficile erat, nothing was difficult for Caesar. 4. Germanis proximi sunt, they are nearest to the Germans. ■ a. In each sentence above the noun in the dative case depends upon an adjective. Notice the meanings of these adjectives. 364. Rule The Dative with Adjectives. — The dative is used zvith adjectives denoti?ig resemblance, fitness, nearness, and the like ; also with their opposites. Note. — Adjectives of fitness may be used with ad and the accusative. DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 211 365. mandatum, -1, n., order modus, -1, m., manner deterior, -ius, comp. adj., worse, of less value gratus, -a, -um, pleasing, agreeable idoneus, -a, -um, fit, suitable minis, -a, -um, wonderful, strange molestus, -a, -um, annoying, troublesome Ruins of Roman Theater. (Timgad, Algeria.) VOCABULARY proximus, ,-a, -um, nearest, next stipendiarius, -a, -um, tribu- tary ; m. pi. as noun, tributaries mando, -are, -avi, -atus, give into the hands of, order, intrust iterum, adv., a second time 366. EXERCISES I. 1. Mihi est amicus, tibi inimlcus, iniuria n5bis mo- lesta erat. 2. Caesar Ariovisto vectigalia deteriora faciet. 212 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 3. Liberalitas amicorum mihi grata est, iniuriae autem inimicorum molestae. 4. Aedui bello superati Ariovisto stipendiarii erunt. 5. His responsls datis in interiorem Galliam properavit. 6. Calamitate in medio colle accepta omnem exercitum iterum in castra duxit. 7. Summus mons a copiis pedestribus occupatus est. 8. In citeriorem Galliam maxima cum celeritate contendit. 9. Ad flumen properavit ut locum castrls idoneum deligeret. II. 1. To the nearest hill {inotioii), with a very small army, of very good plans, of a very bad man. 2. Of better disposition, in a larger place, at a better time, for smaller fields. 3. The sight of Caesar's army was more pleasing to the Aeduans than 1 to the Germans. 4. They say that this place is not suitable for a trench. 5. They announced a second time that the Germans were un- friendly to Caesar. 6. They said that the sight of the army was annoying to the enemy. 7. The infantry forces were drawn up on the middle of the hill. 8. They were frightened in a strange manner because the hostile army was drawn up on the nearest hill. 367. Reading Lesson His responsls ad Caesarem relatis, 2 iterum ad Ariovistum legatos cum iis mandatis misit : " Necesse est tibi obsides quos ab Aeduls habes, reddere, neque Aeduos neque eorum socios iniuria 3 lacessere." Ad haec 4 Ariovistus respondit, Aeduos, bello superatos, sibi stipendiaries esse. Caesarem magnam iniuriam facere, qui adventu su5 vecti- galia sibi deteriora faceret. 5 Se obsides Aeduls reddi- 1 Use quam. 8 unjustly {with injustice). 2 relatis, perf. pass, part., brought back. 4 these things, this. 5 was making. CLAUSES OF RESULT 213 turum non esse, sed cum Germanis bellum fortiter gesturum (esse). 368. Root fac-, make, do. f acio, / make, do factum, deed facilis, easy facies, appearance facultas, ability difficilis, hard Observe change in the root in composition. Form com- pound verbs with con, de, per, prae, making the same change in the root as in difficilis. Eng. Der. — Fact, factor, factory, faction, facility, defect. LESSON 50 ADVERBIAL AND SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF RESULT — REVIEW OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD — READING LESSON — WORD LIST VII 369. Study the following : — 1. Milites tarn acriter pugnaverunt ut oppidum caperent, the soldiers fought so bravely that they took the town. 2. Milites tarn pauci sunt ut oppidum non facile capere possint, the soldiers are so few that they cannot easily take the town. 3. Efficiam ut intellegatis, / will make you knozv {make that you know). 4. Eum continere non possum quin castra muniat, / can- not restrain him from fortifying the camp. a. The dependent verbs in the sentences above show the consequence or result of the acts denoted by the prin- cipal verbs. The clauses are called Clauses of Result, are introduced by ut when affirmative and by ut non when negative, and have their verbs in the subjunctive. In 1 214 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE A Street Scene in Pompeii showing a Merchant's Shop CLAUSES OF RESULT 21 5 and 2 these clauses modify the main verbs like adverbs, in 3 the clause ut intellegatis is the object of efficiam, and in 4 the clause quin . . . muniat is the object of continere. Notice that the law of sequence of tenses is observed. 370. Rules Adverbial Clauses of Result. — Adverbial clauses of result are introduced by ut when affirmative and by ut non when negative. They have their verbs in the subjunctive. Substantive Clauses of Result. — Substantive clauses of result may be used with ut and ut non as the objects of verbs of effecting, accomplishing, and tlie like, and with quin : as the objects 2 of verbs of hindering, refusing, and preventing, when these are negatived. Note. — Clauses of result are very often introduced by ita, 3 thus, so ; talis, -e, such ; tantus, -a, -um, so great ; tarn, 4 as. Learn these words. Make a review of the subjunctive mood (269 et seq.). 371. VOCABULARY exercitatio, -onis, f., practice, perterreo, -ere, -ul, -itus, skill terrify greatly mercator, -oris, m., trader, perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus, merchant disturb greatly vox, vocis, f., voice, word incredibilis, -e, incredible contineo, -ere, -ul, -tentus, tantus, -a, -um, so great restrain, keep back facile, adv., easily efficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, pro, prep. w. abl, in front effect, bring about, make of, before, in behalf of, instead of 1 Other particles used with the same meaning in this construction are ne and quominus. 2 They may be used also as the subjects of impersonal verbs. 3 Use with verbs. 4 Use with adjectives and adverbs. 2l6 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 372. EXERCISES I. i. Ita perterriti sunt ut fugerent, ita perturbati sunt ut in eo loco manere non possent. 2. Hostes ita vocibus Gallorum perturbati sunt ut statim arma traderent. 3. Ger- mani tarn ingenti magnitudine corporum erant ut nostrl eorum conspectum sustinere non possent. 4. Captivi ita fallebantur ut castra hostium demonstrarent. 5. Terror Gallorum et mercatorum tantus erat ut incredibili celeritate de colle alto decurrerent. 6. Mllites tarn incredibili exercitatione in armis erant ut omnis hostls facile super- arent. 7. Mercatores continere non possunt quin in finis Germanorum veniant. 8. Pro castrls sex horas manebant, neque retinerl potuerunt quin pila et hastas in nostros iacerent. II. 1. The soldiers fought so fiercely that they took the town within three hours. 2. The Germans were of so great skill in arms that they easily conquered their enemies. 3. We could not keep our men back from making an attack on the Gauls. 4. They made 1 the centurions flee with incredible speed. 5. The townsmen and merchants were so greatly terrified that they fled to the mountains. 373. Reading Lesson Aedul ad Caesarem veniebant quod Harudes eorum finis vastabant. Legati eorum dixerunt, " Obsidibus datis pacem Ariovisti redimere non possumus." 2 Treverl quoque veni- ebant quod Germanorum centum pagi ad ripas RhenI erant. Qua de causa Caesar ad Ariovistum magnis itineribus con- tendere constituit. Ariovistus autem Vesontionem quod 3 1 Use proper form of efficio with an ut clause. 2 we can. 3 The relative usually agrees in gender with its predicate noun, when it has one, rather than with its antecedent. WORD LIST VII 217 est maximum oppidum Sequanorum, occupare maturabat. Itaque Caesar iter avertit ad id oppidum, nam ibi omnium rerum quae usul ad bellum erant magna facultas erat. Caesar id oppidum occupavit et ibi praesidium disposuit. 374. Root leg-, gather. lego, t gather deligo, I choose legio, ? dlligentia, diligence diligenter, ? intellego, / know Eng. Der. — Coil, cull, collection, legion, legend, in- tellect, neglect. Form others; the English dictionary will help you in this and open a very interesting field of work. 375. WORD LIST VII acies fortuna mercator relinqud amplus gracilis mirus reprehend5 Ariovistus gratus modus se car us gravis molestus similis celer hie mora splritus circiter honor nam stipendiarius cognosco humilis nihil sui conloquium idoneus nos tantus contineo incredibilis paratus tempus culpa ingens perterreo triplex deduco itaque perturbo tristis deterior iterum possum tu dissimilis iudex potens vastus efficio iudico pro vos ego laetus proximus vox exercitatio mandatum quam facile mando reduco 218 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 51 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES — REVIEW OF COMPARISON- SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC — READING LESSON 376. ullus, -a, -um, any N. G. D. Ac. Ab. Masc. ullus OlllUS iilll ullum ullo Fern. ulla ulllus qui ullam ulla Neut. ullum ulllus ulli ullum ullo uter, -tra, two) Masc. uter utrlus utrl utrum utro -trum, zvhich (of Fern . utra utrlus utrl utram utra Neut. utrum utrlus utrl utrum utro a. Note the irregular forms in the genitive and dative singular in all genders and the exception to the general laws of quantity found in -ius of the genitive singular. The rest of the singular and the entire plural follow fidus and pulcher, respectively. Learn the following list of ad- jectives declined as above : — alius, -a, -ud, another alter, -era, -erum, the other neuter, -tra, -trum, neither (of two) solus, -a, -um, alone, only totus, -a, -um, whole, entire ullus, -a, -um, any nullus, -a, -um, no, none unus, -a, -um, one, alone uter, -tra, -trum, which (of two) b. Note the peculiar ending of alius in the neuter singular. c. Make a careful review of comparison, 342, 343, a and b, 360, a-e. 377. Study the following sentences : — 1. Erant qui venirent, there were some who came. SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC 219 2. Nemo est qui hoc non intellegat, there is no one who does not know this. 3. Quis est qui hoc non intellegat? Who is there that does not know this ? 4. Neque is erat qui f ugeret, he was not the man to flee (or such a man as to flee). a. In each of the above sentences a relative clause is used which describes the word which stands as the ante- cedent of the relative. Such clauses have their verbs in the subjunctive and are called Relative Clauses of Charac- teristic or Description. They follow the law of Sequence of Tenses (277, 278). They are regularly used after general expressions of existence (1) and non-existence (2), after questions implying a negative answer (3), and after certain demonstratives and adjectives, as : is, talis, unus, solus, and others. In such sentences as 2 and 3 above quin may stand for qui non. b. Compare these two sentences : — 1. Non erat is qui f ugeret, he was not the man to flee. 2. Non erat is qui fugit, he was not the man who fled. In 1 the clause qui fugeret, because its verb is in the subjunctive, describes the kind of man spoken of ; in 2 qui fugit, because its verb is in the indicative, states the fact that the man spoken of actually fled. Use this prin- ciple, where needed, in your exercises. 378. Rule The Subjunctive of Characteristic. — The subjunctive is used, especially after expressions of existence and non-exist- ence and questions implying a negative answer, to express a characteristic of the subject. 220 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE USE OF ALIUS AND ALTER 221 379- VOCABULARY Arar, -aris (ace. -im, abl. -I), quis, interrog. pron. (392), m., the Arar or Saone, a river in Gaul commeatus, -us, m., sup- plies, provisions consanguineus, -I, m., rela- tive, kinsman gloria, -ae, f., glory negotium, negoti, n., busi- ness, trouble salus, -utis, f., safety who ? alius . . . alius, one . . another alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other consuesco, -ere, -suevi, -sue- tus, become accustomed ; perf., be accustomed omnmo, adv., at all, all to- gether Note the difference between alius . . . alius and alter . . . alter. 380. A peculiar use of alius and alter is shown in the following : — Alius aliam in partem properavit, one hastened in one direction, another in another. 381. Rule Alius and alter repeated in another case express briefly a double statement. 382. EXERCISES I. 1. Ulllus, neutrms, ulli, neutri, alius, alius, alils, uni, sollus, nulllus, alii. 2. Alii bellum acriter gesserunt, alii salutem fuga petierunt. 3. Alterl gladium dedit, alteri scutum. 4. Quis est qui nesciat, nemo est qui nesciat, sunt qui nesciant. 5. Nemo est quin consueverit salu- tem suam paene omni modo petere. 6. Magno comme- atu magnoque negotio milites unum in locum conduxit. 222 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 7. Nullus est miles qui pro gloria patriae suae non pugnet. 8. Non erat talis qui terrore perturbarl posset. 9. Els persuasit ut e finibus maxima celeritate contenderent. 10. Nemo erat in Caesaris castrls quin (qui non) pro gloria imperatoris interficeretur. II. 1. Who is there whom his friends do not praise? 2. There is no one who is bringing together all the forces of the enemy. 3. One hastened to the hill, another ran down to the sea. 4. The one was accustomed to lead his army without provisions, the other with great trouble carried supplies on carts. 5. Who is there that will not drive out the enemies of the Roman people ? 6. They came by night to the river Arar and led the soldiers across the bridge. 383. Reading Lesson Interea ex vocibus Gallorum et mercat5rum, qui praedi- cabant Germanos ingenti magnitiidine corporum et incre- dibili virtute atque exercitatione in armls esse, tantus timor subito omnem exercitum occupavit, ut omnium men- tis perturbaret. His rebus cognitis, Caesar longa oratione centuriones omnium ordinum vehementer incusavit. Dixit eorum timorem f alsum esse, omnia enim sibi 2 curae futura esse. Hac oratione habita mentes omnium conversae sunt, summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli innata est. 2 384. Root ao, sharp. acer, s/iar/> acerbus, bitter, sour acies, edge, line of battle acus, needle acriter, ? acerbitas, sharpness Eng. Der. — Edge, acrobat, acid, acrimonius. 1 See 321, b, 4. 2 sprang up. FORMATION OF ADVERBS 223 LESSON 52 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS — REVIEW OF COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — READING LESSON 385. Adverbs are formed largely from adjectives : — Adjective Adverb 1. carus, base car-, dear care, dearly pulcher, base pulchr-, pulchre, beautifully beautiful liber, base liber-, free llbere, freely a. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions by adding -e to the base of the positive. 2. acer, base acr-, sharp acriter, sharply lenis, base leu-, smooth leniter, smoothly prudens, base prudent-, prudenter, prudently prudent a. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the third declension with two or three endings by adding -iter to the base of the positive, from adjectives of one ending by adding -ter to the base of the positive. When the base ends in -t, that letter is dropped before -ter. 3. multus, -a, -um, much multum, much subitus, -a, -um, sudden subito, suddenly facilis, -e, easy facile, easily a. Sometimes the neuter accusative singular is used as an adverb, as multum, facile ; sometimes the neuter abla- tive singular, e.g. subito. 224 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Review regular comparison of adjectives (342, 343, a and b). 386. The comparative of the adverb is the same as the neuter singular comparative of the adjective. The super- lative of the adverb is formed by adding -e to the base of the superlative of the adjective. Positive Comparative Superlative acriter acrius acerrime care carius carissime facile facilius facillime pulchre pulchrius pulcherrime 387. Review irregular comparison of adjectives (360, a-c) and learn the following : — bene, well melius, better optime, best male, ill peius, worse pessime, worst magnopere, greatly magis, moi multum, much plus, more parum, not enough minus, less maxime, most, especially plurimum, most minime, least Note resemblances to adjectives compared in 360, a. 388. postulatum, -1, n., demand sponte, abl., of one's own accord mea sponte, of my oivn ac- cord certus, -a, -um, certain, sure debeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, owe, VOCABULARY doleo ought ere, -ui, -lturus, suf- fer, grieve, be grieved intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clu- sus, cut off, shut off breviter, adv., briefly graviter, adv., gravely, seri- ously,' severely vigilanter, adv., watchfully COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 225 389. EXERCISES I. I. Acerrime pugnatum est, 1 acrius pugnatum erit, gravissime dolebat. 2. Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris breviter respondit. 3. Ariovistus dixit se non sua sponte in Galliam venisse. 4. Iustius est in Gallia imperium Caesaris quam Ariovisti. 5. Dixit se gravius quam amicum dolere. 6. Certa de causa nostros finis vigi- lantius defendere debemus. 7. Proe- lio destiterunt quod a commeatu diutius interclusi erant. II. 1. Most seri- ously, very watch- fully, quite briefly, for certain reasons. 2. I did not come into Gaul of my own accord. 3. There were some who said that they did not come into Gaul of their own accord. 4. He will more easily make the revenues of Ariovistus of less value. 5. He is more prudent than his friend, therefore he replies briefly to 2 the general's demands. Romans wearing Togas. 390. Reading Lesson Cognito Caesaris adventu, Ariovistus ad eum legatos misit, qui dicerent Ariovistum sine ullo periculo ad con- 1 Impersonal use of the passive of an intransitive verb ; lit., it was fought, translate they fought. 2 ad. 226 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE loquium venire posse. Caesar diem conloquio ex eo die quintum dixit. 1 Interea saepe inter eos legati mittebantur. Ariovistus ad conloquium sese n5n venturum esse nisi cum exercitu dixit. Itaque Caesar decimam legionem equls vehl 2 iussit. Ubi ad conloquium venerunt, 3 Caesar sua senatusque in eum beneficia commemoravit : 4 Ariovistum regem appellatum esse a senatu et amplissima munera ad eum missa esse. Tandem ea postulavit quae legatls dixerat. 391. Root sta-, stand. sto, / stand stabulum, ? statura, ? stabilis, firm statio, ? statim, immediately. Eng. Der. — State, station, stand, distant, constant, standard. LESSON 53 THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN — DIRECT AND INDI- RECT QUESTIONS — READING LESSON 392. The interrogative pronoun is used to ask a ques- tion directly, or to introduce a quoted question. In the English sentences : Who comes ? Whom do yon see ? What is this ? who, zvhom, and what are interrogative pronouns used in direct questions. In the sentences: / asked him whom he saw, He knows what is Iiere, He sees who is coming, whom, what, and who are interrogative pro- 1 appointed. 2 to be borne {to ride) on horses {on horseback). 3 Translate had come. 4 commemoravit implies a verb of saying followed by indirect discourse. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 227 nouns used in indirect questions. In Latin, the same uses occur except that indirect questions have their verbs in the subjunctive. 1 393. The substantive interrogative pronoun is thus declined : — Singular Masc. and Fern. Neut. N. quis, who ? quid, what ? which ? G. cuius, of whom ? whose ? cuius, of what ? zuhose ? D. cui, to or for whom ? cui, to or for what or which ? Ac. quern, whom ? quid, what ? which ? Ab. quo, with, from, etc., quo, with, from, etc., what whom ? or which ? a. The plural is declined like the relative (255). b. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod is declined like the relative in both singular and plural. 394. Study the following and distinguish interrogative pronouns and adjectives. a. Direct Questions : — 1. Quis me vocavit, who called me ? 2. Qui puer me vocavit, what boy called me ? 3. Quid vMes, what do you see ? 4. Quod animal vides, what animal do you see ? 5. Cuius pater fortis est, whose father is brave f 6. Quorum filii boni sunt, whose sons are good? b. Indirect Questions : — Q.„ [facias, ,. 7 7 {you are doing; or do. uaero quid^ , I ask whatV , . 7 . T I feceris, \you nave done or did. 1 Such questions are introduced, like direct questions, by interrogative pronouns, adjectives, or adverbs. 228 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 2. Quaerebam quid f you were do- P . ' I asked what ling or did. fecisses, [ you had done. Note. — You will see in b, i and 2, that the present and imperfect subjunctive in a subordinate clause express incomplete action, going on at the same time as that of the principal verb ; while the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive express completed action, finished before the time of the principal verb. 395- Rule Indirect Questions. — Indirect questions are used with words of asking, saying, knowing, and in general with verbs of mental action. TJiey have their verbs in the sub- junctive a7id follow the law of Sequence of Tenses (277, a-c, 278). 396. VOCABULARY vulgus, -i, n., crowd, com- conicio, -ere, -iecl, -iectus, mon people (an exception cast, hurl, throzv together in gender) consido, -ere, -sedi, -sessurus, adequito, -are, -avi, -atus, settle, eiicamp ride up produco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, committo, -ere, -misl, -mis- lead forward ox forth sus, commit, begin quaero, -ere, -sivi, -situs, ask. proelium committere, join quantus, -a, -um, interrog. battle and rel. adj., J 10 w great conclamo, -are, -avi, -atus, unde, interrog. and rel. adv., cry out wJience 397. EXERCISES I. 1. Quid erat impedlmento tribunis ? Scio quid im- pedimento tribunis sit. 2. Quis exercitum ad montem producit ? Scivl quis exercitum ad montem prodiiceret. INDIRECT QUESTIONS 229 3. Quaesivit cur equites AriovistI ad nostra castra ade- quitarent. 4. In vulgo mllitum quaesitum est quanta adrogantia esset Ariovistus. 5. Conclamans " Virum video," ad eura celerrime adequitavit et quaesivit unde venisset. 6. Sciam qui imperator proelium integrls viribus committat. 7. Scivit quo in loco exercitus iniml- cus consedisset. 8. Dux, tells con- iectls, ad hostis adequitat et ut obsides dent postulat. 9. Audiverunt quan- tus timor exercitum occupavisset. II. 1. Who are joining battle? They know who are joining battle. 2. What boy is at the river ? I know what boy is at the fountain. 3. They will ask why the horsemen of Ariovistus are rid- ing up to our camp. 4. Ariovistus sent messengers to Caesar to demand r a • • x. Roman Emperor. a conference. 5. Ariovistus was a man of so great boldness that he said, " This part of Gaul is mine." 398. Reading Lesson Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris pauca respondit, et de suis virtutibus multa praedicavit. Dixit se Rhenum non sua sponte transisse, 1 sed rogatum 2 et arcessitum 2 a Gallls ; non sese Gallls, sed Gall5s sibi, bellum intulisse ; 3 se prius in Galliam venisse quam 4 populum Romanum ; Caesarem 1 that he had crossed. 2 Participle agreeing with se. 3 Perf. Inf., had brought. * 4 priusquam, conj., before. This word is often separated into two parts by intervening words. 230 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE non amicum sed hostem esse ; provinciam suam hanc partem Galliae esse non Romanorum. Caesar autem re- spondit Galliam non : potius esse Ariovisti x quam populi Roman! ; aut 2 imperium R6man5rum iustissimum esse in Gallia aut 2 llberam debere esse Galliam. 399. Root fa-, shine, show. fabula, fable, story fama, 7'eport fabulosus, ? fas, right (by divine law) f abulose, ? nefas, ? Infans, infant Infandus, unspeakable tectum, fate (things spoken) Eng. Der. — Fable, fame, fate, nefarious, infamous. Form others. LESSON 54 REVIEW OF THE PASSIVE VOICE — QUESTIONS WITH nonne, num AND -ne— READING LESSON Make a careful review of the passive voice (95, 166, 171, 264). This will be easy if you have kept the forms in mind as the work has gone on. 400. Direct questions which are answered by yes or no occur with three different interrogative words, as follows : — 1 . Nonne Helvetii pacem conf irmant, do not the Helvetians establish peace ? 2. Num est paliis magna? the marsh is not large, is itf 1 did not belong to Ariovistus rather than to the Romans (was of). 2 aut . . . aut, either . . . or. QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 231 3. Videsne signum ? do you see the standard? a. Here nonne suggests the answer yes, num the answer no, and -ne, always enclitic, asks for information and sug- gests nothing as to the answer expected. 401. Answers. — These questions may be answered by repeating the verb — with non, if negative — or by using the affirmative adverbs vero, certe, ita, etc., or the negative adverbs non, minime, etc., as : — Pugnabatne, was he fighting ? Pugnabat, he was ; non pugnabat, he was not. Venitne, is he coming? Vero, certe, certainly; ita, yes ; non, no ; minime, by no means. 402. VOCABULARY aetas, -atis, f., age demonstro, -are, -avi, -atus, arbor, -oris, f., tree show, point out contumelia, -ae, f., affront, incito, -are, -avi, -atus, urge insult on, incite indignitas, -atis, f., indignity perspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec- claudo, -ere, clausi, clausus, tus, see through, perceive close up ; agmen claudere, deinde, adv., then, next bring up the rear identidem, adv., repeatedly quam, adv., how 403. EXERCISES I. 1. Num duo amici eadem 1 aetate erant? Non erant. 2. Nonne propter contumelias indignitatesque ad bellum incitatus est ? Incitatus est. 3. Clauditne agmen exer- citus qui identidem in hostis impetum fecit ? Non claudit. 4. Estne in ordinibus nostrorum perspectus ? Perspectus 1 the same. 232 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE est. 5. Nonne demonstrabat quo in loco nostri essent? Vero. 6. Dixitne quam multi legati in castrls Caesaris essent? Minime. 7. Quam multae arbores erant in agrls agricolae ? Centum arbores erant in agris agricolae. 8. Prlmum praesidia disponent, deinde Gallos a castrls repellent. II. 1. Did he not perceive that the lieutenant was bring- ing up the rear ? He did. 2. He did not perceive that the lieutenant was bring- ing up the rear, did he ? No. 3. Were the men incited to war by their brave leaders ? Yes. 4. Writing Materials. ~. .. , , . I hey did not show what the Helvetians were answering, did they? No. 5. Were the scouts and spies seen in the camp of the enemy ? They were. 404. Reading Lesson Dum haec geruntur, 1 Caesari nuntiatum est equites Ario- vistl propius tumulum 2 accedere et lapides telaque in nostros conicere. Certis de causls Caesar proelium non committere constituit ; itaque suos in castra reduxit. Post- quam nuntiatum est Ariovistum magna adrogantia usum esse, 3 multo mains studium pugnae exercitui iniectum est. 4 Bicluo post 5 Ariovistus ad Caesarem legatos de conloquio misit. Itaque Caesar C. Valerium Procillum, summa vir- tute virum, ad eum mittere constituit. Alius quoque, qui amicus AriovistI erat, missus est. Sed Ariovistus, legatos 1 While this ivas going on. 2 nearer to the mound. 3 usum esse is used with the abl. ; had used great arrogance. 4 was inspired in the army. 5 two days after. DEPONENT VERBS 233 videns in castris suis, conclamavit, " Quare ad me venis- tis? " et eos in catenas coniecit. 405. Root die-, show, point. dico, / say, tell index, pointer, witness abdico, ? _ ? dictator, ? iudex, law speaker, judge praedico, - edictum, ? iudicium, ? praedictio, ? Eng. Der. — Diction, dictionary, dictate, ditto, judge, edict, benediction. Form others. Do not forget the aid a large dictionary will give you. LESSON 55 DEPONENT VERBS— THE ABLATIVE WITH CERTAIN DEPONENTS — READING LESSON — WORD. LIST VIII 406. Certain verbs are active in meaning but passive in form. They have the participles of both voices. The per- fect participle has sometimes an active sense. Their prin- cipal parts are passive : — Present Indicative Present Infinitive Perfect Indicative i . conor, / attempt conari conatus sum 2. polliceor, I promise pollicerl pollicitus sum 3. utor, / use, enjoy uti usus sum 4. patior, / suffer, allozv pati passus sum 5. potior, / become master of potiri potitus sum Give translations in second and third columns of the above. a. For conjugation of deponents see 625. You will observe that they are conjugated largely like the passive voice of other verbs, with a few additional active forms. Select and remember these active forms. 234 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 407. Examine the following : — 1. Armls utitur, he ttses arms. 2. Provincia potitur, he becomes master of the province. Notice the case used here, and compare it with the English use of a direct object. 408. Rule Special Deponents. — Certain deponents, with their com- pounds, take the ablative. These verbs are : — utor, uti, usus sum, use, enjoy fruor, frul, fructus sum, enjoy fungor, fungi, functus sum, perform potior, potirl, potltus sum, become master of, gain posses- sion of vescor, vesci, , eat a. Inflect these verbs in the indicative and subjunctive. Write synopses in the third person singular. b. Learn this list. The ablative used with these verbs is an ablative of means. 409. VOCABULARY hospitium, hospiti, n., Jwspi- vereor, -eri, veritus sum, fear tality, friendship videor, -eri, visus sum, pas- mors, mortis, f., death sive of video, often used occasus, -us, m., setting; oc- as a deponent, seem, appear casus solis, sunset (w. complementary inf.) sedes, -is, f., seat, abode tandem, adv., at length Insequor, -qui, -cutus sum, usque, adv., even up to, as pursue, follow after far as 410. EXERCISES I. I. Hospitio fruimur, Gallia potitur, hostis Insequen- tur, periculum veriti sunt. 2. Multis magnum perlculum DEPONENT VERBS 235 mortis est, sed nos nihil veremur. 3. Pace frul debemus, multa enim proelia commisimus et potentissimas gentis superavimus. 4. Sedes in Gallia nobis a. te datae sunt, quibus maxime fruimur. 5. Caesar hostls Insequitur et eorum oppidls potltur. 6. Quaeslvit cur Sequanl tarn tristes viderentur. 7. Occasu solis manum magnam nrilitum praeter eum locum usque ad montem procedere iussit. II. 1. We shall enjoy peace, you have pursued the Gauls, they seemed to be our friends. 2. Caesar of his own accord gave them abodes in Gaul, which they en- joyed. 3. At sunset, drawing up a triple line of battle, they advanced quickly to the hill, in order that they might not be seen by the Gauls. 4. They fought even up to evening and enjoyed peace on the next day. 5. I know that they hastened on the next day to a place beyond Cae- sar's camp. 6. I know why they hastened on the next day to a place beyond Caesar's camp. 411. Reading Lesson Eo die Ariovistus castra promovit, et milibus passuum sex a. 1 Caesaris castris sub monte consedit. Postrldie eius die! praeter Caesaris castra suas copias traduxit et mili- bus passuum duobus ultra eum castra fecit. Caesar, ubi intellexit Ariovistum se castris tenere, ultra, eum locum circiter passus sescentos ab Germanls, locum castris ido- neum delegit, acieque triplicl Instructs, ad eum locum venit. Proximo die Caesar copias suas eduxit et aciem instruxit. Eo die acriter pugnatum est 2 usque ad ves- perum. Solis occasu Ariovistus, multls vulneribus ac- ceptis, suas c5pias in castra reduxit. 1 six miles away from. 2 they fought fiercely. Notice the idiom. 236 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE DEPONENT VERBS 237 412. Root es- sum, I am intersum, ? supersum, i exist. Insum, - subsum, absentia, essentia, absens, absent praesentia, Eng. Der. — Entity, essential, present, interest, ab- sentee, quintessence. 413. WORD LIST VIII adequito graviter polliceor aetas hospitium postulatum alius identidem potior alter incito produco arbor indignitas proelium bene insequor quaero breviter interclud5 quam certus magis quantus claudo magnopere quis commeatus male salus committ5 maxime sedes conclamo minus solus conicio mors sponte conor multum subitus consanguineus negotium tandem consido neuter ullus contumelia nullus unde debeo occasus usque deinde omnino uter demonstro parum iitor doled patior vereor fruor perspicid videor fungor plurimus vigilanter gloria plus vulgus 238 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 56 SEMI-DEPONENTS — DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS — READING LESSON 414. Semi-deponents. — Some verbs have the forms from the present stem active and the rest passive. These are called semi-deponents. Learn the following list : — Conj. Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. II. audeo, I dare audere, to dare ausus sum, I dared II. gaudeo, I rejoice gaudere, to rejoice gavisus sum, I re- joiced II. soleo, lam wont solere, to be wont solitus sum, I ivas wont III. fldo, I trust fidere, to trust fisus sum, I trusted a. Note the irregularity in the form of the perfect par- ticiple of gaudeo. Inflect audeo and fldo in the indicative and subjunctive. Write synopses in the third plural of gaudeo and soleo. 415. Some verbs are intransitive in Latin, and are used with a dative of the indirect object, while their English equivalents are transitive. The following examples illus- trate the use of such verbs : — 1. Suis militibus favet, he favors his soldiers (shows favor to). 2. Mihi credit, he believes me (gives belief to me). 3. Aeduis imperavit, he ordered the Aeduans (gave orders to). 4. Huic legion! confidebat, lie trusted this legion (gave confidence to). 5. Hostibus restitit, he resisted the enemy (gave resist- ance to). DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS 239 6. Helvetils persuasit, he persuaded the Helvetians {of- fered persuasion to). 7. Paci studuit, he desired peace {gave attentiofi to). a. Learn these examples, noticing carefully the mean- ing of the verbs, and the fact that they govern the dative case. Observe that they contain the idea of giving, and fit an indirect object. b. In the passive the dative is retained, and the verb is used impersonally, as: I zvas persuaded by him, mini ab eo persuasum est. Note the ablative of the personal agent with a, used instead of the nominative of the active. 416. Rule The Dative with Special Verbs. — Some verbs, intransitive in Latin though transitive in English, are followed by a dative of the indirect object. Such are verbs signifying to favor, please, trust, assist, command, obey, serve, resist, pardon, threaten, spare, and others of similar nature. 417. VOCABULARY alacritas, -atis, f., eagerness, Ignosco, -ere, -novi, -notus, alacrity pardon lux, lucis, f., light ; prima noceo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, in- luce, adverbial phrase, at jitre daybreak parco, -ere, peperci, parsurus, studium, studi, n., zeal, de- spare sire persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -sua- tumulus, -1, m., mound surus, persuade credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, believe resisto, -ere, -stiti, , resist faveo, -ere, favl, fauturus, ob, prep. w. ace, on account favor of vix, adv., scarcely, hardly 240 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 418. EXERCISES I. i. Mihi persuasit, tibi persuasum est, el vix credidit, amicis favet, amicis ab eo favetur. 2. Ausus erat, fisi , erimus, gavisus est, W populus Romanus «^m his Ignoverat. 3. WjL. Maior alacritas studi- umque belli exercitui iniectum est. 4. lis ut in Italiam venlrent persuasit. 5. Ario- vistus gavisus est Caesarem copias pe- destris ad tumulum non duxisse. 6. Hostibus a Caesare non nocebitur. 7. Prima luce proelium commiserunt et hostibus diu restite- runt. 8. Sunt in exercitu qui hostibus parcant. II. 1. I shall re- joice, we dared, they had trusted, we shall have rejoiced, you have been wont. 2. I rejoiced that my friends had been faithful to me. 3. The soldiers on account of their eagerness and zeal for battle resisted the enemy a long \ Aquilifer. DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS 241 time. 4. For a certain reason Caesar spared the Gauls ; he said that for a certain reason Caesar spared the Gauls. 5. Who is there that does not favor his friends ? 419. Reading Lesson Postridie eius die! Caesar praesidio castris paucos re- liquit. Ipse, triplicl acie Instructs., usque ad castra hostium accessit. Turn demum German! suas copias castris edu- xerunt. Caesar ipse a dextro cornu 1 proelium commisit. Nostrl acriter in hostls, slgnd dato, impetum fecerunt, et diu in uno loco pugnatum est. Tandem hostes fugere coeperunt, neque prius fugere destiterunt quam 2 ad flumen Rhenum, milia passuum ex eo loco circiter quinquaginta, pervenerunt. Multi in ea pugna atque fuga occisi sunt. Ariovistus ipse evasit. 420. Root da-, give. do, I give dono, I give > donate edo, I give out dedo, I give tip donum, ? trado, I give over deditio, f vendo, / sell traditio, ? Eng. Der. — Date, dot, dative, edition, donate, donor, traitor, vend. LESSON 57 THE DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS — READING LESSON 421. The demonstratives are : hie, this ; is, this or that ; ille, that; iste, that ; idem, the same. The intensive pro- 1 on the right zving. 2 neque . . . quam, and did not cease to flee until; priusquam is often separated into parts by intervening words. 242 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE noun is ipse. Idem is the demonstrative is with the em- phatic suffix -dem ; its first part only is declined. Ipse alone has a vocative. They are declined as follows : — Singular Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. N. hie haec hoc ille ilia illud G. huius huius huius illius illius illius D. huic huic huic illi ill! illi Ac. hunc hanc hoc ilium illam illud Ab. hoc hac hoc illo ilia illo Plural N. hi hae haec illi illae ilia G. horum harum horum illorum illarum illorum D. his his his illis illis illis Ac. hos has haec illos illas ilia Ab. his his his illis illis illis N.V. ipse ipsa G. ipsius ipsius D. ipsi ipsi Ac. ipsum ipsam Ab. ipso ipsa N.V. ipsi ipsae G. ipsorum ipsarum D. ipsis ipsis Ac. ipsos ipsas Ab. ipsis ipsis Singular ipsum Idem eadem idem ipsius eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem ipsi eldem eidem eldem ipsum eundem eandem idem ipso eodem eadem eodem Plural ipsa Idem eaedem eadem (eldem) ipsorum eorundem earundem eorundem ipsis ilsdem ilsdem ilsdem (eisdem) (eisdem) (eisdem) ipsa eosdem easdem eadem ipsis ilsdem ilsdem ilsdem (eisdem ) (eisdem) (eisdem) DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS 243 a. Iste, ista, istud is declined like ille. Notice the resemblance in the genitive and dative singular to the irregular adjectives (376). b. Observe the change from m to n before d in forms of idem. c. The demonstratives have both an adjective and a substantive use : hie puer, this boy ; hie, this person, he, etc. In their adjective use they regularly precede the nouns to which they belong. d. Hie is used of that which is near the speaker, iste of that which is near the person spoken to, ille of that which is remote from the speaker. Ille often means that well- known or famous person, or tiling, and in this use regularly follows its noun. e. Hie often means the latter {near the speaker), ille the former (remote from the speaker). /. Ipse is used with the personals, alone, or with a noun : ego ipse, / myself ; ipse, he himself ; vir ipse, the man himself. Distinguish carefully ipse, self, from ille, that, also the reflexive sui from the intensive ipse. The following illustrate these differences : — 1. Puer ipse, the boy himself ; ille puer, that boy. 2. Vir se laudat, the man praises himself ; vir ipse laudat, the man himself praises {somebody else). 422. VOCABULARY Insidiae, -arum, f. pi., am- interior, gen. -oris, com p. bush, snares adj., interior rumor, -oris, m., rumor ulterior, gen. -oris, comp. citerior, gen. -oris, comp. a.d]., farther adj., hither commoveo, -ere, -movl, Consul, attended by Lictors. (244) DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS 245 -motus, move greatly, proficlscor, -1, -fectus sum, set alarm out, advance coniuro, -are, -avi, -atus, non solum . . . sed etiam, conspire correlative conjunction, populor, -ari, -atus sum, not only . . . but also ravage 423. EXERCISES I. 1. 111! puero, huius puellae, ei regno, iste homo, homo ipse, eiusdem rumoris, in eadem palude. 2. Exercitus eandem alacritatem et exercitationem in armls praebuit. 3. Quod 1 his idoneum est non est idoneum illls. 4. Ru- moribus audltis profectus est ut in interiorem 2 Galliam per- venlret. 5. Ilia pars Galliae ulterior appellata est, haec citerior. 6. Non solum cum hostibus populi RomanI coniuraverunt sed etiam legatos in multas civitates de bello miserunt. 7. Imperator ipse insidiis captus est neque se liberare potuit. 8. His rumoribus commotus Caesar ad interiorem Galliam profectus est. II. 1. To this camp, for that army, of the same am- bush, the attack itself, that attack, his practice in arms. 2. We blame ourselves, we ourselves blame the man. 3. This man praises himself ; that man blames his friends. 4. The former remains in the city, the latter is setting out for the lake. 5. Moved by these frequent rumors he set out for hither Gaul. 6. They say that the Belgae are conspiring against the Roman people. 424. Reading Lesson Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hlbernis, crebri rumores ad eum adferebantur et certior fiebat 3 omnis Bel- 1 (id) quod, that -which. 2 See 361, 362. 3 certior fiebat, he was informed. 246 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE gas contra populum Romanum coniurare obsidesque inter se : dare. His nuntils commotus Caesar duas legiones in citeriore Gallia conscrlpsit, et inita aestate 2 in interiorem Galliam cum els Q. Pedium legatum mlsit. Ipse, cum pabuli c5pia esse inciperet, 3 ad exercitum venit. Fmitiml Belgarum Caesarl nuntiaverunt exercitum hostium in unum locum conduci. Quare Caesar ad eos proficiscl constituit. Re frumentaria comparata, castra movet, diebusque circiter qulndecim ad finis Belgarum pervenit. 425. Root ag-, drive. ago, / drive agito, I put in motion agmen, line of march agilis, ? actor, ? exiguus, driven out, scanty agitatio, ? cogo, / drive together exigo, ? Eng. Der. — Acre, act, agriculture, cogent, agent, cogi- tate, ache. Find others. LESSON 58 THE GERUND — READING LESSON 426. The gerund is a verbal noun found only in the oblique cases of the neuter singular. It has the construc- tion of other nouns, and the meaning of the English verbal in -ing. Distinguish this verbal in both English and Latin from the present participle. In the expression ars scribendi, the art of writing, scribendl is a gerund and 1 to one another. 2 in the beginning of summer. 3 when there began to be. THE GERUND 247 writing the verbal in -ing ; while in the statement eum scrlbentem vldl, I saw him writing, scribentem and writi?ig are both present participles. CONJ. 1 G. vocandl D. vocando Ac. vocandum Ab. vocando CONJ. G. D. Ac. 1 Ab. 1 11 in monendl regendi monendo regendo monendum regendum monendo regendo IV audiendl audiendo audiendum audiendo III capiendi capiendo capiendum capiendo Write synopses of the model verbs, including the gerund. a. The gerund is formed from the present stem of the verb by adding -ndl, -ndo, -ndum, -ndo to make the several cases. Note in the table above the shortening of the long stem vowels before -nd and certain other changes in the fourth conjugation and in -io verbs of the third. 427. 1. Magister artem legend! docet, the master teaches the art of reading. 2. HI libri idonei sunt legendo, these books are suitable for reading. 3. Magister mihi libros ad legendum dat, the master gives me books to read {for reading). 4. Magister sapiens legendo factus est, the master was made wise by reading. a. Note carefully in the above examples the use of the gerund in each of the oblique cases, depending upon artem, idonei, dat, and factus est, respectively. 248 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 428. i. Consilium pacem confirmandi, a plan for estab- li siting peace. 2. Magister sapiens factus est libros legendo, the master was made wise by reading books. a. Note that the gerund in these sentences governs an object in the same case as any other form of the verb. Caution. — Use the gerund with an object only when the gerund itself stands in the genitive or in the ablative without a preposition. 429. Rule The Gerund. — The gerund as a noun has the construc- tion of other nouns, and as a verb retains its power of gov- erning an object. 430. VOCABULARY ars, artis, f., art tus, join together ; se con- imperatum, -1, n., order, com- iungere, unite, join them- mand selves together with potestas, -atis, f ., power doceo, -ere, -ui, -tus, teach victoria, -ae, f., victory lego, -ere, legl, lectus, collect, se suaque omnia, ace. pi, read themselves and all their diligenter, adv., promptly, property diligently bello, -are, -avi, -atus, wage ad diem, prepositional war phrase, to the day coniungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunc- 431. EXERCISES I. i. Bellandi spes, vincendi cupiditas, legend! studium, el arma ad bellandum dedit. 2. Omnibus militibus erat THE GERUND 249 magnum bellandl studium. 3. Labienus suds in locum omnibus rebus idoneum pugnando duxit. 4. Remi dl- xerunt se cupiditatem bellandl non habere sed se suaque omnia in potestatem Caesaris permittere. 5. Laeta spe victoriae se magno studio bellandl ad hoc proelium con- iunxerunt. 6. Dlligenter ad diem studio maximo bellandl cum Belgis se coniunxerunt. 7. Maxima ala- critate Caesaris imperata fece- runt. II. 1. Zeal for 1 conquering, desire for 1 wag- ing war, hope of hastening to the mountains, a place suitable for encamping. 2. Caesar had 2 a very great desire for waging war. 3. These books are not suitable for reading. 4. A desire for vic- tory and a hope of conquering were inspired in Caesar's army. 3 5. They intrusted themselves and all their prop- erty to Caesar in order that they might be saved by him. 6. They will do everything promptly to the day in order to have 4 a hope of conquering. Battering Ram. 43 2 - Reading Lesson Rem! ad Caesarem legatos, prlmos civitatis, mlserunt, qui dixerunt Remos se suaque omnia in potestatem populi RomanI permittere, paratosque esse et obsides dare et 2 Dat. of possessor. 3 Dative. 4 Note all signs of subjunctive construction. 250 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE imperata facere ; reliquos omnls Belgas in armls esse, Germanosque, qui cis Rhenum incolant, 1 sese cum his coniunxisse. Caesar Remos cohortatus, omnem senatum ad se convenire, principumque Hberos ad se adducl, iussit. Quae omnia ab his diligenter ad diem facta sunt. 433. Root ten-, stretch, hold. tendo, / stretch tenax, ? tenuiter, ? teneo, / hold tenaciter, ? tenuitas, ? tener, tender tenacitas, ? tenuo, / make thin Note the correspondence of Latin -tas to English -ty. Form derivatives. LESSON 59 THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE — SOME WAYS OF EX- PRESSING PURPOSE — READING LESSON 434. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective made from the present stem of the verb in the same way as the Gerund, but it is found in both numbers and in all genders and cases. It is always accompanied by a noun or pronoun with which it agrees in gender, number, and case. a. Make a careful study of the following examples of gerund and gerundive uses, comparing them so thoroughly with each other that you will always be able to distinguish them. Refer to the caution under 428. 435. 1. Nulla erat spes a. pacem faciendi (gerund), there was no hope of making peace. 1 dwell. For reason for subjunctive see 557, 2. THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 25 1 b. pads faciendae (gerundive), there was no hope of mak- ing peace. 2. Tempus erat idoneum a. paci faciendae (gerundive), the time was suitable for making peace. 3. Misit legatos a. ad pacem faciendam (gerundive), he sent ambassadors to make peace. 4. Consilia fecit a. de pace facienda (gerundive), he made plans for mak- ing peace. 5. Sapiens f actus est a. libros legendo (gerund), he was made wise by reading books. b. librls legendis (gerundive), he was made wise by read- ing books. In the above examples observe carefully and learn the following points : — 1. The gerund with an object or the gerundive in agree- ment with a noun or pronoun may be used in the genitive case or in the ablative without a preposition. 2. In all other cases the gerundive in agreement with a noun or pronoun takes the place of a gerund with an object. Here the noun or pronoun takes the case which the gerund, if used, would have had. 1 3. The gerund and gerundive are translated alike. 1 This construction seems to be preferred even with the genitive and the ablative without a preposition. 252 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 436. We have seen that purpose may be expressed by the use of a subordinate clause introduced by ut, nega- tive ne, or by a relative pro- noun (283, 284, 295, 296). It is also expressed by the use of the gerund or the gerundive, as you will see in the following exam pies: — Venit a. pacem faciendi causa (gerund), he came to make peace {for tJie purpose of making). b. pacis faciendae causa (gerundive), he came to make peace {for the purpose of making). c. ad pacem faciendam (gerundive), he came to make peace {for the purpose of making). In the construction of a and b above, causa always follows the gerund or ge- rundive. Archer. Caution. — Use the ge- rundive, not the gerund, with an object, when a preposition occurs in the construction. 437. Rule The Gerundive Construction. — The gerundive construction is used by preference instead of the gerund where the latter THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 253 would, if used, take a direct object. This object is then put into the case in which the gerund, if used, would have been, and the gerundive agrees with it in gender, number, and case. a. Do not forget that the gerund is always a noun and the gerundive always an adjective. 438. VOCABULARY causa, abl., f.,for the sake of, arbitror, -an, -atus sum, always placed after a limit- think, suppose ing genitive coepl, -isse, perf . tense ; de- funditor, -oris, m., slinger fective verb, began Sagittarius, -I, m., archer expugno, -are, -avi, -atus, take cupidus, -a, -um, eager for y by storm, capture desirous of, w. genitive egregie, adv., excellently satis, adv., enough, sufficiently 439. EXERCISES I. 1. Funditores cupidi bellandi, ad has res conficiendas, paludis videndae causa. 2. Pabulum flagitandl causa, spes pacem petendi, spes pads petendae, ad exercitum distinendum. 3. Ad eas res conficiendas annum satis esse arbitratus est. 4. Multis oppidls ex itinere expugna- tis maximum studium pads faciendae mentis omnium occu- pavit. 5. Spes erat magna legat5 regnum occupandl. 6. Funditores sagittarilque ad muros magna cum spe oppidl expugnandl pervenerunt. 7 . Magno impetii castra oppugnant in loco quo nostri ad ea defendenda missi sunt. II. 1. For the purpose of persuading, to accomplish ail these things, a desire for wintering in Gaul. 2. They were sent to conquer the enemy, they will come to cut down the bridge. 3. Caesar had a great desire for carry- ing on war. 4. Their hope of capturing the town was 254 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE great,. I think that their hope of capturing the town was great. 5. The camp was excellently fortified, but there were few men to defend 1 it. 6. There were some who 2 had no hope of defending the towns. Slinger. 440. Reading Lesson A castrls Romanorum oppidum Remorum, nomine Bibrax, aberat mllia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu Belgae oppugnare coeperunt. Cum proell flnem nox fecis- set, Jccius, vir summa nobilitate et gratia inter Remos, qui turn oppido 3 praefuerat, nuntium ad Caesarem mlsit qui 1 Use proper form of subjunctive (283, a, 6). 2 Dat. of possessor. 3 Dat. with praefuerat, had been in command of. PREPOSITIONS 255 diceret; sese diutius sustinere non posse. Caesar statim auxilium mlsit, sagittarios et funditores, quorum adventu oppidum reliquerunt hostes et ad Caesaris castra omnibus copils contenderunt. Caesar fossam perduxit, castella c5n- stituit, tormenta conlocavit. Hoc facto, duabus legionibus in castrls relictis, reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie constituit. Hostes quoque suas copias Instruxerunt. 441. Root cap-, take. capio, I take capto, I take eagerly praecipue, especially capax, ? captatio, ? principium, beginning capacitas, ? captlvus, ? caput, head Form compound verbs with con, de, ex, per, re, and give meanings. Note change in root vowel in forming com- pounds. Eng. Der. — Capture, captive, captivate, reception, ac- ceptable, accept. LESSON 60 PREPOSITIONS — REVIEW OF MEANS AND AGENCY — READING LESSON — WORD LIST IX 442. Prepositions in Latin are properly used with two cases only, the accusative and the ablative. Some govern the accusative only, some the ablative only, and some the accusative or the ablative with a difference of meaning. 443. Study carefully the following examples : — 1. Ab urbe properavit, he hastened away from the city. 2. Ex urbe properavit, he hastened out of the city. 3. De urbe properavit, he hastened down from the city. A- In urbem venit, he came into the city. (256) PREPOSITIONS 257 5. Ad urbem venit, he came to the city. 6. In castra venit, he came into the camp. 7. In castrls manebat, lie remained in the camp. 8. Sub pontem venit, he came under the bridge. 9. Sub ponte manebat, he remained under the bridge. Fix in mind the meaning of each of the above preposi- tions and the case or cases governed by each. 444. Rules Special Prepositions. — 1 . Ab is used where motion away from a place is to be expressed, ex where motion out of a place ; and de where motion down from a place is indicated. 2. In and sub govern the accusative with verbs of motion, the ablative with verbs of rest. 3. Ad is used where motion to a place and in where mo- tion into a place is indicated. a. These points may be conveniently illustrated by the following diagram : — Urbs ex urbe -< ab urbe • in urbem. in urbe ad urbem \ I de urbe b. The following are the most important prepositions governing the ablative case only : — a or ab, away from coram, in the presence of cum, with de, down from e or ex, out of prae, before, in front of pro, for, before, in behalf of, instead of sine, without 258 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE c. All others given in this book (and nearly all others in the language), except in and sub, govern the accusative. Therefore the memorizing of this list will settle for you, at once and forever, the question of what case to use with each preposition. 445. VOCABULARY remus, -1, m., oar lacesso, -ere, -Ivi, -ltus, excite, Suessiones, -um, m., the provoke Suessiones, a people of permoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus, Gaul move greatly, alarm velum, -I, n., sail postrldie, adv., on the day vinea, -ae, f., shed (for pro- after, used w. following tection of besiegers) genitive ; postrldie eius comporto, -are, -avi, -atus, diei, on the day after that briiig together, collect day 446. EXERCISES I. 1. In Italia, in Italiam, sub ponte erat, sub pontem navigavit, cum multls amlcis, praeter finis Gallorum. 2. Eo tempore magno cum clamore ad flumen Ararim contenderunt. 3. Postrldie eius die! castra reliquerunt quod montes ab hostibus tenebantur. 4. Initium fugae a Dumnonge factum est, quare frater eius graviter dolebat. 5. Haec navis remis agitur, ilia veils. 6. Aedui crebrls proelils a Germanis lacessitl ad Caesarem legatos miserunt qui auxilium peterent. 7. Ad muros vlneas maxima cum celeritate egerunt. II. 1. Why were the soldiers praised by their com- manders ? 2. On the third day the grain will be collected from the fields into the city. 3. We have come hither into the woods because the towns have been attacked by WORD LIST IX 259 the enemy with fire and sword. 4. They were greatly moved by the rumors which were reported by the scouts. 5. The forces of Caesar are in hither Gaul and will hasten into winter quarters. 447- Reading Lesson Equites hostium cum nostrls pro palude contenderunt. Caesar copias suas in castra reduxit. Hostes statim ad flumen Axonam properaverunt et partem suarum copiarum traducere conati sunt, ut castellum, cui praeerat legatus, expugnarent et pontem interscinderent. Caesar omnis equites et funditores sagittariosque pontem traduxit, et ad eos contendit. In eo loco acriter pugnatum est. Nostri magnum numerum hostium occiderunt. Concilio convo- cato, hostes domum : contendere et suos finis defendere constituerunt. Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia 2 magno cum tumultu castris egress! sunt. Caesar Insidias veritus copias suas castris continuit. 448. Root reg-, stretch, guide. rego, / ride regio, I'egion rex, king regina, queen regno, / reign regnum, regalis, regaliter, — rector, ? Eng. Der. — Regal, direct, rector, correct, correction, incorrigible. 449- ad diem alacritas WORD LIST IX arbitror aude5 ars bello causa coepl 1 ho?ne (452, 453) . 2 in the second watch (somewhere between nine and twelve in the evening). 260 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE commoveo funditor prima luce satis comporto gaudeo non solum . . . se suaque confido hie sed etiam omnia coniungo Idem ob soleo coniuro Ignosc5 parco studeo coram ille permove5 studium credo imperatum populor Suessiones cupidus Insidiae postridie tumulus diligenter interior potestas ulterior doceo ipse prae velum egregie iste proficlscor vero expugno lacesso remus victoria fave5 lego resisto vinea fido lux Sagittarius vix LESSON 61 CONSTRUCTIONS OF PLACE 450. Note use and omission of prepositions in the fol- lowing : — 1. A Gallia navigavit, he sailed away from Gaul. 2. Roma profectus est, he set out f rout Rome. 3. Ex urbe egressus est, he went out of the city. 4. Delo venit, he came from Delos. 1 5. Domo exiit, he went out from home. a. In the above, motion from or out of a place is ex- pressed. 1 Delos is a small island in t.tte. Aegean Sea. CONSTRUCTIONS OF PLACE 261 451. Rule The Place from Which. — The place from which is regu- larly expressed by the ablative with a preposition, generally ab, de, or ex ; but names of towns and small islands, also domus and rus, omit the preposition. 452. Note in the following the use and omission of prepositions and the classes of nouns with which they are omitted. 1. Ad finis Belgarum properat, he hastens to the territory of the Belgae. 2. Romam profectus est, he set out for Rome. 3. In Italiam venit, he came into Italy. 4. Delum navigavit, lie sailed to Delos. 5. Domum contendet, he will hasten home. 6. Rus venit, he came into the country. 453- Rule The Place to Which. — The place to which or into which is regularly expressed by the accusative with a preposition ; but names of towns and small islands, also domus and rus, omit the preposition. 454. Note very carefully the use and omission of prepositions and the forms of the nouns in the follow- ing:— 1. In urbe mansit, he remained in the city. 2. Romae mansit, he remained in Rome. 3. Athenis fuit, he was at Athens. 4. Dell non f ui, / was not at Delos. 5. Rex erat Curibus, the king was at Cures. 6. Domi eramus, we zvere at home. 262 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE a. In i you find the place in which expressed by the ablative with the preposition in. This use is regular with most nouns. In 2-6 you find a case which is new to you, but which in some of its forms is the same as the dative or ablative. This case is called the Locative (cf. locus, place), which in singulars of the first and second declen- 1 .,i m Mil mmm £££ B* - fefife»^l£ Delos. sions is like the genitive, but in singulars of the third de- clension and in all plurals is like the dative or ablative. The locative forms of domus and rus are doml and run (rarely rure). 455- Rule The Place in Which. — The place in which is regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in ; but names of towns and small islands, also domus and rus, are put into the locative. CONSTRUCTIONS OF PLACE 263 456. VOCABULARY Athenae, -arum, f. pi., Athens levis, -e, light Cures, -ium, f. pi., Cures consentio, -Ire, -sensl, -sensus, Delos, -1, f ., Delos agree with, conspire res frumentaria, rei frumen- egredior, -1, -gressus sum, go tariae, f ., grain supply or march out rus, ruris, n., country (op- impono, -ere, -posul, -positus, posed to city) place tipon, assign vivo, -ere, vixl, vlctus, live 457. EXERCISES I. I. Deli, Athenis, Athenas, Curibus, domum, rus, run, doml, Romae. 2. Omnes consentiunt melius esse rem frumentariam Romam portare. 3. Impetu facto in multa oppida, Romam statim profectus est. 4. Rebus frumentariis conlectls, Delum cum maxima multitudine profectus erat. 5. Levi curru ab urbe domum revertit. 6. Athenis sunt multl et fortes viri, qui statim Delum navi- gabunt. 7. Multos annos ruri vixit, sed denique in urbem venit. 8. Re frumentaria iumentis imposita, curru Romam vectus est. II. 1. He came to Rome on the tenth day and set out immediately for Athens. 2. Grain supplies were brought to Delos, for the inhabitants feared an attack of the enemy. 3. You will come immediately into the country, for there is lack of a grain supply in the city. 4. He will have set out for Delos within four days. 5. He lives in Athens, a very beautiful city, 1 but he comes often to Rome. 6. They are coming from the city to the country. 1 Abl. either with or without in if it stands after the word for Athens; with the preposition if it stands before it. 264 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 458. Root man-, ma-, measure. manus, hand manceps (manus + capio), one mando, I put into the hand, who takes by the hand, pur- order chaser mandatum, ? manipulus, handful, company Eng. Der. — Manacle, manage, manifest, manner, man- ual, manufacture, manuscript, maintain, maneuver. LESSON 62 REVIEW OF CARDINALS AND ORDINALS — ABLATIVE OF DEGREE OF DIFFERENCE — Cum CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE— READING LESSON Make a careful review of 287, 288, 311. 459. Study and carefully compare the following sen- tences : — 1. Puer multo maior est quam soror, the boy is much larger than his sister (larger by mucli). 2. Flumen multis pedibus altius est quam fossa, the river is many feet deeper than the ditch. Multo and multis pedibus are each in the ablative case and express the degree of difference between two persons or things. 460. Rule The Degree of Difference. — The ablative is used without a preposition to express the degree of difference between two persons or l V kings. 461. a. The conjunction cum meaning since introduces a Causal Clause and takes the subjunctive. CUM CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE 265 b. Cum meaning although introduces a Concessive Clause and takes the subjunctive. Study the following illustra- tions. 1. Cum nobis naves non essent, transire non potuimus, since we did not have boats, we could not cross. 2. Cum nobis naves essent, tamen non transivimus, al- though we had boats, yet we did not cross. In 1 cum is causal, in 2 concessive. Note sequence of tenses (277, 278). 462. Rule Cum Causal and Concessive. — Cum causal and concessive is followed by the subjunctive. The law of sequence of tenses is observed. 463. VOCABULARY numerus, -i, m., number, conservo, -are, -avi, -atus, quantity save, preserve, spare, w. possessio, -onis, i., possession accusative socius, soci, m., ally intercede, -ere, -cessi, -cessu- perpetuus, -a, -um, perpetual rus, be between, intervene singuli, -ae, -a, single, indi- ante, adv., before vidual, separate, one-by-one post, adv., after conloco, -are, -avi, -atus, set, cum, conj. (causal and con- place cessive), since, although tamen, conj., nevertheless 464. EXERCISES I. 1. Tribus diebus ante, post duobus annis, iunior decern annis, tribus annis senior. 2. Duobus ante diebus ad murum venit et ibi tormenta conlocavit. 3. Cum legi- ones singulae procederent facile superatae sunt. 4. Cum 266 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE legiones singulae procederent, tamen ab hostibus superatae non sunt. 5. Cum oranes, et viri et llberi, conservarentur, Galli gavlsl sunt. 6. Cum in deditionem accept! sint, tamen gaudere non possunt. 7. Caesar, obsidibus accep- tis, cum in deditionem Suessiones accepisset, exercitum reduxit. Ruins of Dwelling, Delos. II. I. Three days after, two days before, three years ago (before), two months younger, a ditch three feet longer. 2. Since their redoubts are fortified, we will not f attack the enemy. 3. Although our redoubts are forti- fied, yet we will not attack the enemy. 4. He says that a great quantity of baggage was between the two legions. 5. The allies of the Roman people were provoked for many years by the injustice of Ariovistus. 6. On the fifth day they stormed the redoubts in order to capture the camp. COMPOUNDS OF SUM 267 465. Reading Lesson Postrldie eius die! Caesar in finis Suessionum, qui proximl Remis erant, exercitum duxit, et magno itinere confecto ad oppidum Noviodunum contendit. Ibi, castris munltis, vineas agere coepit. Magnitudine operum et celeritate Romanorum permoti, legatos ad Caesarem de deditione miserunt. Caesar vero, obsidibus acceptls armls- que omnibus ex oppido traditls, in deditionem Suessiones accepit, exercitumque in Bellovacos duxit, qui pacem a Romanls statim petierunt. 466. Root luc-, shine. luceo, / shine lucus, sacred grove, lustro, / light up lux, light the shining place inlustris, ? lumen, light luna, moon lucidus, ? Eng. Der. — Luster, illustrious, illumine, lucid, lunatic. LESSON 63 COMPOUNDS OF sum — REVIEW OF PURPOSE AND RESULT CLAUSES — READING LESSON 467. Sum is compounded without change with the prepositions ab, ad, de, ex, inter, ob, prae, pro, sub, and super. In the compound prosum, / help, pro appears in the form prod before a vowel. Present indicative SINGULAR plural , 1 . prosum, / help prosumus, we help 2. prodes, you help prodestis, you help 3. prodest, he helps prosunt, they help subjunctive SINGULAR PLURAL prosim prosimus prosls prositis prosit prosint 268 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Imperf. Future Perfect Pluperf. Fat. Perf. INDICATIVE proderam, etc., / was helping, etc. prodero, etc., / shall help, etc. profui, etc., I helped, etc. profueram, etc., / had helped, etc. profuero, etc., / shall have helped, etc. SINGULAR SUBJUNCTIVE Imperf. prodessem, etc. Perfect profuerim, etc. Pluperf. profuissem, etc. PLURAL prodessemus, etc. profuerlmus, etc. profuissemus, etc. 468. opus, -eris, n., work vadum, -I, n., ford adversus, -a, -um, opposite ; adverso colle, adverbial phrase, uphill medius, -a, -um, middle ; in VOCABULARY peritus, -a, -um, skilled, used w. genitive absum, -esse, afui, afuturus, be absent, be away adsum, -esse, -ful, -futurus, be present medio colle, on the middle cohortor, -ari, -atus sum, ex- of the hill militaris, -e, military ; res militaris, military affairs Iwrt, encourage reperio, -Ire, repperi, -pertus, find longe, adv., a long zvay off , far 469. EXERCISES I. I. Adsum, adestis, afuerunt, afuimus, adfuerunt, afueritis. 2. Ibi, vadis repertis, partem suorum mllitum traducere conatl sunt, qui hostls pellerent. 3. Per multos dies in medio colle et longe a castris erat. 4. Palus tarn magna inter nostrum atque hostium exercitum erat, ut mllites traducl non possent. 5. Deinde incredibill celeri- COMPOUNDS OF SUM 269 tate adverso colle contenderunt atque in aciem hostium identidem impetum fecerunt. 6. Rel mllitaris peritus est quare hostis suos semper superat. 7. Flumen transgressl horis post paucis in castris hostium erant. 8. Caesar suos cohortatus aciem Instruxit ut 1 ordo rel mllitaris postulabat. 1 Not that ; see General Vocabulary. Caesar crossing the Rubicon. 270 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE II. I. We are present, you are absent, we were far away from the ford. 2. Caesar sent the tenth legion through the fields to defend the camp. 3. The lieutenant came with a hundred soldiers to cut down the bridge. 4. The Remi sent ambassadors to say that they had not conspired against the Romans. 5. The king had been repeatedly called the friend of the Roman people. 6. The cavalry, having crossed 1 the marsh, hastened up- hill to a place where the soldiers were occupied in the work of fortifying 2 the camp. 470. Reading Lesson Caesar se Bellovacos conservaturum 3 dixit et sescentos obsides poposcit. His traditis omnibusque arm is ex op- pido conlatls, 4 ab eo loco ad Nervios contendit. Quorum 5 de natura reperiebat : Mercatores ad se adire 6 n5n patl, nihil patl vini 7 Inferrl, 8 esse homines feros magnaeque virtutis, incusare reliquos Belgas qui se populo Romano dedidissent. Quldam ex Belgls 9 ad Nervios pervenerunt et ils dlxerunt, inter singulas legiones magnum numerum impedimentorum intercedere. Itaque Nervii cum prima legio in castra venisset, earn sub sarcin'is adorlrl constitue- runt. Sed quod ad hostls appropinquabant, Caesar sex legiones expedites ducebat, post eas omnia impedimenta conlocaverat ; inde duae legiones, quae proxime conscrlptae erant, agmen claudebant praesidioque impedlmentls erant. 1 transgress!. 2 Gerundive construction. 3 In compound infinitives the forms of sum are often omitted. 4 brought together. 7 nihil vini, no wine. 5 Of these. 8 to be brought in. 6 to approach. 9 Certain of the Belgae. THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO 2J\ 471. Root mu-, mov-, move. moveo, I move motus, a moving mobilitas, ? motio, ? mox, soon muto, move, change motor, ? mobilis, movable mutatio, ? momentum, weight mollis, easily moved promoveo, ? Eng. Der. — Motion, movable, mobile, motor, automo- bile, moment, motive, mob. LESSON 64 THE IRREGULAR VERB fero AND ITS COMPOUNDS — THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS — READING LESSON 472. Certain verbs, called irregular, annex the personal endings for the most part directly to the root. fero, I bear, carry; Root, fer- Pres. stem, fer- Perf. stem, tul- Part, stem, lat- Principal Parts : fero, ferre, tali, latus ; perf. inf., tulisse INDICATIVE Active Voice present singular plural i . fero, / bear f erimus, we bear 2. fers, you bear fertis, you bear 3. fert, he bears ferunt, they bear Imperf. ferebam, etc., / was bearing, etc. Future feram, feres, etc., I shall bear, etc. Perfect tall, etc., / bore, etc. Pluperf. tuleram, etc., I had borne, etc. Fut. Peif. tulero, etc., / shall have borne, etc. 272 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Passive Voice SINGULAR i. feror, I am borne 2. ferris, you are borne 3.' fertur, he is borne PRESENT PLURAL ferimur, we are borne ferimini, you are borne feruntur, they are borne Imp£rf. ferebar, etc., / was being borne, etc. Future ferar, etc., I shall be borne, etc. Perfect latus sum, etc., / was borne, etc. Pluperf. latus eram, etc., T had been borne, etc. Fut. Perf. latus ero, etc., I shall have been borne, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE Active Voice SINGULAR Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect I. feram ferrem tulerim tulissem 2. feras ferres tuleris tulisses 3. ferat ferret tulerit tulisset PLURAL I. feramus ferremus tulerlmus tulissemus 2. feratis ferretis tulerltis tulissetis 3- ferant ferrent tulerint tulissent Passive Voice singular I. 2. 3- ferar feraris (-re) feratur ferrer f erreris (-re) ferretur latus sim latus sis latus sit latus essem latus esses latus esset 2. 3- feramur feramini ferantur PLURAL ferremur ferremini ferrentur latl simus lati sitis latl sint latl essemus latl essetis lati essent THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 273 a. Learn at once the principal parts of this verb to- gether with the present indicative, active and passive. Use rego as a model for the other forms. Notice the quantity of the penult of fero and accent its compounds correctly. b. Inflect the following like fero: — adfero, adferre, attuli, adlatus, bring to, report. defero, deferre, detuli, delatus, bring down from, report. infero, inferre, intull, inlatus, bring in or on, inflict. perfero, perferre, pertuli, perlatus, bring to an end, endure. c. Observe the change in ad before -t in the perfect tense. 473. Many verbs compounded with certain prepositions take a dative of the indirect object. There are two classes of these verbs : — 1. Intransitive verbs which cannot take a dative of the indirect object unless compounded with a preposition. 2. Transitive verbs which take only a direct object, but which, when compounded with a preposition, take a dative of the indirect object also, the direct object depending upon the force of the simple verb and the indirect upon the force of the preposition in composition with the verb. Examples : — a. First Class. 1. Omnibus perlculis adfuit, he was pres- ent in (to) all dangers. 2. Eorum consilils obstitit, he opposed their plans. 3. Homines hominibus et prosunt et ob- sunt, men both benefit and injure men. 274 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 4. Labienus exercitul praefuit, Labienus was in command of the army. b. Second Class. I. Labienum exercitul praefecit, he placed Labienus in command of the army. 2. Bellum populo Romano intulit, he brougJit war upon the Roman people. 3. Gloriam potentiae anteponit, he pre- fers glory to poiver. Note that the verbs in these examples are compounded with ad, ante, in, ob, prae, and pro, and that they take the dative case. 474. Rule The Dative with Compounds. — Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super take the dative case of the indirect object. Note. — Since this use of the dative is that of the indirect object, it follows that the original construction of the simple verb remains, if the meaning acquired in the compound is not suited to an indirect object, as for example : — Milites in castra convocavit, he called the soldiers together into the camp. Caution. — Where motion from one place to another is clearly in- dicated, these verbs regularly take a preposition with its object in the accusative instead of the dative : — In hostls infertur, he is being borne against the enemy. 475. VOCABULARY agger, -eris, m., mound strepitus, -us, m., noise, diji altitudo, -inis, f., height vexillum, -1, n., banner, flag THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 275 sinister, -tra, -trum, left compello, -ere, -pull, -pulsus, drive together, drive desum, deesse, def ui, -f uturus, lack, be wanting, w, dat. occurro, -ere, -curri, -cursurus, to meet, meet, w. dat. praeficio, ^ere, -feci, -fectus, place in command of, w. ace. and dat. praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be over, command, w. dat. supersum, -esse, -fui, -futu- rus, be over, sitrvive, w. dat. rursus, adv., again 476. exercises I. 1. Feres, fertur, fert, ferunt, tulero, tulistis, tulerunt, attulistis, detuleram. 2. ExercituI praefuit, amicis non deerit, omnibus reliquis supersunt. 3. Mllites nonae et The Colosseum as it looks To-day. From a photograph 276 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE decimae legionis Caesari non defuerunt sed hostis a supe- riore loco compulerunt. 4. Nonne Galli saepe Germanis restiterunt ? 5. Nonne magno cum strepitu ad aggerem contendunt ut duel adsint ? 6. Aggere maxima altitu- dine facto, omnes qui proelio superfuerunt oppidum rursus oppugnaverunt. 7. Victoria Caesaris hostibus magnam calamitatem attulit. II. 1. I shall carry, you were carried, he will be car- ried, they have carried, we shall have brought war on the Roman people. 2. We shall be over the camp, he will command the army, they survived the battle. 3. On the day after that day, having given and received many wounds, they led their forces to the middle of the hill. 4. After inflicting many wounds on the enemy the com- mander led his left wing back to the camp. 5. We met the Gauls and conquered them. 6. Caesar placed Labie- nus in command of the troops which he sent to the top of the hill. 477. Reading Lesson Equites nostri, cum funditoribus sagittariisque flumen transgress!, cum hostium equitatu proelium commiserunt, qui identidem se in silvas ad suos receperunt. Deinde subito omnibus copiis impetum in nostros equites fecerunt. His facile pulsis incredibill celeritate ad flumen decucurre- runt. Eadem autem celeritate adverso colle ad nostra castra atque eos qui in opere occupatl erant contenderunt. Caesar milites cohortatus proelium commisit. Instructs exercitu magis ut 1 loci natura quam ut 1 rei militaris ordo postulabat eventus fortunae varii sequebantur. 1 as. When used with the indicative ut means as or when. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN 277 478. Root fer-, bear, carry. f ertilis, ? f ertilitas, ? f ortuna, ? f ero, / bear forte, by chance defero, ? Eng. Der. — Fertile, fortune, infer, offer, refer, suffer. LESSON 65 THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN — THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE — READING LESSON 479. The Indefinite Pronouns are used, as in English, to show that some person or thing is meant without pointing out what particular one, as : aliquis, any one ; quidam, a certain one. a. These words are used both as pronouns and adjec- tives, as: aliquis, some one ; aliquid, something; aliquis puer, some boy ; aliquod animal, some animal. b. Quis and qui are found mainly after si, nisi, num, and ne; as, si quis, if any one. In other cases aliquis is gen- erally used instead. c. The indefinite adjective qui, quae, quod is declined like the relative, as is also the plural of the indefinite pronoun quis, 1 quid (255). The singular of the latter is declined as follows : — Singular Masc. and Fern. Neut. N. quis, any one quid, anything G. cuius, of any one cuius, of anything D. cui, to or for any one cui, to ox for anything Ac. quern, any one quid, anything Ab. quo, 2 from any one quo, 2 from anything 1 qua is generally used instead of quae in the nom. and ace. neuter plural. 2 The ablative may also be translated with, by, by means of out of, etc. 278 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Masc. Singular Fern. N. aliquis (aliqui) aliqua G. alicuius alicuius D. alicui alicui Ac. aliquem aliquam Ab. aliquo aliqua Masc. N. aliqui G. aliquorum D. aliquibus Ac. aliquos Ab. aliquibus Plural Fern. aliquae aliquarum aliquibus aliquas aliquibus Neut. aliquid (-quod) alicuius alicui aliquid (-quod) aliquo Neut. aliqua aliquorum aliquibus aliqua aliquibus 480. The other important indefinite pronouns are : — Masc. Fern. Neut. quidam quaedam quiddam (quoddam), a certain one quisquam (quaequam) quidquam (quicquam), any one quisque quaeque quidque (quodque), each one, every one a. These are declined like the simple pronouns, but qui- dam changes m to n before d : quendam, quorundam. 481. Compare carefully the Latin and English in each of the following : — 1. Pars montis, a part of the mountain. 2. Horum fortissiml, the bravest of these. 3. Maior fratrum, the elder of the brothers. 4. Quidconsili? ivhat plan? 5. Tantum spati, so much space. 6. Satis pabuli, enough fodder. THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE 279 a. In each of the above expressions the genitive denotes a whole, out of which a part — the same in kind, of course — is taken. This part is denoted by the word which the genitive limits. In examples 1-3 the English idiom is the same as the Latin ; in 4-6 it is different. Follow these examples in your exercises. b. This use is called the Genitive of the Whole, or the Partitive Genitive. 482. Rule The Genitive of the Whole. — Words Roman Altar. denoting a part are used with a genitive of the zvhole to which the part belongs} Note. — Partitive words are nouns, pronouns, and adjectives and adverbs used substantively. 483. Compare with the above examples the following : — 1. Unus ex militibus, one of the soldiers. 2. Quidam de nostris, certain of our men. 3. Primus omnium, the first of all. 4. Duo milia hominum, two thou- sand men {thousands of men). a. Observe the use of ex and de with unus and quidam, and of the Roman altar. genitive with primus and milia. 1 Would you express all of as by the genitive of the whole? If not, why not? How would you express it? 280 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 484. Rule Quidam, Unus, etc. — Quidam and the cardinal numerals {except milia) generally take the ablative with ex or de to express the whole of which a part is taken ; the ordinals generally take the genitive. 485. Aduatuci, -orum, m. pi., the Aduatuci, a Gallic people moenia, -ium, n. pi., walls (of a city), ram- parts Marble Bust of a Barba- rian, PROBABLY A GAUL. VOCABULARY multitude, -inis, I., multitude, great number principatus, -us, m., chief place, leadership contentus, -a, -um, content, satis- fied, w. abl. appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atus, ap- pj-oach, w. dat. revertor, -verti, -versus sum, dep., except in the perf., pluperf., and fut. perf., which have re- verti, reverteram, etc., from reverto, -ere, -I, return, come or go back demum, adv., at last nimium, adv., too much. 486. EXERCISES I. 1. Nihil spat!, satis fru- mentl, parum pabuli, quid tem- poris, magna pars exercitus. 2. Duo milia passuum, itinior duo- rum fratrum, senior duarum soro- rum. 3. Quod satis frumenti THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE 28l exercitul non erat, Caesar id Aeduos 1 cotidie flagitabat. 4. Aliquos milites quoque die videmus. 5. Quidam ex legatls qui ad Gallos missi erant in catenas iactl sunt. 6. Suo loco non erat con- tentus sed prlncipatui stu- duit. 7. Cum magna multitudine mllitum populo Romano bellum Inferebat. 8. Moenibus appropinqua- bant ut auxilium amlcls ad- ferrent. 9. Quis nostrum, tarn magna multitudine in- terfecta, in patriam suam revertetur ? II. 1. Some of these men, enough speed, too much grain, six thousand paces, ten miles. 2. He hastened with very great speed into the country of the Aduatuci. 3. He returned to the ramparts within three days. 4. It is just that enough fodder should be given 2 to the horses and enough grain to the soldiers. 5. Certain of the centurions came each day to the ramparts of the city. 6. Some are not content with the leadership in their own states. Marble Bust of a Dying Gaul. 487. Reading Lesson Legionis nonae et decimae milites, qui in sinistra parte aciel InstructI erant, hostis ex loco superiSre compulerunt 1 kept demanding this of the Aeduans ; verbs of demanding, etc., take two accusatives. 2 dari, pres. pass. inf. of do. 282 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE et multos eorum interfecerunt. Nervil autem confertissimo agmine ad castra nostra contenderunt. Eodem tempore equites nostrl qui prlmo impetu hostium pulsl erant, rursus aliam in partem fuga salutem petebant. Caesar cum 1 suos urgerl videret, in primam aciem pro- cessit et milites cohortatus est. Eius adventu milites acrius fortiusque pugnare coeperunt, et T. Labienus decimam legionem nostrls 2 subsidio mlsit. Huius legionis adventu nostrl tam fortiter pugnare coeperunt ut hostes brevl tem- pore pellerentur. 3 Hoc proelio facto Nervil legatos ad Caesarem mlserunt. Quos Caesar in deditionem accepit et finitimos ab iniiiria maleficioque prohibuit. 488. Root ing-, join, yoke. iungo, I join iugulum, collar bone coniuro, / conspire iugum, yoke iudex, judge iumentum, yoke animal ius, right iubeo, / order iustitia, ? Eng. Der. — Judge, jury, junction, conjugate, conjunc- tion, joint, jugular, subjugate. LESSON 66 THE IRREGULAR VERB volo AND ITS COMPOUNDS — TEMPORAL CLAUSES — READING LESSON 489. volo, be willing, wish Principal Parts : volo, velle, volul Perfect stem volu-; perfect infinitive voluisse nolo (non volo), be unwilling Principal Parts : nolo, nolle, nolul 1 cum, when. 2 g ee 2 g7, 298. 3 Account for mood and tense. See 369, 370. VOLO AND ITS COMPOUNDS 283 Perfect stem nolu-; perfect infinitive noluisse malo (magis volo), wish rathe? \ prefer Principal Parts : malo, malle, malul Perfect stem malu-; perfect infinitive maluisse INDICATIVE PRESENT TENSE SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. i. volo volumus nolo nolumus malo malumus 2. vis vultis non vis non vultis mavis mavultis 3. vult volunt non vult nolunt volebam, etc. volam, voles, etc. volul, etc. volueram, etc. voluero, etc. IMPERFECT TENSE nolebam, etc. FUTURE TENSE nolam, noles, etc. PERFECT TENSE nolui, etc. PLUPERFECT TENSE nolueram, etc. mavult malunt malebam, etc. malam, males, etc. malul, etc. malueram, etc. FUTURE PERFECT TENSE noluero, etc. maluero, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT TENSE SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. i . velim velimus 2. veils velitis 3. velit velint nolim nolimus noils nolitis nolit nolint malim malimus malls malitis malit malint IMPERFECT TENSE vellem, velles, etc. nollem, nolles, etc. mallem, malles, etc. 284 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE PERFECT TENSE voluerim, etc. noluerim, etc. maluerim, etc. PLUPERFECT TENSE voluissem, etc. noluissem, etc. maluissem, etc. a. Notice that the irregularities occur in the present tense only. 490. Make a careful study of the following : — 1. Postquam Caesar pervenit, pontem interscindl iussit, after Caesar had arrived, lie ordered the bridge to be cut down. 2. Ubi Caesar pervenit, suas copias in castra reduxit, when Caesar arrived, he led his forces back into the camp. a. Postquam and ubi denote time and are followed by the indicative ; simul ac, as soon as, and ut meaning when, take the same construction. Note the tense used. 491. Rule Clauses with postquam, etc. — Postquam, ubi, simul ac (atque), and ut temporal are used zvith the i?idicative, gen- erally the perfect. 492. You have become familiar with cum as introducing a clause of cause and of concession with the subjunctive mood. Cum is also a conjunction denoting time, and takes sometimes the indicative and sometimes the subjunc- tive. You should carefully distinguish these uses and learn the signs of both constructions. The following ex- amples will help you : — 1 . Turn cum in Italiam venit urbem condidit, at that time when lie came into Italy he founded a city. TEMPORAL CLAUSES 285 2. Cum per eorum finis iter fecisset, inveniebat ex cap- tivis . . ., when he had marched through their territories, he learned from the captives . . . In 1 the clause with cum fixes the time of founding the city ; in 2 the clause with cum describes the circumstances under which the information was received. 493. 1. Cum amici adsunt, laetus sum, I am glad when my friends are present. 2. Cum videbis, turn scies, when you see, you will know. Observe carefully the mood and tenses used with cum. 494. Rules Cum Temporal. — 1 . Cum temporal is used with the indic- ative to fix or define the time of an action, and with the subjunctive to describe the circumstances under which it oc- curred. In narration cum almost always takes the subjunc- tive zvhen the tense is imperfect or pluperfect. 2. Cum temporal referring to present time takes the pres- ent indicative ; referring to future time, the future indicative. 495. VOCABULARY calo, -onis, m., soldier's cum, conj., when, w. ind. and servant, camp follower subj. condicio, -onis, f., condition, postquam, conj., after, w. terms ind. turpitude, -inis, f., dis- simul ac (atque), conj., as grace soon as, w. ind. loquor, -qui, -cutus sum, ubi, conj., when, w. ind. speak, talk ut, conj., when, w. ind. redigo, -ere, -egi, -actus, ut primum, conj., as soon as, reduce w. ind. 286 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 496. EXERCISES I. I. Volumus, malul, nolebat, noluistis, malueramus, maluimus. 2. Vult, non vult, nolunt, malunt, voluistis, voluerunt, voluerimus. 3. Ubi portae clausae sunt, nulla potestas civibus data est salutem fuga petendi. 4. Turn Romans storming a City. cum de condicione pacis locutus sum earn recusavit. 5. Calones ut turpitudinem fugae delerent fortiter pugna- verunt. 6. Simul ac prima impedimenta nostrl exercitus visa sunt, se in locum egregie munitum receperunt. 7. Cum ad quingentos mllites redact! essent, se dediderunt. 8. Ubi proelium commissum est, calones se fugae raan- daverunt. II. 1. They have wished, we have been unwilling, since they have preferred, when they had wished. 2. Although TEMPORAL CLAUSES 287 they were unwilling, he said that he wished, the camp was so excellently fortified that he was unwilling to attack it. 3. As soon as Caesar found out in what place the enemy were, he hastened towards them. 4. When no power of defending themselves was given them, they cast themselves down from the wall into the ditch. 5. The tribune spoke to his soldiers, saying, " We will accept no terms of peace." 6. When the camp followers came into the city they talked with their friends. 7. The enemy refused to accept the terms of peace. 497. Reading Lesson AduatucI autem, qui omnibus cophs auxilio Nerviis vene- rant, hac pugna nuntiata, ex itinere domum reverterunt, suaque omnia in oppidum egregie natura munitum contule- runt. Id nostri, vinels actis turrique exstructa, oppugnare coeperunt. Ubi vero turrim moverl et appropinquare moe- nibus viderunt, legatos ad Caesarem de pace miserunt. His Caesar locutus est : Se condicionem deditionis nullam ac- cepturum esse, nisi armls traditis. 1 Re nuntiata, AduatucI dixerunt se facturos esse quae imperarentur. 2 Armorum vero magna multitudine de miiro in fossam iacta, circiter autem tertia parte celata et in oppido retenta, portis pate- factis eo die pace usi sunt. 498. Root ped-, tread. pes, foot impedio, I entangle pedester, 071 foot pedes, foot soldier expedio, ? impedimentum, ? Eng. Der. — Pedal, pedestal, pedestrian, biped, impede. 1 unless they gave up their arms. 2 what was ordered (zohat things were ordered). 288 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 67 THE IRREGULAR VERBS eo AND fio — REVIEW OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS — READING LESSON — WORD LIST X 499. eo, go. Principal Parts : eo, Ire, ii (ivi), iturus. Perf. inf. Isse (Ivisse). Pres. stem 1-. Perf. stem I- or iv-. Part, stem it-. Indicative Active present tense Imperf. ibam, etc. Singular Plural Future lbO, etc. 1. eo Imus Perfect ii (ivi), etc. 2. is itis P hip erf. ieram (iveram), etc. 3. it eunt Fut. Perf. iero (Ivero), etc. Supply omitted forms. Eo is used impersonally in the third person singular passive : Itur {it is gone), they go. The compounds adeo, / approach, and ineo, / enter, are transitive and have a passive inflection also. Indicative Passive of adeo present tense Imperf. adibar, etc. Singular Plural Future adibor, etc. 1. adeor adimur Perfect aditus sum, etc. 2. adiris (-re) adlmini Pluperf. aditus eram, etc. 3. aditur adeuntur Fut. Perf. aditus ero, etc. Subjunctive Active Singular Pres. Imperf. Perfect Pluperf. i. earn irem ierim (Iverim) Issem (Ivissem) 2. eas Ires ieris (iveris) Isses (ivisses) 3. eat iret ierit (Iverit) Isset (ivisset) IRREGULAR VERBS 289 Plural i. eamus iremus ierlmus (Iverimus) Issemus(Ivissemus) 2. eatis iretis ieritis (iveritis) issetis (ivissetis) 3. eant irent ierint (Iverint) Issent (ivissent) Subjunctive Passive of adeo Singular Pres. Imperf. Perfect i. adear adlrer aditus sim 2. adearis (-re) adireris (-re) aditus sis 3. adeatur adiretur aditus sit Pluperf. aditus essem aditus esses aditus esset Plural 1. adeamur adiremur aditi simus aditi essemus 2. adeamini adireminl aditi sitis aditi essetis 3. adeantur adirentur aditi sint aditi essent a. Inflect in both active and passive transeo, go across, and praetereo, go by. Accent accurately. Note all irregu- larities of form. 500. fio, used as passive of facio, be made, become, come to pass. Principal Parts : fio, fieri, f actus sum. Indicative PRESENT TENSE Imperf. fiebam, etc. Singular Plural Future flam, fies, etc. I. fio [fimus] Perfect factus sum, etc. 2. fis [fitis] Pluperf. factus eram, etc. 3- fit fiunt Fut. Perf Subjunctive factus ero, etc. I. fiam fiamus Imperf. fierem, etc. 2. fias fiatis Perfect factus sim, etc. 3- fiat fiant Pluperf. factus essem, etc Note. — Flo has I except in the form fit and before -er. 290 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE IRREGULAR VERBS 291 Review the irregular verbs (355, 467, 472, 489, 499). 501. Examine the following : — 1. Caesarem certiorem facit, he informs Caesar {makes Caesar more certain). 2. Caesar certior factus est, Caesar was informed. Here certior is an adjective in the comparative degree and is declined like any other comparative. Note the difference between the active and passive construction, also the agreement of the predicate adjective. 502. VOCABULARY consuetudo, -inis, f ., custom, adiungo, -ere, -iunxl, -iunctus, habit add to, join to iniquitas, -atis, f., uneven- opprimo, -ere, -press!, -pressus, ness, unfavorableness overpower, overwhelm nemo, dat. nemini, (gen. and transeo, -Ire, -ii (-Ivi), itus, abl. supplied from nullus), cross over, go across m. and f., no one, nobody ne . . . quidem, (with the abdiico, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, emphatic word between lead away the two parts), not even accido, -ere, -cidi, — , happen, etiam, adv. and conjunction, occur even, yet, still 503. EXERCISES I. I. Fiebatis, flent, fieri, fit, factus sum, fact! eratis, f actl eritis, factus est. 2. Eo, Itur, ibimus, Istis, ieris, ieritis, Imus, Ibunt, transitum est, adibunt. 3. Accidit ut, cum acriter pugnatum esset, nemo hostem fugientem videret. 4. Fit ut propter inlquitatem loci exercitus transire non possit. 5. Cum nostrl hostibus f ortiter resisterent, tamen ad flumen compellebantur. 6. Factum est ut nostrl ne pri- mum quidem impetum eorum sustinere possent. 7. Caesar 292 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE cum Gallls in loco inlquo pugnare noluit. 8. German! consuetudine sua, 1 hostibus oppressis, agr5s populabantur. 9. Auxilio amicorum adiuncto, tamen hostls opprimere non potuerunt. II. 1. I go, they will have gone, he had crossed over, they had become, we shall prefer. 2. He wished, he informed Caesar, he did not wish, we shall bear, they will become, no one went. 3. Since Caesar encourages his soldiers, they will prefer to fight. 4. Although many disasters are brought upon us, let us bear 2 them bravely. 5. Why do they wish to cross the river in this unfavorable place ? 6. They could not even lead their men away from the camp for the purpose of attacking the enemy. 3 7. The scouts informed Caesar that the enemy were coming. 504. Reading Lesson Multis de causls acciderat ut subito Galli belli renovandi legionisque opprimendae consilium caperent, prlmum quod legionem nostram propter paucitatem despiciebant, turn etiam quod propter iniquitatem loci ne primum quidem impetum suum sustinere posse existimabant. Dolebant quoque quod llberi sul obsides a R5manis abducerentur, et exlstimaverunt Roman5s non solum itinerum causa sed etiam perpetuae possessionis Alpls occupare et ea loca flnitimae provinciae adiungere conari. 505. Root i-, go. eo, I go aditus, ? comes, companion iter, journey adeo, ? initium, beginning Eng. Der. — Exit, initial, itinerant, ambition, transit, initiation. 1 according to their custom. 2 See 271, 1, a. 3 Use gerundive construction. What other might you use? WORD LIST X 29: 5o6. WORD LIST X abduco consuetude mllitaris quisque absum contentus moenia redigo accido cum multitud5 reperio adeo defero ne . . . quidem res frumen adfero Delos nimium taria adiungo demum nolo revertor adsum desum numerus rus Aduatuci egredior occurro simul ac adversus eo opprimo singuli agger etiam opus sinister aliquis fero perfero socius altitudd fio peritus strepitus ante impono , perpetuus supersum appropinquo Infero possessio tamen Athenae inlquitas post transeo calo intercedo postquam turpitudo cohortor lacesso praeficio ubi compello levis praesum ut condicio longe principatus vadum conloco loquor prosum vexillum consentio malo quldam vivo conservo medius quis volo LESSON 68 NOUN AND ADJECTIVE REVIEW — THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCES — CONDITIONS OF FACT — READING LESSON Review carefully nouns and adjectives of the first and second declensions. This should be pleasant and successful 294 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE work for you if you learned them thoroughly at first and have used them accurately since. 507. Conditional Sentences. — A conditional sentence consists of at least one principal and one subordinate clause. The subordinate clause contains the condition and is called the Protasis ; the principal clause contains the conclusion and is called the Apodosis. In the sen- tence, If he is my friend, I rejoice, the clause if Jie is my friend is the protasis, and the clause / rejoice is the apodo- sis. Study the following sentences and select the protasis and the apodosis in each. Note also mood and tenses used. 1. Si venit, fidus est, if he comes, he is faithful. 2. Si venit, fidus erat, if he came, he was faithful. 3. Si veniet, fidus erit, if he comes (shall come), he will be faithful. 4. Si venerit, fidus erit, if he comes (shall have come), he will be faithful, a. The subordinate clause in each of the above assumes the condition as a fact, and the conclusion necessarily fol- lows, followed, or will follow. Do you see this clearly ? b. The protasis is regularly introduced, when affirmative, by si, if; when negative by si non, if not, when a single word is negatived ; and by nisi, unless, when the entire protasis is negatived. 508. Rule Conditions of Fact. — Conditions of fact are found in pres- ent, past, or future time, and take the indicative mood in any tense required by the nature of the thought. They are classed as Past, Present, and Future. CONDITIONS OF FACT 295 509. TABLE OF CONDITIONS OF FACT Conditions of Fact 1. Present 2. Past 3. Future 2. Protasis, The present indica- tive Apodosis, The present indica- tive or any form required by the nature of the thought Protasis, A past tense of the indicative Apodosis, A past tense of the indicative Protasis, The future (or fut. perf.) indicative Apodosis, The future indica- tive Note. — You may use the future perfect in the protasis of a future condition of fact if you wish to express the act of the protasis as finished before the act of the apodosis is begun. 510. VOCABULARY planities, -iei, f., plain proicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, tuba, -ae, f., trumpet vigilia, -ae, f., watch vinum, -I, n., wine importo, -are, -avi, -atus, bring in, import perago, -ere, -egi, -actus, ac- complish hurl forward) abandon relanguesco, -ere, — , — , be- come weak vergo, -ere, — , — , turn, slope aequaliter, adv., uniformly nisi, conditional particle, if not, unless si, conditional particle, if 511. EXERCISES I. 1. Si collis aequaliter ad planitiem vergit, iter facile est. 2. Si hoc peragit, fortis est. 3. Si telum proiecit, 296 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE virum interfecit. 4. Si slgnum tuba dabit, omnes copiae proelium committere volent. 5. Si tertia vigilia Ibit, laeti erunt amid. 6. Nisi tertia vigilia Ibunt, amid tristes erunt. 7. Si vinum importatur, mentes incolarum relan- guescunt. 8. Si vinum importabitur, mentes incolarum Temple of Jupiter Capitolinus (Restoration). relanguescent. 9. Putat virum maxima aetate non facile tela proicere posse. II. 1. If he comes, he is good ; if he comes, I shall see him. 2. Unless the hill slopes uniformly to the plain, the road is difficult. 3. If the signal was not given, the men could not fight. 4. If they are pushing up the sheds, they are a help to Caesar. 5. If the Belgae are unwill- ing to import wine, they are wise. 6. If they imported THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE 297 too much wine, their minds became weak. 7. They asked why the soldiers came in the third watch. 512. Reading Lesson BrevI spatio interiecto, hostes ab omnibus partibus signo dato decucurrerunt et lapides telaque in vallum conicie- bant. Nostri primo integris viribus fortiter pugnaverunt, neque ullum telum frustra ex loco superiore miserunt. Cum iam sex horas continenter pugnatum : esset, 2 et non solum vires sed etiam tela nostros deficerent 2 atque hostes acrius Instarent, 2 una spes sola salutis manebat, si nostri, eruptione facta, impetum in hostis facerent. 513. Root cla-, call. clamo, / call, cry out clarus, famous classis, fleet clamor, ? praeclarus, ? conclamo, ? Eng. Der. — Clamor, claim, exclaim, class, classical, calendar. LESSON 69 NOUN AND ADJECTIVE REVIEW {Continued) — CONDI- TIONS CONTRARY TO FACT— READING LESSON Make a careful review of consonant stems, nouns, and adjectives of the third declension. (See 141-143, 147-149, 194-198.) 1 Explain impersonal use of this verb. 2 "Why are these verbs in the subjunctive? Is the time dated or described ? What tenses are used ? (See 492, 2 ; 494.) 298 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 514. Study the following, noting use of mood and tenses : — 1. SI pater me timeret, ab eius oculis concederem, if my father feared me, I should withdraw from his sight. 2. SI pater me timuisset, ab eius oculis concedissem, if my father had feared me, I should have withdrawn from his sight. Sentence 1 implies : My father does not fear me, I do not withdraw. The condition (protasis) is not fulfilled, the conclusion (apodosis) does not follow. The time is present and the imperfect subjunctive is used. Sentence 2 implies : My father did not fear me, I did not withdraw. The condition was not fulfilled, the con- clusion did not follow. The time is past and the pluper- fect subjunctive is used. 515. Rule Conditions Contrary to Fact. — In conditions contrary to fact the imperfect and pluperfect subjicnctive are used in both protasis and apodosis, the imperfect to express present time, the pluperfect to express past time. Note. — Compare the conditional sentences in this lesson with those in the preceding, and note that th.3 indicative is used in condi- tions of fact and the subjunctive in conditions contrary to fact. Note also the difference in the nature of the thought expressed. 516. TABLE OF CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT 1. Protasis, Imperfect subjunctive 2. Apodosis, Imperfect subjunctive J 1. Protasis, Pluperfect subjunctive 2. Apodosis, Pluperfect subjunctive Conditions Contrary to Fact Present CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT 299 517. VOCABULARY aqua, -ae, f., water be at hand, press on, w. lapis, -idis, m., stone dat. memoria, -ae, f., memory recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, ratio, -onis, f., plan take back ; se recipere, be- pristinus, -a, -urn, former take one's self, draw back, deficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, retreat fail, be lacking frustra, adv., in vain insto, -stare, -stitl, -staturus, undique, adv. , from all sides 518. EXERCISES I. I. Si Caesar aliam rationem belli cepisset, celerius omnls Gallos vicisset. 2. Si dux mllites cohortari voluisset, fortiter usque ad vesperum pugnavissent. 3. Si consul fieres, omnls cdpias hostium se recipere cogeres. 4. Si flumen transire noles, te hie exspectabo. 5. Si rursus contra hostes Institissent, socil ad eos undique venissent. 6. Amici ils non deficient, si pristinam virtiitem praebe- bunt. 7. Nisi mllites longa oratione monuisset, memo- riam prlstinae virtutis non retinuissent. 8. Nisi lapides in moenia oppidl frustra coniecissent, oppidanos de miiris depulissent. II. 1. If the hill slopes uniformly to the plain, the place is suitable for a camp. 2. If you had retreated to the mountains, you would not have been driven from your position. 3. If you were willing to retain the memory of your former valor, you would conquer all your enemies. 4. If I can make terms of peace, I shall prefer not to fight again. 5. If we shall be willing to make terms of peace, Caesar will pardon us. 6. If they had retreated to the mountain, they would have saved themselves. 7. If our strength fails us, we shall no longer fight. 300 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE A Roman Banquet. CONDITIONS 3OI 519. Reading Lesson Itaque proelium intermittunt, se ex labore refkiunt, signo dato 1 ex castris erumpunt. Omni spe in virtute posita, subito ex omnibus portis eruptione facta, hostibus facultatem neque cognoscendl 2 quid fieret neque sui conli- gendl relinquunt. Itaque fortuna mutata, eos qui in spem potiundorum castrorum 2 veniebant undique circumventos interficiunt, et, ex hominum milibus triginta plus tertia parte interfecta, reliquos in fugam coniciunt atque ne in locis mferioribus quidem consistere patiuntur. 520. Root voc-, call. voco, / call vocabulum, name y vociferor, / cry aloud word vox (voc + s), vocula, a feeble vocativus, ? voice voice Form compound verbs with a, con, de, pro, re, and give their meanings. Eng. Der. — Vocal, vocabulary, voice, vocation, vocifer- ate, revoke, vocative. LESSON 70 NOUN REVIEW — REVIEW OF CONDITIONS OF FACT AND CONTRARY TO FACT — CONDITIONS OF POSSI- BILITY—READING LESSON Make a careful review of noun forms of the fourth and fifth declensions. See 254, 312. Recall to mind classes 1 Construction? Are there similar constructions elsewhere in this pas- sage ? If so, have they the same meaning ? 2 Gerund or gerundive construction ? See 435, 436. 302 A P1RST YEAR LATIN COURSE of conditional sentences already studied, together with the verb forms used in the protasis and apodosis of each, referring to 507-509, 514-516. 521. Study the following sentences: — 1. SI veniat, laetus sim, if he should come, I should be glad. 2. Si venerit, laetus sim, if he should come {should have come), I should be glad. 3. Si veniat (venerit), laetus sis, if he should come, you would be glad. a. Note in the above sentences the following points : — 1. The subjunctive mood is used in both clauses. 2. The tense of the protasis is either present or perfect. 3. The tense of the apodosis is present. 4. The condition is represented as possible, and the time is future. 5. In the protasis and in the first person of the apodosis, the verb is translated by the English potential with sJiould. In the second and third person in the apodosis, it is trans- lated by the English potential with would. b. Make a table of conditions of possibility, following the model of the other classes. 522. VOCABULARY lacrima, -ae, f., tear conligo, -ere, -legi, -lectus, mulier, -eris, f., woman collect saepes, -is, f., hedge consists, -ere, -stiti, — , stop, adorior, -Iri, -ortus sum, at- halt tack incito, -are, -avi, -atus, urge circumvenio, -ire, -veni, -ven- on, incite tus, surround proxime, adv., very recently CONDITIONS OF POSSIBILITY 303 523. EXERCISES I. I. Si Athenas videas, pulchram et claram urbem videas. 2. Si multls cum lacrimls se Caesarl ad pedes proiciant, iis ignoscat neque incuset. 3. Nisi magnus strepitus factus esset, hostes effugissent. 4. Si Nervii saepes faciant, flnitimos prohibeant. 5. Si Gallos ad bellum incitavissent, magnam iniuriam fecissent. 6. Si Roman Aqueduct at Nimes, France. in itinere consistant, hostes eos adoriantur. 7. Si mulieres pacem petent et se Caesarl ad pedes proicient, iis Ignos- cet. II. 1. If he should go into Gaul, he would incite the inhabitants to war. 2. If you should cross the river, I should not blame you. 3. If you had crossed the river, I should not have blamed you. 4. If the fathers lay down their arms, the sons will not fight. 5. If you should at- tack the towns of the Nervii, you would not conquer that 304 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE brave tribe. 6. If you had been surrounded by hostile forces, you would have fought bravely. 524. Reading Lesson His rebus cSnfectis, omnibus copils hostium in fugam conversis, se in castra munitionesque suas receperunt. Galba autem, quod saepius fortunam temptare nolebat atque inopia frumenti maxime permotus est, postero die, omnibus hostium aedificils incensis, in provinciam revert! contendit, ac, nullo hoste prohibente aut iter demorante, incolumem legionem in Allobroges perduxit ibique hie- mavit. His rebus gestis, Caesar in Illyricum profectus est ut alias quoque nati5nes adlret et regiones cognosceret. Quo facto, bellum in Gallia subito coortum est. Select and explain all ablative absolute phrases in the above. 525. Root flu-, flow. fluo, flow flumen, ? fluctus, wave, flood fleo, weep influo, ? fluito, float Eng. Der, — Fluid, flush, fluctuate, flux, flume, influence, fluency. LESSON 71 THE IMPERATIVE MOOD — REVIEW OF NOUNS COM- PLETED -- READING LESSON — WORD LIST XI 526. The Imperative Mood in Latin as in English ex- presses a command or entreaty : Go ! Come ! It has two tenses, the present and the future. In the present only the second person, singular and plural, is found; in the future only the second and third persons. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD 305 Present active passive Sing. 2. voca, call, call thou vocare, be called, be thou called Plur. 2. vocate, call, call ye vocamini, be called, be ye called Future Sing. 2. vocato, call, you vocator, be called, you shall be shall call called 3. vocato, he shall 'call vocator, he shall be called Plur. 2. vocatote, call, you shall call 3. vocanto, they shall vocantor, they shall be called call Active Endings Pres. S. 2. mone rege cape audi — PL 2. monete regite capite audlte -te Put. S. 2. moneto regito capito audlto -to 3. moneto regito capito audlto -to PL 2. monetote regitote capitote audltote -tote 3. monento regunto capiunto audiunto -nto Pres. S. 2. PL 2. Put. S. 2. 3- PL 2. 3 Passive monere regere monemini regimini monetor regitor monetor regitor capere capimini capitor capitor audire -re audimini -mini auditor -tor auditor -tor monentor reguntor capiuntor audiuntor -ntor a. The second person singular of the present imperative active is the present stem of the verb. The other forms are made by adding to this stem the active imperative end- ings. This stem in the third conjugation changes -e to -i. 306 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE In the third and fourth conjugations -u is inserted before -nto in the third person plural of the future. b. The second person singular of the present imperative passive is the same as the present active infinitive. The other forms are made by adding the passive imperative endings to the present stem. The second person plural of the future is lacking. a Learn the list of endings and inflect in the imperative, active and passive, laudo, habeo, mitto, duco, 1 iacio and vincio, giving meanings. 527. Examine the following: — 1. Munite oppidum, fortify the town. 2. Meos liberos vobis permittam ; eos conservatote, / shall intrust my children to you, guard them carefidly. 3. Ne muniveritis oppidum, do not fortify the town. 4. Nolite oppidum munire, do not {be unwilling to) fortify the town. a. From these examples you will see that : — (1) The present imperative is used in affirmative com- mands, unless distinct reference is made to future time, as in 2. In this case the future imperative is used. (2) Ne with the second person of the perfect subjunctive or the present imperative of nolo with a complementary infinitive is used to express a prohibition. 528. Review carefully the rules for gender. See 306. a. In the following list of words state in tabular form the declension, gender, nominative and genitive singular and plural. 1 Four verbs, dico, duco, facio, and fero have the forms die, due, fac, and fer in the second person singular present imperative active. REVIEW OF NOUNS 307 acies caput exercitus iuvenis mulier spatium adventus castra finis lacus multitudo tempus aestas centurio flumen legatio ordo vectlgal agger cohors frlgus locus palus vlnea agmen copia genus lux pons vinum agricola dies homo mens Rhenus vir bellum dolus ignis miles scutum virtus calo domus iter mons soror vis 520. VOCABULARY internecio, -onis, f., destruc- sequor, sequi, secutus sum, tion, annihilation follow testudo, -inis, f., testudo, roof tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, of shields tempt, try intentus, -a, -um, intent, valeo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, be well, eager be strong ; vale, valete, permitto, -ere, -mlsi, -missus, farewell permit, intrust clam, adv., secretly 530. EXERCISES I. I. Vale, valete, permittite, permittitote, temptator, morantor, iaciunto, muniunto, educ, die, fac. 2. Iaciuntor, permittite llberos incolumls vestris amlcls. 3. Dimitte- mus nuntios ad vos in flnitimas clvitates ; eos accipitote. 4. Contende cum hostibus, Labiene, et tuos amlcos defende. 5. Agmen claude et cum omnibus copiis ducem ad pontem sequere. 6. Ne permlserls nostros hostls incolumls ad suos ire. 7. Ne eos inermls ad internecionem redege- ritis. 8. Testudine facta, clam ad mur5s urbis inimlcae contendite. II. 1. Lead, he shall follow, be praised, let them be praised, speak, make. 2. Lead the horsemen secretly 308 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE into the native country of the Gauls. 3. Come with us 1 in order that we may fortify a camp. 4. Let us not reduce these unarmed men to destruction, do not reduce these unarmed men to destruction. 5. Do not abandon the hope of safety, but fight bravely till evening. 6. Let us not intrust our children as hostages to the power of our enemies. Roman Testudo with Horseman on it. 531. Reading Lesson Sablnus loco 2 omnibus rebus idoneo sese tenebat, cum Viridovlx contra eum duorum milium passuum spatio conse- disset, cotidieque productis copiis, pugnandi potestatem faceret, ita ut iam Sablnus hostibus in contemptionem venlret, 3 tantamque oplnionem timoris praeberet 3 ut iam hostes ad moenia castrorum accedere auderent. 3 Id ea de 1 See 321, b, 3. 2 The abl. of locus is often used without a preposition. 3 Reasons for mood and tense? See 369, 370. WORD LIST XI 309 causa Sablnus faciebat quod cum tanta. multitudine, prae- sertim eo absente qui summam imperl tenebat, contendere nolebat. Hac opmione timoris conflrmata. quendam homi- nem idoneum delegit, Galium ex lis quos auxili causa secum habebat, et eum pro perfuga, ad hostis misit. Qui ubi ad eos venit timorem Romanorum niintiavit. 532. Root cad-,/^//. cado, I fall accido, happen cadaver, dead body casus, accident discedo, depart discessus, ? Eng. Der. — Case, casual, accident, secede, ancestor, success. 533. WORD LIST XI adorior imports nisi recipi5 tuba aequaliter incito perago relanguesco undiqi circumvenio • Insto permitto saepes valeo clam internecio planities sequor vergo conligo lacrima pristinus se recipere vigilia consisto lapis proicio si vlnum deficio memoria proxime tempto frustra mulier ratio LESSON testudo 72 PRONOUN REVIEW — THE IMPERATIVE MOOD, IRREG- ULAR VERBS — READING LESSON Review classes and forms of pronouns. See 319. 534. fero nolo eo sum fio Active Passive Active Active Active Active Pres. 5. 2. fer ferre noli 1 es fl PL 2. ferte feriminl nolite Ite este fite 3io A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Active Passive Active Active Active Fut. S. 2. ferto fertor nolito Ito esto 3- ferto fertor nolito Ito esto PL 2. 3- fertote ferunto nolitote nolunto Itote eunto estote sunto feruntor a. How does the inflection of these verbs differ from that of the regular verbs ? Compare forms in 526. VOCABULARY 535. currus, -us, m., chariot Liger, -eris, m., the Loire or Liger, a river in Gaul praemium, praeml, n., reward, prize Veneti, -orum, m. pi., the Veneti, a people of Gaul apertus, -a, -um, open recens, gen. -entis, fresh, recent administro, -are, -avi, -atus, manage aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus, build aufero, -ferre, abstull, abla- tus, bear away or off orno, -are, -avi, -atus, equip vend, -ere, vexl, vectus, bear, carry ; curru vehi, ride in a chariot ; equo or equis vehi, ride on horseback 536. EXERCISES I. 1. Fer, ferte, feruntor, fertor, n5lite, nolito, nolitote, feriminT, fi, fite, esto. 2. Ferte mllitibus pro recent! vic- toria multa et magna praemia. 3. Ornate navls, milites, et amlcos in Italiam ferte. 4. Administrate, tribuni, diligenter omnls res, et pro patria fortiter pngnate. 5. Este fortes in periculo subito, et praemia victoriae au- ferte. 6. Curru per ordines hostium vehere et, si necesse erit, pro patria morere. 7. Aedificate multas navls in flumine Liger! et ad Venetos celeriter ite. II. 1. Fight bravely for your country, soldiers, in order to bear off the rewards of victory. 2. Do not cast the IMPERATIVE OF IRREGULAR VERBS 311 anchor from the boat, but sail quickly to Delos. 3. Equip your boat with oars, for it is necessary to go to Athens. 4. Drive your chariot through the open places in order that you may not be frightened by any sudden danger. 5. Do not retain the ambassadors in your camp. 6. Be- come wiser and better every day. 7. Ride on horseback to the river Loire. 8. Build boats near the bank of the river. 537. Reading Lesson His rebus audltis omnes Galli conclamant ad castra R6man5rum Ire necesse esse. Locus castrorum editus erat. Hue magnls itineribus contenderunt ut quam mini- mum spatl 1 ad se conligendos 2 armandosque Romanls daretur, exanimatlque pervenerunt. Sablnus suos hortatus signum dat. Impedltls hostibus propter ea onera quae ferebant, subito duabus portis eruptidnem fieri iussit. Factum est virtute mllitum et alils de causis ut ne prlmum quidem nostrorum impetum sustinerent et statim terga verterent. Quos impeditos milites nostri integris viribus secuti magnum numerum eorum occlderunt. Ubi Galli de his victoriis certiores factl sunt, se suaque omnia statim dediderunt. 538. Root col-, till. colo, / till, inhabit incolo, / inhabit agricola, ? colonus, tiller, colonist incola, ? agricultura, cultus, cultivation colonia, ? incultus, ? 3 Form English derivatives. 1 as little time as possible. 2 Explain construction. 3 Here the prefix in has a negative force. (312) THE SUPINE 313 LESSON 73 GENERAL VERB REVIEW — THE SUPINE — EXPRESSIONS OF PURPOSE — READING LESSON Make a careful review of all verbs as given in the appendix. Be able to give, with meaning, any form of the indicative, imperative, infinitive, and participle. Be able also to give any subjunctive form. 539. The supine is a verbal noun of the fourth declen- sion found only in the accusative singular (former supine) and in the ablative singular (latter supine) : rogatum, rogatu. 540. In the sentence, Legati pacem petitum venerunt, the ambassadors came to seek peace, petitum, the former supine, is used with venerunt, and expresses the purpose for which the ambassadors came. 541. Rule The Former Supine. — The former supine is used with verbs of motion to express the purpose of the motion. 542. Note the sentences : — 1. Hoc est difficile factu, this is difficult to do {in respect to the doing). 2. Hoc est fas dictu, this is right to say. Here factu and dictu express acts in respect to which the quality is asserted. 543. Rule The Latter Supine. — The latter supine is used with some adjectives and a fezv other words to express the act in reference to which the quality is asserted. 314 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 544. You have already learned several ways of express- ing purpose. The following sentences illustrate the most common of these : — 1. ut pacem peterent, 2. qui pacem peterent, Legati 3. pads petendae causa, ambassadors came to venerunt 4. pacem petendl causa, 5. ad pacem petendam, 6. pacem petitum, seek peace. Here purpose is expressed by : — 1. A clause with ut and the subjunctive. 2. A clause with the relative pronoun and the sub- junctive. 3. 4. The gerundive or gerund with causa. 5. The gerundive in the accusative with ad. 6. The former supine with a verb of motion. 545- VOCABULARY ascensus, -us, m., ascent eruptio, -onis, f., sally fas, indecl. noun, n., right species, -el, f., appearance supplex, -icis, m. and f., sup- pliant gate, because here the tenth legion was stationed repentinus, -a, -um, sudden, unexpected singularis, -e, singular, re- markable decumanus, -a, -um, belong- gratulor, -ari, -atus sum, con- ing to the tenth; hence gratulate porta decumana, the rear 546. EXERCISES I. 1. Romam iit Caesarem gratulatum, domum Ibit patrem visum. 2. Difficile est dictu, optimum erat factu, EXPRESSIONS OF PURPOSE 315 fas erat audltu. 3. Facile est dictu Germanos a Gallis superari posse. 4. In agros Aeduorum duae legiones frumentatum (ad frumentandum, frumentandl causa) mis- sae sunt. 5. MissI sunt ut satis magnam copiam pabull domum auferrent. 6. Caesar ad eos legatos misit qui dicerent se eos in dediti5nem accepturum (esse). 7. Eruptione facta e porta decumana ierunt et ad collem difficill ascensu se receperunt. 8. Equi singularl specie duo fratres in proelium portaverunt. 9. Repentlno perlculo territi supplices ad Caesarem pacem petitum contenderunt. II. 1. They came to congratulate the suppliants, we hold in memory that which is difficult to say. 2. In the memory of our fathers the Gauls made a sally from their towns to attack the enemy. 3. They came to ask aid {four ways). 4. The suppliants ask what is best to say, hear, do. 5. The memory of all these things was fresh in their minds. 547. Reading Lesson Eodem fere tempore 1 P. Crassus, cum in Aquitaniam pervenisset non parvam diligentiam 1 sibi x adhibendam esse * cognovit. Itaque, re frumentaria prSvisa, auxiliis equitatuque comparato, 2 multis praeterea viris convocatis, in Sontiatum finis exercitum duxit, cuius adventu cog- nito, 1 Sontiates magnls copils equitatuque coactls 3 in itinere in agmen nostrum impetum fecerunt. Prlmum equestre proelium commlserunt, deinde, equitatu suo pulso atque 1 Construction ? 2 Notice agreement and compare with footnote 3. 3 Notice agreement and compare with footnote 2. An adjective or parti- ciple may agree with the nearer of two nouns, or may be in the plural to agree with both. (3i6) THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 317 Insequentibus nostrls, subito pedestrls copias, quas in valle in Insidils conlocaverat, ostenderunt. Hi nostros adorti proelium renovaverunt. Pugnatum est diu atque acriter. Sontiates autem superati sunt et obsides ad Caesarem miserunt. 548. Root hab-, have. habeo, / have debeo, have from some prohibeo, ? one, owe habito, / inhabit habitus, condition, garb debilis, weak Eng. Der. — Habit, inhabit, exhibit, prohibit, debt, ability, average. LESSON 74 REVIEW OF AGREEMENT — THE PERIPHRASTIC CON- JUGATIONS—READING LESSON Make a careful review of Agreement, 38, 39, 48, 49. 549. In Latin the future active participle is joined with forms of sum in the indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive to express future or intended action : auditurus sum, / am about to hear or / intend to hear. This is called the First or Active Periphrastic Conjugation. The future passive participle (gerundive) is joined in the same way with forms of sum to express action which must occur or ought to occur : docendus sum, / must be taught or ought to be taught. This is called the Second or Passive Periphrastic Conjugation. 3i» a. Present A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE First (Active) Periphrastic Conjugation indicative vocaturus x sum, etc., / am about to call, I intend to call, etc. Imperf. vocaturus eram, etc., / was about to call, etc. Future vocaturus ero, etc., / shall be about to call, etc. P effect vocaturus fui, etc., / ivas about to call, etc. Plupeif. vocaturus fueram, etc., I had been about to call, etc. Put. Per/, vocaturus fuero, etc., / shall have been about to call, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE Present vocaturus sim, etc. Imperf. vocaturus essem, etc. Perfect vocaturus fuerim, etc. Pluperf vocaturus fuissem, etc. INFINITIVE Present vocaturus esse, to be about to call Perfect vocaturus f uisse, to Jiave been about to call b Present Second (Passive) Periphrastic Conjugation indicative vocandus 1 sum, etc., I must or ought to be called, etc. Imperf. vocandus eram, etc., I had to be called, etc. Future vocandus ero, etc., / shall have to be called, etc. Perfect vocandus fui, etc., / had to be called, etc. Pluperf. vocandus fueram, etc., I had had to be called, etc. Fut. Perf vocandus fuero, etc., I shall have had to be called, etc. 1 Of course the participle is inflected to agree with the subject. THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 319 SUBJUNCTIVE Present vocandus sim, etc. Imperf. vocandus essem, etc. Perfect vocandus fuerim, etc. P hip erf. vocandus fuissem, etc. INFINITIVE Present vocandus esse, to have to be called Perfect vocandus f uisse, to have had to be called 550. Examine the following : — 1 . Quaero quid f acturus sit, / ask what he intends to do, is going to do, will do. 2. Quaesivi quid f acturus esset, / asked what he intended to do, etc. a. In the indirect questions in the above, forms of the first periphrastic conjugation take the place of the lacking future subjunctive. Note that the law of sequence of tenses holds. 551. Study carefully the following sentences and observe the difference between the Latin and the English idiom : — 1 . Slgnum Caesari dandum erat, Caesar had to give the signal {the signal was to Caesar to be given, the signal had to be given by Caesar). 2. Militibus ad montem currendum erat, the soldiers had to run to the mountain (it was to the soldiers to be run to the mountain). a. In the above sentences duty, obligation, or necessity is implied, and the name of the person upon whom the duty, obligation, or necessity rests is in the dative case. 320 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Intransitive verbs, as is seen in 2, are used impersonally in this construction. 552. Rule The Dative of the Agent. — To express the person upon whom a duty, obligation, or necessity rests, the second peri- phrastic conjugation with the dative of the agent is used. 553. VOCABULARY latus, -eris, n., side, flank wing (of an army) supplicatio, -onis, f., thanks uterque, -traque, -trumque, each, both decerno, -ere, -crevl, -cretus, decree refringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus, break down qua, adv., where miquus, -a, -um, uneven, un- favorable universus, -a, -um, as a whole, entire 554. EXERCISES I. I. Supplicationes decernendae sunt, erant, fuerunt, fuerint. 2. Mihi scrlbendum est, fuerat, fuerit, fuit. 3. Legatus septimam legionem ad collem missurus est, erat, fuerat. 4. Caesari omnia uno tempore agenda sunt. 5. Castra nobis munienda erant postquam copias nostras flumen traduximus. 6. Acies instruenda, slgnum dan- dum, milites ab opere revocandi sunt. 1 7. Deditione facta, nostros praesidia deducturos esse exlstimaverunt. 8. Omnibus copiis subito ex oppido eruptionem fecerunt, qua ascensus ad nostra castra facilior videbatur. 9. Sini- stra latere pugnandum erat. 10. In utrlsque lateribus milites constituendl erant. 1 Note agreement of sunt with its nearest subject. THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 321 II. i.I must speak, he is about to go, they will have to come. 2. The signal has to be given, messengers will have to be sent. 3. Caesar had to draw up a line of battle. 4. The lieutenant thought that he ought to occupy the hill. 5. He said that the senate intended to decree a thanksgiving. 6. They are about to come into an uneven place for the purpose of fighting. 7. The wall of the camp had to be broken down. 555- Reading Lesson Praetorian Guards. Obsidibus 1 acceptis Crassus in finis Vocatium et Tarusatium pro- fectus est. Turn vero barbari commotl, quod oppidum et natura et manu munitum paucis diebus expugnatum erat, legatos in om- nis partis mittere, coniurare, ob- sides inter se dare, copias parare coeperunt. LegatI mittuntur etiam ad eas civitates quae Aqultaniae finitimae sunt. Quorum adventu magna, cum auctoritate et magna cum hominum multitudine, bellum gerere conantur. Duces 2 vero il deliguntur qui summam scientiam rei militaris habere existimantur. Hi loca capere, castra munire, commeatibus nostros intercludere coeperunt. Proelium autem non commlserunt, sed exspectabant 3 quid consili nostri caperent. 1 Explain this and all other ablatives in the passage. 2 Appositive with ii, as leaders. 3 were waiting to see. 322 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE LESSON 75 REVIEW OF CASE CONSTRUCTIONS — COMPLEX SEN- TENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE — READING LESSON Make a careful review of 24, 26, 27, 29, 34, 97, 120, i37> I 55> 161, 168, 181, 187. You have become familiar, through repeated practice, with the construction of the simple sentence in indirect discourse. Review carefully 223-230, 354, et seq., also the Law of Sequence of Tenses (277, 278, 394, Note). 556. The following examples illustrate the changing of complex sentences from the direct to the indirect form. Direct Statement Vir quern laudo meus amicus est, the man whom I am praising is my friend. Indirect Statement Primary Sequence : Dicit, he says ] virum quern laudet suum ami- Dlcet, hi will say | cum esse, that the man whom Dixerit, he will have said J he is praismg is his friend. Secondary Sequence : Dlcebat, he was saying } virum quern laudaret suum ami- Dlxit, he said \ cum esse, that the man whom Dixerat, he had said he was praising was his friend. 557. In changing a complex sentence from the direct to the indirect form remember the following points: — 1. The principal verbs follow the law of simple sentences and have tenses of the infinitive according to 354. COMPLEX SENTENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE 323 2. The subordinate verbs are in the subjunctive and follow the sequence of the introductory verb of saying. 3. Changes may take place in the person of the verb, the pronoun, or the pronominal adjective (354, Note, 1, 2). Note. — All imperatives, and nearly all interrogative principal verbs, become subjunctives in the indirect discourse. a. Remember that in the principal clause in the indirect discourse : — 1 . The present infinitive stands for the present indicative of the direct. 2. The perfect infinitive stands for the imperfect, per- fect, and pluperfect indicative of the direct. 3. The future infinitive stands for the future and future perfect indicative of the direct. 558. Study carefully the following examples : — Direct Virum quern omnes laudant videbo, I shall see the man whom all are praising. Indirect Primary Sequence : Dicit, he says ] se virum quern omnes laudent Dicet, he will say \ visurum esse, that he will see Dixerit, he zvill have said j the man whom all are praising. Secondary Sequence : Dlcebat, he was saying Dixit, he said Dixerat, he had said se virum quern omnes laudarent visurum esse, that he would see the man whom all were praising. 324 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Direct Virum quern omnes laudant vldi, / saw the man whom all are praisijig. Indirect Primary Sequence : Dicit, he says ] se virum quern omnes laudarent Dicet, he will say f vidisse, that he saw the man Dixerit, he zuill have said] whom all are praising. Secondary Sequence : Dicebat, he was saying Dixit, he said Dixerat, he had said se virum quern omnes laudarent vidisse, that he saw or had seen the man whom all were praising. You see in the last examples that the subordinate verb laudarent follows the sequence of the perfect infinitive vidisse instead of that of the introductory verb of saying, and is in a secondary tense. This is regular when the per- fect infinitive stands for the historical perfect (204, b) of the indicative. 559- VOCABULARY dolus, -I, m., trick, fraitd, de- ceit gens, gentis, f., tribe munitio, -onis, f., fortification servitus, -utis, f., slavery arduus, -a, -um, steep praeceps, -cipitis, headlong admiror, -ari, -atus sum, ad- mire > wonder at nanciscor, -i, nactus sum, get, obtain igitur, adv., therefore (seldom first in its clause) nuper, adv., recently 560. EXERCISES I. 1. Vidit equites, quod hostes secutl essent, ad collls se praecipites recepisse. 2. Dicit se montls quos videat COMPLEX SENTENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE 325 ascensurum esse. 3. Dlcit eum montls quos videat as- censurum esse. 4. Dlcit se, qui liber nunc sit, numquam in servitutem venturum esse. 5. Gall! dicunt iniurias quas acceperint magnas esse. 6. Nuntius dixit omnis nationes quae nuper pacatae essent, coniurationem fecisse. 7. Dlcit se pacem nanclsci non posse quod inimlcl sui per dolos sibi obsistant. II. 1. He said that both camps which Caesar had pitched were being attacked by the Gauls. 2. I know why the enemy will not fight, he says that he knows why the enemy will not fight. 3. You won- der at the boldness which Caesar showed, I know that you wonder at the bold- ness which Caesar showed. 4. He knows that he cannot blot out the disgrace of flight because he began it (made- the beginning of it). 5. He says that he knows why they began the flight, therefore he blames them. Standard Bearer and Soldiers. 561. SPECIAL EXERCISES ON THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE I. i. Agger eius munitionis quindecim pedum in longi- tudinem est. 2. Duo milia passuum ab hoc loc5 aberat Caesar. 3. Consul sua et senatus consilia tribunis mlli- 326 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE turn retulit. 4. Dlxerunt consulem sua et senatus con- silia multis et fortibus virls retulisse. 5. Athenas et R5mam Ibit, urbes claras et pulchras, ut ibi multos mores multarum gentium videat. 6. Genavam iit ut de consilils Helvetiorum cognosceret. 7. Omnes dlcunt eum amlcls favere, inimlcls autem non nocere. 8. Putaverunt eas res Caesarl curae futuras esse. 9. Propter iter facile per provinciam nostram Ire constituerunt. 10. Virum, quem ducem delegerant, de omnibus rebus statim certiorem fecerunt. II. 1. This boy's father is a man of great influence in many states. 2. For nine days the army remained across the river Rhine, then the commander set out for Rome. 3. He said that his sister was unlike many other girls. 4. I think that it will be very disagreeable to march for many hours along this steep and difficult road. 5. A wall of great height and a ditch of great width were a defense to this town. 562. Reading Lesson Quod 1 ubi Crassus animadvertit, concilium convocavit et posterum diem pugnae constituit. 2 Prima luce pro- duces omnibus copils, duplici acie instructs, auxiliis in mediam aciem coniectis, 3 exspectabat quid consill hostes caperent. Illi, quamquam propter multitudinem suam et veterem belli gloriam se tuto pugnare existimabant, tamen tutius esse arbitrabantur, obsessis viis, commeatu inter- cluso, sine ullo vulnere victoria 4 potirl, et, si propter inopiam frumenti Roman! sese recipere coepissent, impe- ditos in agmine adorirl cogitabant. Hoc consilio probato, 1 And when Crassus perceived this. 3 having brought together. 2 appointed. 4 See 408. REVIEW OF CASE CONSTRUCTIONS 327 hostes, Romanorum copils ab ducibus productis, sese cas- tris tenebant. LESSON 76 REVIEW OF CASE CONSTRUCTIONS {Continued) — READING LESSON Review carefully 212, 218, 239, 266, 290, 298, 314, 364, 408, 416, 444, 460, 474. Make table of ablative uses, with an example of each. 563. EXERCISES I. i. Hoc proelio fact5, pontem in Aran fecit atque ita exercitum traduxit. 2. A militibus de muris lapidibus telisque deiectis, brevl tempore oppidum captum est. 3. Dlcunt Germanos ho- mines magna statura atque incredibili- bus viribus corporum esse. 4. Gall! pauc5s magnitudine corporum praestant, multos autem vi animi. 5. Si proelio abstinebit, multls perlculls liberabitur. 6. Consilium belli renovandi legionisque opprimendae a Gallls captum erat. 7. Dux duabus legionibus in hostis impetum fecit, sed brevl tempore in fugam con- versus est. 8. Dlcunt Caesarem Dum- norigem reprehendisse cupiditate regni, Dlviciacum autem liberalitate laudavisse. 9. Prima hora e castrls Helvetiorum ad Rhenum finlsque Germanorum contendimus. 10. Arbi- tratus est eas legiones quas in Gallia conscriberet non fortiorls esse quam eas quas secum duxisset. Roman General. 328 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE II. I. We saw in Gaul many men of small stature, bright eyes, and great strength of body. 2. Many men of great courage came from Germany to seize the territory of the Gauls. 3. Caesar ordered his men to fight bravely with their swords and keep the enemy from the march. 4. Having accomplished all these things, they set out for Athens in order to see the beautiful buildings of that famous city. 5. Having given hostages and established peace, the Gauls crossed the river and returned home. 564. Reading Lesson Hac re perspecta Crassus, cum hostes sua cunctatione atque oplnione timoris nostros acriores ad pugnandum effecissent, cohortatus suds ad hostium castra contendit. Ibi cum alii 1 fossas complerent 2 alii, 1 multls tells coniectls, defensores vallo munltionibusque depellerent, 2 equites, qui castra hostium circumierant, Crass5 nuntiaverunt non ea- dem dlligentia omnibus locls castra munlta esse et facile aditum habere. Crassus equitum praefectos cohortatus, quid fieri vellet 2 ostendit. Illl, ut 3 erat imperatum, educ- tls iis cohortibus quae praesidio 4 castrls 4 relictae erant, omnium oculls mentibusque ad pugnam intentls, celeriter ad eas, quas dlximus, munltiones pervenerunt, et prius 5 castrls potltl sunt quam 5 plane ab his viderl aut quid gere- retur cognoscl posset. Hac victoria audita maxima pars Aqultaniae sese Crasso dedidit obsidesque mlsit. 1 See 379 and note. 2 Explain subjunctive, also use of tense. 3 Not that. 4 See 297, 298. 5 See 398, footnote 4. GENERAL REVIEW 329 LESSON 77 REVIEW OF CLAUSE CONSTRUCTIONS, GERUND, GERUN- DIVE, SUPINE — READING LESSON — WORD LIST XII 565. I. Review 61, 283, 377, 461, 490, 49 2 , 493- Re- member that the indicative is the mood of fact in state- ments or questions. Distinguish its use from that of the subjunctive in subordinate clauses — relative, causal, con- cessive, and temporal. 2. Review 271, 1, aw/, 283, 295, 369, 377, 394, 461, 49 2 - Make a table of subjunctive uses in independent clauses and in clauses of purpose, result, characteristic or descrip- tion, cause, concession, and time, and in indirect questions. 3. Review 426-428, 434, 435. Distinguish between the gerund (a verbal noun) and the gerundive (a verbal adjective). When may the gerund with an object be used ? When must the gerundive be substituted for the gerund with an object? 4. Review 539-544. State ways of expressing purpose, with an example of each. 5. Review 125, 127, 129, 223-230, 354, 394, 556, 557. Make a table of infinitive uses, including that in indirect discourse. What is the mood of the subordinate clause in an indirect statement or question ? What law do its tenses follow ? What is the law of tenses in the principal clause ? 566. EXERCISES I. I. Funditores sagittarilque magna exercitati5ne atque surama celeritate Caesari auxilio veniunt. 2. Nonne strepitus discedentis exercitus magnus est ? 3. Cum in Galliam veniet multa acria proelia faciet. 4. Cum in Galliam venisset multa proelia fecit. 5. Dicit se, cum (33°) GENERAL REVIEW 33 1 in Galliam venerit, multa proelia facturum esse. 6. Cae- sar non est is qui suls amlcls iniuriam faciat. 7. Post- quam turpitudinem fugae virtute delevit suo imperatorl gratus erat. 8. Vir belli gerendl cupidus imperatorl suo non molestus erit. 9. Bellum gerendl causa in terram inimlcam iit. 10. Ad eas res conficiendas legatum Ro- inam misit. 11. Tarn acriter pugnatum est ut nullus hostis effugeret. 12. Vereor ne Caesar totam Galliam ad servitutem redigat. 13. Pacem petltum ad ducem hostium venit. II. 1. He came to seek 1 peace, but remained for the purpose of waging war. 2 2. There were (some) who asked why we were going to Athens. 3. The time is not suit- able for establishing peace. 4. Who is there who will not defend his country if the enemy come to wage war ? 5. Caesar encouraged his (men) to fight bravely. 6. When Caesar was in Cisalpine 3 Gaul frequent rumors were brought to him. 7. Since Caesar is our leader let us be brave. 8. Although the river was deep they crossed it without boats. 567. Reading Lesson Eodem fere tempore Caesar, quod MorinI 4 Menapilque 4 supererant, qui in armls erant neque 5 ad eum legatos de pace mlserant, contra eos exercitum duxit. 6 Illi, quod magnas silvas et paludes habebant, eo se suaque omnia 1 Use supine. 2 Gerund or gerundive? See 426-428, 434, 435. 3 Use proper form of citerior. 4 Tribes in northern Gaul. 5 and . . . not. 6 Write the principal parts of all verbs in this Reading Lesson. Give infini- tives and participles of the same. 332 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE contulerunt. Ad initium earum silvarum cum Caesar pervenisset castraque munlre coepisset, subito ex omnibus partibus silvae evolaverunt et in nostros impetum fecerunt. Nostri celeriter arma ceperunt eosque, multis interfectls, in silvas reppulerunt. Deinde insecutae sunt tempestates eiusmodl ut mllites nostri diutius in castris contineri non possento Quare Caesar exercitum reduxit et in hlbernis conlocavit. 568. WORD list : XII administro decerno iniquus praemium supplex admiror decumanus latus qua supplicatio aedifico dolus Liger recens universus apertus eruptio munltio refringo uterque arduus fas nanciscor repentinus veho ascensus gens nuper servitus Veneti aufero gratulor orno singularis currus igitur praeceps species TABLES OF DECLENSIONS TYPICAL NOUNS 569. First Declension Stem ending a Stem, silva Base, silv- Singular Plural N. silva, f. silvae G. silvae silvarum D. silvae silvls Ac. silvam silvas V. silva silvae Ab. silva silvls 570. Second Declension Stem ending Stem, legato- bello- gladio- puero- agro- viro- Base, legat- bell- gladi- Singulae puer- agr- vir- N. legatus, m. bellum, n gladius, m. puer, m. ager, m. vir, m. G. legati belli gladl puerl agrl viri D. legato bello gladio puero agro viro Ac. legatum bellum gladium puerum agrum virum V. legate bellum gladie puer ager vir Ab. legato bello gladio Plural puero agro vird N. legati bella gladil puerl agrl viri G. legatorum bellorum gladi5rum puerorum agrorum virorum D. legatis bellls gladiis puerls agrls virls Ac. Jegatos bella gladios pueros agros viros V. legati bella gladil puerl agrl viri Ab. legatis bellls gladiis 333 puerls agrls virls 334 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 571. Third Declension Stem ending with consonant Stem, due- milit- legion- corpor- Base, due- milit- SlNGULAR legion- corpor- N.V. dux, m. miles, m. legio, f. corpus, n. G. ducis militis legionis corporis D. duci mlliti legioni corpori Ac. ducem militem legionem corpus Ab. duce mllite Plural legione corpora N. V. duces milites legiones corpora G. ducum militum legionum corporum D. ducibus mllitibus legionibus corporibus Ac. duces milites legiones corpora Ab. ducibus mllitibus legionibus corporibus 572. Stem ending i Stem. hosti- turri- sedili- urbi- Base, host- turr- SlNGULAR sedil- urb- N.V. hostis, m. f. turris, f. sedile, n. urbs, f. G. hostis turris sedllis urbis D. hosti turri sedlli urbi Ac hostem turrim (-em) sedlle urbem Ab. hosti (-e) turri (-e) Plural sedlli urbe N.V. hostes turres sedllia urbes G. h ostium turrium sedilium urbium D. hostibus turribus sedllibus urbibus Ac. hostis (-es) turris (-es) sedllia urbis (-es) Ab. hostibus turribus sedllibus urbibus 573- Stem ending irregular Stems, iter- ar id itiner- senec- and sen- vi- and viri- Bases, iter- and itiner- senec- and sen- v- and ylr- TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 335 Singular N. V. iter, n. senex, m G. itineris senis D. itinerl sen! Ac. iter senem Ab. itinere sene Plural N. V. itinera senes G. itinerum senum D. itineribus senibus Ac. itinera senes Ab. itineribus senibus vis, f. (vis) (vi) vim vi vires vlrium vlribus vires vlribus 574- Fourth Declension Stem ending u Stem casu- domu- cornu- Base, cas- dom- SlNGULAR corn- N. V. casus, m. domus, f. cornu, n. G. casus domus (-1) cornus D. casui domui (-0) cornu Ac. casum domum cornu Ab. casu domo (-u) Plural cornu N. V. casus domus cornua G. casuum domuum (-drum) cornuum D. casibus domibus cornibus Ac. casus domos (-us) cornua Ab. casibus domibus cornibus 575- Fifth Declension Stem ending e Stem, die- Stem, re- Base, di- Base, r- 336 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Singular Plural Singular Plural N. V. dies, m. f. dies res, f. res G. die! dierum rel rerum D. die! diebus rel rebus Ac. diem dies rem res Ab. die diebus re rebus 576. ADJECTIVES First and Second Declensions a- and o-stems Stems, fido-, fida-, fido- misero-, misera-, misero- Base, fid- miser- Singular N. fidus fida fidum miser misera miserum G. fldi fidae fldi miseri miserae miseri D. fido fidae fido misero miserae misero Ac fidum fid am fidum miserum miseram miserum V. fide fida fidum miser misera miserum Ab. fido fida fido misero misera misero Plural N. V. fidi fidae fida miseri miserae misera G. fTd5rum fidarum fid5rum miserorum miserarum miserorui D. fidis fidis fidis miseris miseris miseris Ac. fidos fldas fida miseros miseras misera Ab. fidis fidis fidis miseris miseris miseris D. Ac. Ab. Stems, nostro-, nostra-, nostro- SlNGULAR N.V. noster G. nostri nostro nostrum nostro nostra nostrae nostrae nostram nostra Base, nostr- nostrum nostri nostro nostrum nostro TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 337 Plural N. V nostri nostrae nostra G. nostrorum nostrarum nostrSrum D. nostrls nostrls nostris Ac. nostros nostras nostra Ab. nostrls nostrls nostris 577- Third Declension Three terminations ; i-stems Stem, acri- Base, acr- SlNGULAR N.V. acer acris acre G. acris acris acris D. acri acri acri Ac. acrem acrem acre Ab. acri acri Plural acri N.V. acres acres acria G. acrium acrium acrium D. acribus acribus acribus Ac. acris (-es) acris (-es) acria Ab. acribus acribus acribus 578. Two terminations ; i-stems Stem, facili- Base, facil- Singular Plural N.V. facilis facile faciles facilia G. facilis facilis facilium facilium D. facili facili facilibus facilibus Ac. facilem facile facilis (-es) facilia Ab. facili facili facilibus facilibus 579. One termination ; consonant stems Stem, ferae- Base, ferac- Singular Plural N.V. ferax ferax feraces feracia G. feracis feracis feracium feracium D. feraci feraci feracibus feracibus 338 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Singular Plural Ac. feracem ferax feracls (- es) feracia Ab. feracl (-e ) feracl (-e) feracibus feracibus 58 0. Comparative ; Stem, fortior- consonant stems Base, fortior- Singular Plural N.V. fortior fortius fortiores fortiora G. fortioris fortioris fortidrum fortiorum D. fortiori fortiori fortioribus fortioribus Ac. fortiorem fortius fortioris (-es) fortiora Ab. fortiore fortiore fortioribus fortioribus 58 I. Present participle ; consonant stems Stem, vocant- Base, vocant- Singular Plural N.V. vocans vocans vocantes vocantia G. vocantis vocantis vocantium vocantium D. vocanti vocanti vocantibus vocantibus Ac. vocantem vocans vocantes vocantia Ab. vocanti ( -e) vocanti (-e) vocantibus vocantibus 58 2. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES Singular N. ullus ulla ullum uter utra utrum G. ulllus ulllus ulllus utrlus utrlus utrlus D. QUI Gill ulll utri utri utri Ac. ullum ullam ullum utrum utram utrum Ab. ullo ulla ullo utro utra utro Plural N. mii ullae ulla utri utrae utra G. ullorum ullarum ullorum utrorum utrarum utrorum D. ullls ullls ullls utrls utrls utrls Ac. ullos ullas ulla utros utras utra Ab. ullls ullls ullls utrls utrls utrls alius List of Adjectives Declined as Above alter neuter nullus solus totus ullus iinus uter TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 339 583. N. G. D. Ac. Ab. duo, tres, and mille duo duorum duobus duos, duo duobus duae duarum duabus duas duabus Plural duo duorum duobus duo duobus tres trium tribus tres, trls tribus N. G. D. Ac. Ab. Singular mille mi lie Plural mllia milium mllibus mllia mllibus tria trium tribus tria tribus 584. cams fortis gracilis acer bonus malus magnus parvus multus exterus 585. TABLE OF COMPARISONS canor fortior gracilior acrior melior peior maior minor plus exterior canssimus fortissimus gracillimus acerrimus optimus pessimus maximus minimus plurimus extremus extimus inferus cis in, intra prae, pro prope ultra posterus superus Singular PRONOUNS Personal N. G. D. Ac. Ab. ego mei mihi me me tu 1 tui tibi te te inferior citerior interior prior propior ulterior posterior superior Plural nos nostrum (-1) nobis nos nobis infimus imus citimus intimus primus proximus ultimus postremus postumus supremus summus vos vestrum (-i) vobis vos vobis 1 In tu and ipse the vocative is like the nominative; it is lacking in the other pronouns. 340 586. A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 587. Reflexiv E Singular Plural N. G. sui sui D. sibi sibi Ac. se or sese se or sese Ab. se or sese se or sese Demonstrative Singular N. hie haec hoc is ea id G. huius huius huius eius eius eius D. huic huic huic ei ei ei Ac. hunc hanc hoc eum earn id Ab. hoc hac hoc Plural eo ea eo N. hi hae haec ei (ii) eae ea G. horum harum horum eorum earum eorum D. his his his iis (eis) iis (eis) iis (eis) Ac. hos has haec eos eas ea Ab. his his his Singular iis (eis) iis (eis) iis (eis) N. ille 1 ilia illud ipse ipsa ipsum G. illius illius illius ipsius ipsius ipsius D. ill! ill! illi ipsi ipsi ipsi Ac. ilium illam illud ipsum ipsam ipsum Ab. illo ilia illo Plural ipso ipsa ipso N. ill! illae ilia ipsi ipsae ipsa G. illorum illarum illorum ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum D. illis illis illis ipsis ipsis ipsis Ac illos illas ilia ipsos ipsas ipsa Ab. illis illis illis ipsis ipsis ipsis 1 iste is declined like ille. TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 341 Singular N. idem eadem idem G. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem D. eidem eidem eidem Ac. eundem eandem idem Ab. eodem eadem Plural eodem N. idem (eidem) eaedem eadem G. eorundem earundem eorundem D. iisdem (eisdem) iisdem (eisdem) iisdem (eisdem) Ac. eosdem easdem eadem Ab. iisdem (eisdem) iisdem (eisdem) iisdem (eisdem) 588. Relative Singular Plural N. qui quae quoc qui quae quae G. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ac. quern quam quod quos quas quae Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 589. Interrogative and Indefinite Singular Plural N. quis (qui) quae quid (quod) qui quae quae (qua) G. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ac. quern quam quid (quod) quos quas quae Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 90. Indefinite Singular N. aliquis (-qui) aliqua aliquid (-quod) G. . alicuius alicuius alicuius D. alicui alicui alicui Ac aliquem aliquam aliquid (-quod) Ab. aliquo aliqua aliquo 342 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Plural N. aliqui aliquae aliqua G. aliquorum aliquarum aliquorum D. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus Ac. aliquos aliquas aliqua Ab. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS: REGULAR VERBS ACTIVE VOICE 59i- Present stems : voca-, mone-, rege-, cape-, audi- INDICATIVE MOOD Present Tens] E voco moneo rego capio audio vocas mones regis capis audis vocat monet regit capit audit vocamus monemus regimus capimus audimus vocatis monetis . regitis capitis audltis vocant monent regunt capiunt audiunt ] imperfect Tense vocabam monebam regebam capiebam audiebam vocabas monebas regebas capiebas audiebas vocabat monebat regebat capiebat audiebat vocabamus monebamus regebamus capiebamus audiebamus vocabatis monebatis regebatis capiebatis audiebatis vocabant monebant regebant Future Tense capiebant audiebant vocabo monebo regam capiam audiam vocabis monebis reges capies audies vocabit monebit reget capiet audiet vocabimus monebimus regemus capiemus audiemus vocabitis monebitis regetis capietis audietis vocabunt monebunt regent capient audient TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 343 Perfect Tense vocavi monui rexi cepi audlvi vocavisti monuisti rexisti cepisti audivisti vocavit monuit rexit cepit audlvit vocavimus monuimus reximus cepimus audivitnus vocavistis monui stis rexistis cepistis audlvistis vocaverunt monuerunt rex£runt ceperunt audlverunt Pluperfect Tense vocaveram monueram rexeram ceperam audlveram vocaveras monueras rexeras ceperas audiveras vocaverat monuerat rexerat ceperat audiverat vocaveramus monueramus rexeramus ceperamus audiveramus vocaveratis monueratis rexeratis ceperatis audiveratis vocaverant monuerant rexerant ceperant audlverant Future Perfect Tense vocaverS monuero rexero cepero audivero vccaveris monueris rexeris ceperis audiveris vocaverit monuerit rexerit ceperit audiverit vocaverimus monueritnus rexerimus ceperimus audiveritnus vocaveritis monueritis rexeritis ceperitis audiveritis vocaverint monuerint rexerint ceperint audiverint 592. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Present Tense vocem moneam regam capiam audiam voces moneas regas capias audias vocet moneat regat capiat audi at vocemus moneamus regamus capiamus audiamus vocetis moneatis regatis capiatis audiatis vocent moneant regant capiant audiant Imperfect Tense vocarem monerem. regerem caperem audlrem vocares moneres regeres caperes audlres vocaret moneret regeret caperet audiret 344 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE vocaremus moneremus regeremus caperemus audlremus vocaretis moneretis regeretis caperetis audiretis vocarent monerent regerent Perfect Tense caperent audirent vocaverim monuerim rexerim ceperim audiverim vocaverls monuerls rexerls ceperis audlveris vocaverit monuerit rexerit ceperit audiverit vocaverlmus monuerimus > rexerimus ceperimus audlverlmus vocaveritis monusritis rexerltis ceperitis audiveritis vocaverint monuerint rexerint ceperint audiverint Pluperfect Tense vocavissem monuissem rexissem cepissem audivissem vocavisses monuisses rexisses cepisses audivisses vocavisset monuisset rexisset cepisset audivisset vocavissemus monuissemus rexissemus cepissemus audTvissemus vocavissetis monuissetis rexissetis cepissetis audivissetis vocavissent monuissent rexissent cepissent audivissent 593- IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense voca. mone rege cape audi vocate monete regite Future Tense capite audlte vocato moneto regito capito audlto vocato moneto regito capito audito vocatote monetote regitote capitote auditote vocanto monento regunto capiunto audiunto 594- INFINITIVE Present vocare monere regere Perfect cap ere audlre vocavisse monuisse rexisse cepisse audivisse TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS Future vocaturus esse moniturus esse recturus esse capturus esse 345 auditurus 595. PARTICIPLE Present vocans monens regens Future capiens audiens vocaturus moniturus recturus capturus auditurus 596. GERUND G. vocandl monendl regendl capiendi audiendi D. vocando monendo regend5 capiendo audiendo Ac vocandum monendum regendum capiendum audiendum Ab. vocand5 monendo regendo capiendo audiendo 597- SUPINE Former vocatum monitum rectum Latter captum auditum vocatu monitu rectu captu auditu PASSIVE VOICE 598. INDICATIVE MOOD Present Tense vocor moneor regor capior audior vocaris (-re) moneris (-re) regeris (-re) caperis (-re) audiris (-re) vocatur monetur regitur capitur auditur vocamur monemur regimur capimur audimur vocamini monemini regimini capiminl audlmini vocantur monentur reguntur capiuntur audiuntur 346 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE Imperfect Tense vocabar vocabaris (-re) vocabatur vocabamur vocabamini vocabantur monebar monebaris (-re) monebatur monebamur monebamini regebar regebaris (-re) regebatur regebamur regebamini capiebar capiebaris (-re) capiebatur capiebamur capiebamini vocabor vocaberis (-re) vocabitur vocabimur vocabimini vocabuntur vocatus sum vocatus es vocatus est vocatl sumus vocatl estis vocatl sunt vocatus eram vocatus eras vocatus erat vocatl eramus vocati eratis vocatl erant vocatus ero vocatus eris vocatus erit monebantur regebantur capiebantur Future Tense monebor regar capiar moneberis (-re) regeris (-re) capieris (-re) monebitur regetur capietur monebimur regemur capiemur monebimini regemini capiemini monebuntur regentur capientur Perfect Tense monitus sam rectus sum captus sum monitus es rectus es captus es monitus est rectus est captus est audiebar audiebaris (-re) audiebatur audisbamur audiebamini audiebantur moniti sumus monitl estis moniti sunt recti sumus capti sumus recti estis capti estis recti sunt capti sunt Pluperfect Tense monitus eram rectus eram captus eram monitus eras rectus eras captus eras monitus erat rectus erat captus erat moniti eramus moniti eratis moniti erant recti eramus capti eramus recti eratis capti eratis recti erant capti erant Future Perfect Tense monitus ero rectus ero captus ero monitus ens monitus erit rectus eris captus ens rectus erit captus erit audiar audieris (-re) audietur audiemur audiemini audientur auditus sum audltus es auditus est audit! sumus audit! estis audit! sunt auditus eram auditus eras auditus erat audit! eramus auditl eratis audit! erant auditus ero auditus eris auditus erit TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 347 vocatl erimus moniti erimus recti erimus capti erimus audit! erimus vocatl eritis moniti eritis recti eritis capti eritis audit! eritis vocatl erunt moniti erunt recti erunt capti erunt auditl erunt 599. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Present Tense vocer monear regar capiar audiar voceris (-re) monearis (-re) regaris (-re) capiaris (-re) audiaris (-re) vocetur moneatur regatur capiatur audiatur vocemur moneamur regamur capiamur audiamur vocemini moneatninl regaminl capiaminl audiaminl vocentur moneantur regantur capiantur audiantur Imperfect Tense vocarer monerer regerer caperer audirer vocareris monereris regereris capereris audireris (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) vocaretur moneretur regeretur caperetur audiretur vocaremur moneremur regeremur caperemur audiremur vocareminl moneremini regereminl capereminl audireminl vocarentur monerentur regerentur caperentur audlrentur Perfect Tense vocatus sim monitus sim rectus sim captus sim auditus sim vocatus sis monitus sis rectus sis captus sis audltus sis vocatus sit monitus sit rectus sit captus sit auditus sit vocatl slmus moniti slmus recti slmus capti slmus auditl slmus vocatl sltis moniti sltis recti sltis capti sltis auditl sltis vocatl sint moniti sint recti sint capti sint auditl sint Pluperfect Tense vocatus essem monitus essem rectus essem captus essem auditus essem vocatus esses monitus esses rectus esses captus esses auditus esses vocatus esset monitus esset rectus esset captus esset auditus esset vocatl moniti recti capti auditl essemus essemus essemus essemus essemus vocatl essetis moniti essetis recti essetis capti essetis auditl essetis vocatl essent moniti essent recti essent capti essent auditl essent 348 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 6oo. IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense vocare monere regere capere audire vocamini monemini regimini capimini audlminl Future Tense vocator monetor regitor capitor auditor vocator monetor regitor capitor auditor vocantor monentor reguntor capiuntor audiuntor 601. INFINITIVE Present vocari moneri regl Perfect cap! audlri vocatus esse monitus esse rectus esse captus esse audltus es Future vocatum Iri monitum iri rectum iri captum Iri auditum 11 602. PARTICIPLE Perfect vocatus monitus rectus Gerundive captus audltus vocandus monendus regendus capiendus audiendus 603. Pres. Imperf. IRREGULAR VERBS sum INDICATIVE MOOD Fut. Perf. Pluperf. Fut. Perf. sum eram ero fui fueram fuero es eras eris fuisti fueras fueris est erat erit fuit fuerat fuerit TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 349 sumus eramus enmus estis eratis eritis sunt erant erunt fuimus fueramus fuerimus fuistis fueratis fueritis fuerunt fuerant fuerint 604. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD sim sis sit simus sitis sint essem esses esset essemus essetis essent fuerim fuissem fueris fuisses fuerit fuisset fuerimus fuissemus fueritis fuissetis fuerint fuissent 605. 606. IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense es este Future Tense esto esto estote sunto INFINITIVE Present esse Perfect fuisse Future fore or futurus esse 607. PARTICIPLE futurus, -a, -urn 350 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 608. possum, volo, nolo, malo, fio INDICATIVE MOOD Present Tense possum volo nolo malo fio potes vis non vis mavis fis potest vult non vult mavult fit possumus volumus nolumus malumus [fimus] potestis vultis non vultis ma vultis [fitis] possunt volunt nolunt malunt fiunt Imperfect Tense poteram, etc volebam, etc. nolebam, etc . malebam, etc fiebam, etc. Future Tense potero, etc. volam, etc. nolam, etc. malam, etc. fiam, etc. Perfect Tense potui, etc. volui, etc. nolui, etc. malui, etc. factus sum, etc Pluperfect Tense potueram, volueram. nolueram, malueram, factus eram, etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. Future Perfect Tense potuero, etc. voluero, etc . noluero, etc maluero, etc. factus ero, etc. 609. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Present Tense possim velim nolim malim fiam possis velis nolis malls fias possit velit nolit malit fiat possimus velimus nolimus malimus fiamus possitis velitis nolitis malitis fiatis possint velint nolint malint fiant TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 351 Imperfect Tense possem, etc. vellem, etc nollem, etc. mallem, etc. Perfect Tense fierem, etc. potuerim, voluerim, noluerim, maluerim, factus sim, etc. etc. etc. etc. Pluperfect Tense etc. potuissem, voluissem, noluissem, maluissem. factus essem. etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 6lO. IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense noli fi nolite fite Future Tense nolito nolito nolit5te 6ll. INFINITIVE Present posse velle nolle malle Perfect fieri potuisse voluisse noluisse maluisse Future factus esse factum Iri 612. PARTICIPLE Present potens volens nolens Perfect Gerundive factus faciendus 352 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE ACTIVE VOICE 613. eo, fero, do INDICATIVE MOOD Present Tense eo fero do Is fers das it fert dat Imus ferimus damus Itis fertis datis eunt ferunt Imperfect Tense dant Ibam, etc. ferebam, etc. Future Tense dabam, etc. Ibo, etc. feram, etc. Perfect Tense dabo, etc. ii (ivl), etc. tull, etc. Pluperfect Tense dedi, etc. ieram (Iveram), etc. tuleram, etc. Future Perfect Tense dederam, etc. iero (Ivero), etc. tulero, etc. dedero, etc 614. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Present Tense earn feram dem eas feras des eat ferat det eamus feramus demus eatis feratis detis eant ferant Imperfect Tense dent Irem, etc. ferrem, etc. darem, etc. TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 353 Perfect Tense ierim (iverim), etc. tulerim, etc. Pluperfect Tense dederim, etc. issem (Ivissem), etc. tulissem, etc. dedissem, etc 615. IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense 1 fer da ite . ferte Future Tense date ito ferto dato Ito ferto dato Itote fertote datote eunto ferunto danto 616. INFINITIVE Present Ire ferre Perfect dare Isse (Ivisse) tulisse Future dedisse iturus esse laturus esse daturus esse 617. PARTICIPLE Present iens, gen. euntis ferens Future dans iturus laturus daturus 618. GERUND eundi ferendl dandi eundo ferendo dando eundum ferendum dandum eundo ferendo dando 354 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 619. SUPINE itum latum datum itu latu PASSIVE VOICE adeor, feror, dor datu 620. INDICATIVE MOOD Present Tense adeor feror dor adlris (-re) ferris (-re) daris (-re) aditur fertur datur adimur ferimur damur adimini ferimini damini adeuntur feruntur Imperfect Tense dantur adibar, etc. ferebar, etc. Future Tense dabar, etc. adibor, etc. ferar, etc. Perfect Tense dabor, etc. aditus sum, etc. latus sum, etc. Pluperfect Tense datus sum, etc. aditus eram, etc. latus eram, etc. Future Perfect Tense datus eram, etc. aditus ero, etc. latus ero, etc. datus ero, etc. 621. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Present Tense adear ferar der adearis (-re) feraris (-re) deris (-re) adeatur feratur detur TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 355 adeamur feramur demur adeamini feramini demini adeantur ferantur Imperfect Tense dentur adirer, etc. ferrer, etc. Perfect Tense darer, etc. aditus sim, etc. latus sim, etc. Pluperfect Tense datus sim, etc. aditus essem, etc. latus essem, etc. datus essem, etc. 622. IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense adire ferre dare adimini feriminl Future Tense damini aditor fertor dator aditor fertor dator adeuntor feruntor dantor 623. INFINITIVE Present adiri ferri Perfect dari aditus esse latus esse Future datus esse aditum iri latum iri datum iri 624. PARTICIPLE Perfect aditus latus GERUNDIVE datus adeundus ferendus dandus 356 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE DEPONENT VERBS Present stems : cona-, pollice-, ute- ? pate-, poti- 625. INDICATIVE MOOD Present Tense 1 polliceor utor patior potior conor polliceor utor conaris (-re) polliceris (-re) uteris (-re) pateris (-re) potlris (-re) pollicetur utitur patitur pollicemur titimur patimur pollicemini utiminl patimini pollicentur iituntur patiuntur Imperfect Tense pollicebar utebar patiebar Future Tense pollicebor utar patiar Perfect Tense pollicitus sum usus sum passus sum Pluperfect Tense conatus eram pollicitus eram usus eram passus eram potitus eram Future Perfect Tense pollicitus ero usus ero passus ero potitus ero conatur conamur conamini conantur conabar conabor conatus sum conatus ero potitur potimur potimini potiuntur potiebar potiar potitus sum SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Present Tense pollicear utar patiar potiar Imperfect Tense pollicerer uterer paterer potirer Perfect Tense pollicitus sim usus sim passus sim potitus sim Pluperfect Tense conatus essem pollicitus essem usus essem passus essem potitus essem 1 Only the present indicative is here conjugated in full. conarer conatus sim TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 357 IMPERATIVE MOOD Present Tense conare pollicere iitere patere potlre Future Tense collator pollicetor utitor patitor potltor INFINITIVE Present conari polliceri uti patl potlri Perfect conatus esse pollicitus esse usus esse passus esse potltus esse Future conaturus esse polliciturus esse usurus esse passurus esse potiturus esse PARTICIPLE Present conans pollicens utens . patiens potiens Future conaturus polliciturus usurus passurus potiturus Perfect conatus pollicitus usus passus potltus GERUNDIVE conandus pollicendus utendus patiendus potiendus GERUND cdnandl, etc. pollicendi, etc. utendi, etc. patiendi, etc. potiendi, etc. SUPINE conatum, -tu pollicitum, -tu usum, -su passum, -su potltum, -tu RULES OF SYNTAX The following rules have been given in the body of this book, preceded by illustrative examples and notes. They are repeated here for convenience of reference. The num- bers following the rules refer to the illustrative examples. 626. Case of the Subject. — The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case (23). 627. Predicate Nominative. — A noun in the predi- cate with an intransitive or passive verb agrees with the subject in case (96). 628. Appositive. — A noun limiting another noun and denoting the same person or thing agrees with it in case (96). 629. Case Relations. — Case relations in Latin are shown by case endings, not by the order of words (28). 630. The Possessive Genitive. — A noun denoting the owner or possessor of a thing limits the word denoting the thing possessed, and is in the genitive case (25). 631. The Possessive and the Genitive Case. — The possessive is sometimes used in connection with a genitive limiting the same noun (247). 632. The Genitive of the Whole. — Words denoting a part are used with a genitive of the whole to which the part belongs (481). Note. — Partitive words are nouns, pronouns, and adjectives and adverbs used substantively. 358 RULES OF SYNTAX 359 633. The Indirect Object. — The indirect object is in the dative case with verbs of giving, telling, and announc- ing, and others of similar meaning, to denote the person to whom anything is given, told, announced, etc. (33). 634. The Dative of the Possessor. — The dative case is used with sum and similar verbs to denote the possessor. The name of the object possessed is in the nominative case (160). 635. The Double Dative. — The Latin often uses a dative of the person to ox for whom, together with the da- tive of the object for which, where in English a predicate noun and an indirect object are used (297). 636. The Dative with Adjectives. — The dative is used with adjectives denoting resemblance, fitness, nearness, and the like ; also with their opposites (363). Note. — Adjectives of fitness may be used with ad and the accusa- tive. 637. The Dative with Special Verbs. — Some verbs, intransitive in Latin though transitive in English, are fol- lowed by a dative of the indirect object. Such are verbs signifying to favor, please, trust, assist, command, obey, serve, resist, pardon, threaten, spare, and others of similar nature (415). 638. The Dative with Compounds. — Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super take the dative case of the indirect object (473). Note. — Since this use of the dative is that of the indirect object, it follows that the original construction of the simple verb remains, if the meaning acquired in the compound is not suited to an indirect object. 360 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 639. The Dative of the Agent. — To express the person upon whom a duty, obligation, or necessity rests, the second periphrastic conjugation with the dative of the agent is used (551). 640. The Case of Direct Object. — The direct object of a transitive verb represents that to which something is done, and is in the accusative case (28). 641. The Direct and Indirect Object. — A direct object may be used in connection with an indirect object of the same verb (33). ., more often. sagitta, ae,/, arrow. Sagittarius, sagittari, m., archer, bowman. salus, utis,/, safety. salvus, a, um, adj., safe. sane, adv., by all means, truly, of course, certainly. sapiens, entis, adj., wise. sarcina, ae, /, bundle; pi., personal baggage. satis, adj. and adv., enough, suffi- ciently. scientia, ae, /., knowledge, skill, sci- ence. scio, ire, ivi, itus, know, understand. scribo, ere, scripsi, scrip tus, write. scutum, i, n., shield. se, see sui; se suaque omnia, them- selves and all their belongings. secundus, a, um, adj., second, favor- able. sed, conj., but. sedes, is, /, seat, abode, dwelling place. sedile, is, n., seat, abode. semper, adv., always. senatus, us, m., senate. senex, senis, adj., old, aged ; as subst., m , old man. senior, ius, comp. adj., older. sentio, ire, sensi, sensus, feel, know. septem, card, num., seven. Septimus, a, um, ord. num., seventh. Sequani, orum, m. pi., the Sequani. sequor, 1, cutus sum, follow, pursue. servitus, utis, /, slavery, servitude. servus, i, m., slave, servant. sescenti, ae, a, card, num., six hun- dred. 388 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE sex, card, num., six. sextus, a, um, ord. num., sixth. si, conj., if. signifer, eri, m., standard bearer. signum, l, »., standard, signal. silva, see,/., wood, woods, forest. similis, e, adj., like, similar. simul ac, conj , as soon as. sine, prep. w. ad/., without. singularis, e, adj., singular, extraordi- nary, remarkable. singuli, ae, a, num. distributive adj., single, individual, separate ; one by one. sinister, tra, trum, adj., left. socius, soci, 7/1., ally. sol, solis, ;;/., sun. soleo, ere, itus sum, be wont, be accustomed, use. solus, a, um, adj., alone, only. Sontiates, um, m. pi., the Sontiates. soror, oris,/, sister. spatium, spati, n., space, distance, time. species, el,/., appearance, sight. speculator, oris, m., spy. spes, spei,/, hope. spiritus, us, 7ii., spirit, pride, inso- lence. sponte, abl., of one's accord, volun- tarily ; mea sponte, of my own accord. statim, adv., suddenly, immediately, at once. statura, ae,/, stature, height. stella, ae,/, star. stipendiarius, a, um, adj., tributary; pi., as subst., stipendiarii, 5rum, tributaries. strepitus, us, m. t noise, din, roar. studeo, ere, ui, — , desire, pay atten- tion to, iv. dat. studium, studi, 7i., desire, zeal. sub, prep. w. ace. and abl., under; sub monte, at the foot of the moun- tain. subito, adv., suddenly. subitus, a, um, adj., sudden. subsidium, subsidi, n., help, assist- ance, relief, reenforcement. succedo, ere, cessi, cessurus, come up, approach, take the place of, succeed. Suessiones, um, 7u.pl., the Suessiones. sui, sibi, se, se, rejlex. pron., of him- self, herself, itself, themselves ; inter se, to one another. sum, esse, fui, futiirus, be. summa, ae,/, leadership. summus, a, um, superl. adj , highest, top of, greatest, utmost. super, prep. w. ace. ajid abl., over, above, upon, on the top of. superior, ius, comp. adj., former, higher, upper. supero, are, avi, atus, overcome, conquer, surpass, pass over, as- cend. supersum, esse, fui, futiirus, be over, remain, survive. suppeto, ere, Ivi or ii, iturus, be at hand. supplex, icis, m. a/id f., suppliant. supplicatio, onis, /, supplication, prayer, entreaty, thanksgiving. supremus, a, um, see summus. sustineo, ere, ui, tentus, sustain, en- dure, hold out. suus, a, um, poss. pron., his, hers, its, her; their, theirs; his own, etc. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 389 T., abbreviation for Titus. talis, e, adj., such a. tarn, adv., so. tamen, conj., yet, nevertheless. tandem, adv., at last, at length, finally. tantus, a, um, adj., so great. Tarusates, ium, m. pi., the Tarusates. telum, 1, n., missile, dart, weapon, javelin, spear. tempestas, atis, /., storm, tempest, weather. tempto, are, avi, atus, try, tempt, attempt. tempus, oris, n., time. teneo, ere, ui, tus, hold, keep, pos- sess. tergum, i, n., the back ; terga vertere, to turn the back, flee, retreat. terra, ae,/, land. terreo, ere, ui, itus, terrify, frighten. terror, oris, m., terror, fright. tertius, a, um, ord. num., third. testudo, inis,/, shed, shelter, tortoise- shaped covering ; roof of shields. Tigurinus, i, /;?., Tigurinus, a dis- trict in Helvetia. timeo, ere, ui, — , fear, be afraid of. timor, oris, m., fear. tormentum, i, n., an engine for hurl- ing missiles, hurling engine. totus, a, um, adj., whole, entire. trado, ere, didi, ditus, give up, sur- render. traduco, ere, diixi, ductus, lead or carry across, transport. trans, prep. w. ace, across, over, beyond. transeo, ire, ii or ivi, itus, go across, cross. transgredior, i, gressus sum, go over, cross. transporto, are, avi, atus, carry across or over, transport. tres, tria, card, num., three. Treveri, orum, m. pi., the Treveri. tribunus, i, m., tribune. triginta, card, num., thirty. triplex, icis, adj., threefold, triple, tristis, e, adj., sad. tu, tui, pers. pron., thou, you. tuba, ae,/, trumpet. turn, adv., then, at that time, tumultus, us, m., tumult, uprising, confusion. tumulus, i, m., mound, hill. turpitiido, inis,/, disgrace, shame, turris, is,/, tower. tuto, adv., safely, in safety, tutus, a, um, adj., safe, tuus, a, um, poss. pron., thy, thine, your, yours. ubi, conj., where, when. ullus, a, um, adj., any. ulterior, ius, comp. adj., farther, ultimus, a, um, superl. adj., last, farthest, most remote, ultra, prep. w. ace, on the other side, beyond, unde, adv., from which place, whence, undecim, card, num., eleven, undique, adv., from all sides. universus, a, um, adj., all together, whole, entire, unus, a, um, card, num., one. urbs, urbis,/, city. 390 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE urgeo, ere, ursi, — , urge, press hard, beset. usque, adv., even, as far as, all the way to. usus, us, m., experience, use. ut, conj., that, in order that, so that; after verbs of fearing, that not; w. ind., as, when; w. subj., often translated by the present infinitive; ut primum, conj., as soon as, w. ind. uter, utra, utrum, adj., which of two. uterque, utraque, utrumque, adj., each, either, each one, both. utinam, adv. w. subj., I wish that ! would that ! utor, I, usus sum, use, enjoy, employ, w. abl. vadum, l, n., ford. valeo, ere, ui, iturus, be well, be strong, avail; vale, farewell. voiles or vallis, is, f, valley. vallum, I, n., wall, rampart. varius, a, um, adj., various, different. vasto, are, avi, atus, lay waste, devas- tate. vastus, a, um, adj., vast. vectigal, alis, n., tax, revenue, tribute. vehementer, adv., eagerly, violently, vehemently. veho, ere, vexi, vectus, carry, bear; pass., currii vehi, to ride in a chariot; equd or equis vehi, to ride on horseback. velum, l, n., sail. Veneti, orum, m. pi., the Veneti. venio, ire, veni, venturus, come. Verbigenus, I, w., Verbigenus. vereor, eri, itus sum, fear, be afraid. Vergilius, l, m., Vergil (70-19 B.C.), a great Latin poet. vergo, ere, — , — , turn, be situated, slope. vero, postpositive adv., in truth, surely, certainly, yes, but, though, vertex, icis, m., top, summit. verto, ere, 1, versus, turn; se vertere, to wheel about. vescor, 1, — , — , take food, eat, feed upon, w. abl. Vesonti5, onis, m., Vesontio, a city in Gaul, vesper, eri, m., evening; sub ves- perum, towards evening, vester, tra, trum, poss. pron., your, yours. vetus, eris, adj., old, former, of long standing, vexillum, 1, n., banner, flag, via, ae,/, road, way. victoria, ae, /, victory. vicus, i, vi., village. video, ere, vidi, visus, see; pass., be seen, seem, vigilanter, adv., watchfully, vigilantia, ae,/, vigilance, watchful- ness. vigilia, ae, /, watch of the night (fourth part of the night). viginti, card, num., twenty, villa, ae, f, farmhouse, vincio, ire, vinxi, vinctus, bind, vinco, ere, vici, victus, conquer, overcome, vinea, ae, f, shed (for protecting be- siegers'). vinum, i, n., wine. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 391 vir, viri, m., man. virgo, inis,/, virgin, maid. Viridovix, icis, m., Viridovix, a chief of the Venelli. virtus, utis, /., manhood, bravery, courage, valor, virtue. vis, (vis),/, strength, force, power; pi., vires, ium, strength, vita, ae,/, life. vivo, ere, vixi, victiirus, live. vix, adv., hardly, scarcely, with diffi- culty. Vocates, ium, m. pi., the Vocates. voco, are, avi, atus, call, summon. V0l6, velle, volui, — , wish, be willing, vos, vestrum, pi. of tu., you. VOX, vocis,/, voice, word, vulgus, 1, n., crowd, common people. vulnero, are, avi, atus, wound. vulnus, eris, n., wound. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY abandon, relinquo, ere, liqui, lictus. able : be able, possum, posse, potui. abode, sedes, is,/. about, de, w. abl. ; circum, w. ace. ; circiter, adv. ; about to, sign of first periphrastic conjugation. absent : be absent, absum, esse, afui, afutiirus. accept, accipio, ere, cepi, ceptus. accomplish, conficio, ere, feci, fectus. accord : of his own accord, of my own accord, sua sponte, mea sponte. account: on account of, propter, w. ace. ; abl. of cause. accustomed : be accustomed, perf. of consuesco, ere, suevi, consuetus; soleo, ere, itus sum. across, trans, w, ace. Aduatuci, AduatucI, orum, m. pi. advance, prdcedo, ere, cessi, cessurus. advise, moneo, ere, ui, itus. Aeduans, AeduT, 5rum, m. pi. affect, adficio, ere, feci, fectus. after, post, w. ace. ; postquam, conj. again, iterum. against, in or contra, w. ace. ago, ante. aid, auxilium, auxilT, r all, omnis, e; totus, a, um; at all, omnlno. Allobroges, Allobroges, um, m. pi. ally, socius, socl, m. 392 almost, paene, prope. along, per, w. ace. ; secundum, w. ace. Alps, Alpes, ium, / //. also, quoque, following emphatic word ; etiam. although, cum, w. subj. ; sign of abl. abs. always, semper, am, sum, esse, ful, futurus. ambassador, legatus, I, m. ambush, insidiae, arum, f. pi. among, in, w. abl. ; apud printer, w. ace. anchor, ancora, ae,/ and, et, -que, atque; and so, itaque. announce, nuntio, are, avi, atus ; praedico, are, avi, atus. annoy, lacess5, ere, l-VT, itus. annoying, molestus, a, um. another, alius, a, ud ; to one another, inter se; of another, alienus, a, um. answer, respondeo, ere, di, sponsus. any (person or thing), ullus, a, um; aliquis, qua, quid (quod); quis- quam, quidquam. approach, appropinquo, are, avi, atus; adeo, Ire, ii, itus; accedo, ere, cessi, cessurus. Aquitania, Aqultania, ae,/ Aquitanians (Aquitani), Aquitani, orum, m . pi. Arar, Arar, aris, in. Ariovistus, Ariovistus, T, m. arm, armo, are, avi, atus. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 393 armed men, armatl, orum, m. pi. arms, arma, orum, n. pi. army, exercitus, us, m. arrival, adventus, us, m. arrogance, adrogantia, ae, f. arrow, sagitta, ae, / as, ut, sign of double dat.; as soon as, simul ac or atque, cum primum. ask, quaer5, ere, slvl, situs. assault, oppugno, are, avi, atus; take by assault, expugno, are, avi, atus. assist, iuvd, are, iuvl, iutus, w. ace.; adsum, esse, ful, futurus, w. dat. at, ad, w. ace. ; sub, w. ace. ; in, w. abl. ; sign- of abl. Athens, Athenae, arum,///. attack, impetus, us, m. ; make an attack, impetum facio, ere, feci, factus, w. in and ace. attack, oppugn5, are, avi, atus; impe- tum facio, ere, feci, factus, w. in and ace. attempt, conatus, us, m. away: be away, absum, esse, afui, afuturus. B bad, malus, a, um; improbus, a, um. baggage, impedimenta, 5rum, n. pi. band, manus, us,/ bank (of river), rlpa, ae,/ barbarous, barbarus, a, um. battle, proelium, proell, n. ; pugna, ae,/ be, sum, esse, ful, futurus. bear, fer5, ferre, tull, latus. bear against, Infero, ferre, tull, latus, w. dat. bear away or off, aufer5, ferre, abstuli, ablatus. beast of burden, iumentum, I, n. beautiful, pulcher, chra, chrum. because, quod ; because of, propter, w. ace. become, flo, fieri, factus sum. become master of, potior, iri, itus sum, w. abl. become weak, relanguesco, ere, lan- gui, — • before, prae or pro, w. abl. ; ante, w. ace. ; adv., ante, beg : beg for, peto, ere, IvI or ii, Itus. begin, initium facio, ere, feci, factus ; began, coepl, isse. beginning, initium, initi, n. Belgae, Belgae, arum, m. pi. best, optimus, a, um. better, melior, ius. between, inter, w. ace. ; be between, intercedo, ere cessl, cessurus. beyond, praeter or ultra, w. ace. bind, delig5, are, avi, atus. blame, culpd, are, avi, atus ; repre- hends, ere, I, hensus ; incus5, are, avi, atus. blot out, deleo, ere, evl, etus. boar : wild boar, aper, aprl, m. boat, navis, is, / / cymba, ae, / body, corpus, oris, n. bold, audax, acis. boldness, audacia, ae,/ book, liber, brl, m. both, uterque, utraque, utrumque ; both . . . and, et . . . et. boy, puer, en, m. brave, fortis, e. bravely, fortiter. bravery, virtus, utis, / break down, refringo, ere, fregi, frac- tus. 394 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE bridge, p5ns, pontis, m. briefly, breviter. bright, clarus, a, um. bring, ferS, ferre, tuli, latus ; ports, are, avl, at us. bring down, defers, ferre, tuli, latus. bring over, transports, are, avl, atus. bring to an end, cSntkiS, ere, feci, fectus. bring together, cSnferS, ferre, tuli, latus ; conduco, ere, duxl, ductus ; comporto, are, avl, atus. bring upon, infero, ferre, tuli, latus. bring up the rear, agmen claudS, ere, clausT, clausus. broad, latus, a, um. brother, frater, tris, m. build, faciS, ere, feci, factus; aedificS, are, avl, atus. building, aedificium, aedificl, n. but, sed, autem {postpositive) ; but that, quln, w. subj. by, a or ab, w. abl. ; abl. of means. Caesar, Caesar, aris, m. Call, voc5, are, avl, atus ; appellS, are, a vi, atus. call together, convocS, are, avl, atus. camp, castra, drum, n. pi. camp follower, calS, Snis, m. can, possum, posse, potui, — . captive, captivus, T, m. capture, capi5, ere, cepl, captus. care, cura, ae,yC carry, port5, are, avi, atus ; fero, ferre, tuli, latus. carry on, gero, ere, gessi, gestus. cart, carrus, I, m. cast, iacio, ere, ieci, iactus. cast down, deiciS, ere, ieci, iectus. cast into, inici5, ere, ieci, iectus. cavalry, equitatus, us, m. ; equites, um, m. pi. ; cavalry battle, proe- lium equestre, n.; cavalry forces, copiae equestres, copiarum eques- trium, f. pi. Celts, Celtae, arum, m. pi. centurion, centuriS, onis, m. certain, certus, a, um. certain : a certain one, quidam, quaedam, quoddam (quiddam). chain, catena, ae,/ chariot, currus, us, m. chief, prlnceps, ipis, m. chief command, summa, ae,yC chief men, principes, um, m. pi. children, liberl, 5rum, m. pi. citizen, civis, is, m. andf. city, urbs, urbis, f. close array, in, confertissimo agmine. cohort, cohors, ortis, / cold, frlgus, oris, «. / cold weather, frigora, um, pi. collect, comports, are, avl, atus. come, veniS, ire, venl, venturus. come out, eveniS, Tre, venl, venturus. come together, conveniS, Ire, venl, ventus. command, imperium, imperl, n. ; mandatum, I, n. command : be in command of, prae- sum, esse, ful, futurus, w. dat. commander, dux, ducis, m.; impera- tor, Sris, m. ; commander in chief, imperator, Sris, ;;/. concerning, de, w. abl. conference, conloquium, conloqul, n. congratulate, gratulor, arl, atus sum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 395 conquer, vinc5, ere, vicl, victus ; supero, are, avi, atus. conspiracy, conhlratid, 5nis,/ conspire, coniur5, are, avl, atus. consul, consul, ulis, m. contend, contendo, ere, T, tentus. content, contentus, a, um. continually, continenter. continuous, continuus, a, um. country, terra, ae, // fines, ium, ?n. pi. ; native country, patria, ae, /.; country {opposed to city), rus, ruris, n. courage, virtus, utis,/ crops of grain, fruges, um, / pi.; frumenta, orum, n. pi. cross, transeo, Ire, ii, itus ; trans- gredior, I, gressus sum. cross over, transeS, Tre, ii, itus. cut down, interscindo, ere, scidi, scissus. cut off, intercliido, ere, clusi, clusus. daily, cotldianus, a, um ; cotldie, adv. danger, perlculum, I, n. dangerous, perlculosus, a, um. dare, audeo, ere, ausus sum. daughter, filia, ae,/ day, dies, el, m. ; by day, interdiii ; every day, cotldie, in dies ; to the day, ad diem ; on the day after that day, postridie eius diei. decide, constituo, ere, ui, utus. decree, decerno, ere, crevi, cretus. deed : evil deed, maieficium, male- ficT, n. deep, altus, a, um. defend, defends, ere, I, fensus. defense, subsidium, subsidi, »./ prae- sidium, praesidi, n. delay, mora, ae,/ Delos, Delos, I,/ demand, postulatum, I, n. demand, postulo, are, avl, atus ; flagito, are, avi, atus ; posc5, ere, poposcl, — . dense, densus, a, um. depart, discedo, ere, cessi, cessurus. deprive, privo, are, avi, atus. desire, cupiditas, atis, // studium, studi, n. destroy, dele5, ere, evi, etus. destruction, internecid, onis,/ devastate, vasto, are, avi, atus. Diana, Diana, ae,/ difficult, dimcilis, e. disagreeable, molestus, a, um. disaster, calamitas, atis,/ disgrace, malum, i, n. ; turpitudo, inis, / disposition, animus, T, m. district, pagus, I, m. ditch, fossa, ae, / do, facio, ere, feci, factus ; ago, ere, egl, actus ; sign of present indica- tive. door, porta, ae,/ down from, de, w. abl. draw near, accedS, ere, cessi, cessurus. draw up, Instruo, ere, struxi, structus. drive, ago, ere, egl, actus ; pello, ere, pepuli, pulsus. drive out, expello, ere, pulT, pulsus. Dumnorix, Dumnorlx, Igis, m. during, per, w. ace. ; ace. of duration of time. dwell in, habit 5, are, avi, atus ; incol5, ere, colul, — , w. ace. 396 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE each (of two), uterque, utraque, utrumque. each (one), quisque, quaeque, quid- que. each day, cotldie. eagerness, alacritas, atis,/ easily, facile. easy, facilis, e. embassy, legatio, onis, f. encamp, consldo, ere, sedl, sesstirus. encourage, cohortor, arl, atus sum. endure, sustineo, ere, ui, tentus. enemy, hostis, is, m. and f, generally in pi. enjoy, fruor, I, fructus sum, w. abl.; utor, 1, usus sum, w. abl. enough, satis. enroll, conscrlbo, ere, scrips!, scriptus. equip, 5rno, are, avi, atus. establish, confirms, are, avi, atus. even : not even, ne . . . quidem. even up to, usque ad, w. ace. evening, vesper, erl, m.; at or toward evening, sub vesperum. everything, omnia, ium, n. pi. evil deed, malehcium, maleficl, n. excel, praesto, are, stitl, — ; supero, are, avi, atus. excellently, egregie. extend, pertineo, ere, ui, tentus. eye, oculus, I, m. fail, deficio, ere, feci, fectus ; desum, deesse, deful, defuturus. faithful, fldus, a, um. false, falsus, a, um. famous, clarus, a, um. far, far away, longe. farmer, agricola, ae, m. farmhouse, villa, ae,/ father, pater, tris, m. favor, faveo, ere, favl, fauturus, w. dat. fear, timeo, ere, ui, — ; vereor, erl, itus sum. feel, sentio, Ire, sensl, sensus. fertile, fertilis, e. few, paucl, ae, a. field, ager, agrl, m. fierce, acer, acris, acre ; ferus, a, um. fiercely, acriter. fifth, qulntus, a, um. fight, pugno, are, avi, atus ; con- tends, ere, tendl, tentus. finally, denique, demum. find, inveni5, Ire, venl, ventus. find out, cognosc5, ere, novl, nitus. finish, conficiS, ere, feci, fectus. fire, ignis, is, m. five, qulnque, indecl. flee, fugi5, ere, fiigl, fugiturus. flight, fuga, ae,yC fodder, pabulum, I, n. foe, inimlcus, I, m. follow, sequor, I, cutus sum. foot, pes, pedis, m.; at the foot of, sub, zo. abl. ; on foot, pedibus. for, nam, enim, postpositive ; sign of dat. ; sign of ace. of duration of time ; sign of abl. of cause. forced marches, magna itinera, mag- norum itinerum, n. pi. forces, copiae, arum,///. ford, vadum, I, n. forest, silva, ae,/ former, prlstinus, a, um ; (in con- trast with latter) ille, a, ud. fortified, munltus, a, um. fortify, munio, Ire, IvI, itus. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 397 fortune, good fortune, fortiina, ae, / fountain, fons, fontis, m. four, quattuor, indecl. free, liber, era, erum. free, Hbero, are, avi, atus. frequent, creber, bra, brum. fresh, recens, entis; integer, gra, grum; with fresh strength, integrls viribus. friend, amicus, T, m. friendly, amicus, a, um. friendship, amlcitia, ae,/. frighten, terreo, ere, ui, itus. from, a or ab, w. abl.; de, w. abl.; ex, w. abl. fury, furor, oris, m. garrison, praesidium, praesidi, n. gate, porta, ae, / Gaul, Gallia, ae, /. Gauls, Galll, orum, m. pi. general, dux, ducis, m. ; imperator, 5ris, m. generosity, Hberalitas, atis,/ Germans, Germa.nl, orum, m. pi. Germany, Germania, ae,/ girl, puella, ae, / give, do, dare, dedl, datus. give up, dedo, ere, didl, ditus; trad5, ere, didl, ditus. go, eo, Ire, il or IvI, iturus. go away, discedo, ere, cessl, cessu- rus; abeo, Ire, il, iturus. go out of, exeo, Ire, il, iturus. goddess, dea, ae,/ good, bonus, a, um. grain, frumentum, I, n. ; grain sup- ply, res frumentaria, rel frumen- tariae, / great, magnus, a, um. greatly, magnopere. hasten, propero, are, avi, atus; ma- tur5, are, avi, atus; contendo, ere, dl, tus. have, habeo, ere, ui, itus; sum, esse, ful, futurus, w. dat. of possessor. have to, sign of second periphrastic conjugation. he, is, ea, id; hie, haec, hoc; ille, a, ud. hear, audid, Ire, IvI, Itus. height, altitude, inis, / help, auxilium, auxill, n. help, adsum, esse, ful, futurus, w. dat.; iuvo, are, iuvl, iutus, w, ace. Helvetians (Helvetii), Helvetii, orum, m. pi. high, altus, a, um. higher, superior, ius. hill, collis, is, m. ; uphill, advers5 colle. himself, see self, hinder, impedi5, Ire, IvI, Itus. his, eius, huius, illlus; reflex., his (own), suus, a, um. hither, hue; citerior, ius. hold, tene5, ere, ui, tus. hold back, retine5, ere, ui, tentus. home, domus, us or I,/; at home, doml; home supplies, res do- mesticae, rerum domesticarum, / pi. hope, spes, spei,/ horse, equus, I, m. horseman, eques, itis, m. hostage, obses, idis, m. and f. 398 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE hostile, inimicus, a, um. hour, hora, ae, / house, domus, us or i,f. hundred, centum, indecl. hurl, iaci5, ere, ieci, iactus. hurl down, deici5, ere, ieci, iectus. hurling engine, tormentum, I, n. I, ego, mei. if, si; sign of the abl. abs. if not, nisi. immediately, statim. import, imports, are, avi, atus. in, in, w. abl. incite, incito, are, avi, atus. incredible, incredibilis, e. infantry forces, copiae pedestres, copiarum pedestrium,/ pi. inflict, Infero, ferre, tull, latus, w. dat. and ace. influence, gratia, ae,/ inform, certidrem facio, ere, feci, certior factus. inhabit, incol5, ere, uT, cultus; ha- bito, are, avi, atus. inhabitant, incola, ae, m. and f. injustice, iniuria, ae, f. inspire (in), inicio, ere, ieci, iectus, tv. dat and ace. intend to, sign of first periphrastic conjugation. into, in, w. ace. intrust, permitt5, ere, misi, missus, invasion, incursio, 5nis,yC island, insula, ae, / it, is, ea, id. Italy, Italia, ae, / itself, see self. javelin, telum, I, n. join battle, proelium committ5, ere, misi, missus. join with or together, coniungS, ere, iunxl, iunctus. judge, iudico, are, avi, atus. just, iustus, a, um. justice, iustitia, ae,yC keep apart, distineo, ere, ui, tentus. keep back, retineo, ere, ui, tentus; contineo, ere, ui, tentus. keep from, prohibeo, ere, ui, itus. keep in, contineo, ere, ui, tentus. kept, sign of imperfect of repeated action. kill, interficio, ere, feci, fectus; occido, ere, cidl, cisus. kindness, beneficium, benefici, n. king, rex, regis, m. know, intellegS, ere, lexi, Iectus; scio, Ire, Tvi, itus ; cognosco, ere, novT, nitus. Labienus, Labienus, I, m. lack, inopia, ae, /. lack : be lacking, desum, deesse, de- ful, defuturus, w. dat. lake, lacus, us, m. land, terra, ae,/ large, magnus, a, um. latter, hie, haec, hoc. law, lex, legis, / lay down, trado, ere, didi, ditus. lay waste, vasto, are, avi, atus. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 399 lead, duc5, ere, duxl, ductus. lead across, traduco, ere, duxl, ductus. lead away, abdiic5, ere, duxl, ductus. lead back, redvic5, ere, duxl, ductus. lead down, deduco, ere, duxl, ductus. lead forward, produco, ere, duxl, ductus. lead out, educo, ere, duxl, ductus. lead through, perduco, ere, duxl, ductus. lead together, conduco, ere, duxl, ductus. leader, dux, ducis, m. leadership, prlncipatus, us, m.; summa, ae, / learn, cognoscd, ere, novi, nitus. leave, relinqu5, ere, liqui, lictus. leave behind, relinqud, ere, liqui, lictus. left, sinister, tra, trum. legion, legi5, onis,/ less, minor, us. lest, ne, w. subj. let, sign of imperfect or of hortatory subj. liberality, liberalitas, atis, /. lieutenant, legatus, I, m. life, vita, ae,/. line of battle, acies, el,/ line of march, agmen, inis, n. little, parvus, a, urn, live, vlv5, ere, vixl, victurus. live in, incolo, ere, ui, cultus; habit5, are, avi, atus, w. ace. Loire, Liger, eris, m. long, longus, a, um; magnus, a, um; adv., diu ; long time, diu. longer, diutius ; any longer, diutius. lose, amitt5, ere, misi, missus. love, amo, are, avi, atus. M make, facio, ere, feci, factus; efficio, ere, feci, fectus ; make a march, iter facio. man, vir, virl, m. ; (human being) • homo, inis, m. and f manner, modus, i, m. many, multl, ae, a, pi. march, iter, itineris, n.; on the march, ex or in itinere. march, iter facio, ere, feci, factus. marsh, palus, udis, / meet, occurro, ere, curd, cursiirus, w. dat. memory, memoria, ae,/ merchant, mercator, 5ris, m. messenger, nuntius, T, m. middle of, medius, a, um. mile, mille passiis. military affairs, res militaris, rei militaris, / mind, mens, mentis,/ mine, meus, a, um. misfortune, malum, i, n. money, pecunia, ae,/ month, mensis, is, m. more, magis, adv. ; sign of comp. most, plurimus, a, um; sign of super I. mount, mountain, mons, montis, m. move, moveo, ere, movi, motus; com- move5, ere, movi, motus. much, multus, a, um; adv., multo, multum ; too much, nimium. must, sign of second periphrastic con- jugation. my, meus, a, um. N name, nomen, inis, n. native country, patria, ae,/ 400 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE near, prope, ad, zv. ace. nearest, proximus, a, um. necessary, necesse, indecl. neighboring, finitimus, a, um. neighbors, finitimi, orum, m. pi. Nervii, Ner-vii, 5rum, m. pi. never, nunquam or numquam. new, novus, a, um. next, proximus, a, um. night, nox, noctis,// by night, noctii. nine, novem. no, non, zv. verb repeated. See 401. no (one), nobody, nullus, a, um ; nemo, dat. neminl. nobles, nobilitas, atis,/ not, non. not even, ne . . . quidem. not to, ne, zv. subj. not yet, nondum. nothing, nihil, iitdecl. 0, O, interjection. oar, rem us, T, m. Occupy, occupo, are, avi, atus. Of, sign of gen. ; de, zv. abl. ; sign of abl. of description ; sign of double dat. often, saepe. on, in, w. abl. one, unus, a, um ; one . . . another, alius . . . alius ; the one . . . the other, alter . . . alter; to one another, inter se. Open, apertus, a, um. order, mandatum, 1, n. ; (rank) ordo, inis, 7?i. order, iubeo, ere, iussi, iussus, zv. in- finitive ; imper5, are, avi, atus, w. subjunctive. order : in order to or that, ut, w. subj. Orgetorix, Orgetorlx, Igis, m. Other, alius, a, ud. ought, debeo, ere, uT, itus ; sign of second periphrastic conjugation. our, noster, tra, trum ; our men, nostri, orum, m. pi. out of, e, ex, w. abl. outcry, clamor, 5ris, m. Over, in, w. abl. Over : be over, praesum, esse, fui, futurus, zv. dat. own : his, her, its or their own, suus, a, um. pace, passus, us, m. pardon, Ign5sc5, ere, novl, notus, w. dat. part, pars, partis,/ passionate, iracundus, a, um. peace, pax, pacis, f people, populus, I, m. perceive, intellego, ere, lexT, lectus. persuade, persuadeo, ere, suasi, sua- surus, zv. dat. pitch, pono, ere, posui, positus. place, locus, 1, m. ; pi, n., loca, orum. place, pon5, ere, posui, positus ; conlocS, are, avT, atus ; place in command of, praeficio, ere, feci, fectus, zv. ace. and dat. plain, campus, 1, m. ; planities, el,/". plan, consilium, consilT, n. pleasant, gratus, a, um ; iucundus, a, um. pleasing, gratus, a, um. position, locus, T, m. power, potestas, atis, f; royal power, regnum, I, n. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 401 powerful, potens, entis. practice, exercitatio, onis, / praise, laudo, are, avi, atus. precious, cams, a, urn. prefer, malo, malle, malul, — . prepare, paro, are, avi, atus ; com- paro, are, avi, atus. present : be present, adsum, esse, ful, futurus. prevent, prohibeo, ere, ul, itus. pride, spirit us, us, m. private, prlvatus, a, um. promptly, dlligenter. property : all their property, sua omnia, n. pi. protection, praesidium, praesidl, n. ; fides, ei,/ provide, comparo, are, avi, atus. province, provincia, ae,/ provisions, copiae, arum,/, pi. ; cora- meatus, us, m. provoke, lacess5, ere, IvI, Itus. prudent, prvidens, entis. purpose: for the purpose of, ad, w. ace. of gerund or gerundive. pursue, Insequor, I, ctitus sum. push up, ago, ere, egl, actus. quantity, numerus, I, m. queen, reglna, ae,/ quickly, celeriter. quite, sign of comp. degree. race, gens, gentis,/ rampart, vallum, I, n. rather, sign of comp. degree. read, lego, ere, legl, lectus. reason, causa, ae, / / for this rea- son, qua de causa, receive, accipio, ere, cepl, ceptus. redoubt, castellum, I, n. reduce, redigd, ere, egl, actus. reenforcement, subsidium, subsidl, n. refuse, recuso, are, avi, atus. rejoice, gaude5, ere, gavlsus sum. remain, maneS, ere, mansl, surus. Remi, Re ml, orum, m. pi. renew, renovo, are, avi, atus. repeatedly, identidem. reply, responsum, I, n. reply, responded, ere, spondl, spon- sus. report, nunti5, are, avi, atus. resist, resists, ere, stitl, — . rest of, reliquus, a, um. restore, restituS, ere, ul, utus. retain, retineS, ere, ul, tentus. retreat, recipio, ere, cepl, ceptus, w. reflex. return, redeo, Ire, il, iturus; revert or, I, versus sum; in the perf system, reverti, reverteram, etc. revenue, vectlgal, alis, n. reward, praemium, praeml, n. Rhine, Rhenus, I, m. ride,/«w.